New Hampshire College General Catalog 1984-85 Information is correct as of September 1, 1984; but all information including but not limited to costs, rules and regulations, program requirements, course content and staff, is subject to change at any time. New Hampshire College does not discriminate on the basis of handicap, race, color, creed, sex, age or national origin in the recruitment and admission of students, the recruitment and employment of facul- ty and staff, and the operation of any of its programs and activities. Table of Contents Page About New Hampshire College 5 Mission and History 5 Degree Programs 6 General Information 11 Academic Support Services 12 American Language and Culture Center .13 The Undergraduate School of Business — 15 Programs of Study .. . . . . . . . 17 The London Program --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36 Course Descriptions 37 Continuing Education . . 58 Academic Standards and Regulations — — 61 Continuing Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 The Culinary Institute of New Hampshire College . , 69 The Graduate School of Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Degrees and Programs of Study 74 Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Academic Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 School of Human Services . . . . . . . . . . — . . . . . . 85 Master of Science in Human Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Community Economic Development . . . . 93 International Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Baccalaureate Degree in Human Services . . . . . . . . . . — . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Institute for Labor Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Associate Degree in Human Services . . . . . . . . . . . 107 The Division of Student Affairs 113 Admissions—Undergraduate School of Business .119 Admissions—Graduate School of Business — 122 Scholarships and Student Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Tuition and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Trustees, Administration and Faculty . . . . . . — . . . 133 Alumni Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Admission A p p l i c a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New Hampshire College Mission New Hampshire College is a private, non-profit, independent, pluralistic college which provides quality education within the framework of selected career-oriented educational opportunities and professional development. As an institution, the college is committed to prepare its students to participate in a changing and increasingly more complex world of competing ideologies, varying community concerns, and changing business, social and personal needs. Thus, it seeks, both consciously and proactively, to create the conditions for ef- fective and innovative intercultural educa- tion and international exchange. While the college remains primarily a teaching institution, relevant research and public service activities shall play an in- creasingly strong role in its educational process. New Hampshire College actively presents itself to its various communities so that they will use the apropriate available resources of the college. The college shall realize a degree of con- trolled growth. The growth process, however, shall recognize fully the need to continue the highest standards of program quality and the quality of student life. The college will look to individual benefactors, business, industry, government, and its own resources to achieve these goals. Accreditation and Membership New Hampshire College is accredited by: • The New England Association of Schools and Colleges, Inc., which accredits schools and colleges in the six New England states. Accreditation by the association indicates that the institution has been carefully evaluated and found to meet standards agreed upon by qualified educators. • The Association of Independent Colleges and Schools as a Senior College of Business. • The New Hampshire Postsecondary Education Commission. • New Hampshire State Department of Education for Teacher Certification, • The Council for Standards in Human Services Education. New Hampshire College supports the ef- forts of secondary school officials and governing bodies to have their schools achieve regional accredited status to pro- vide reliable assurance of the quality of the educational preparation of its ap- plicants for admission. New Hampshire College is also: • Approved for the education of veterans and the childen of veterans. • Approved for the rehabilitation training of handicapped students. • Authorized under Federal Law to enroll nonimmigrant alien students. • Listed in the Department of Education's Education Directory, Part 3, Higher Education. History of the College New Hampshire College is a private, non-profit, accredited, coeducational in- stitution located in Manchester, New Hampshire. The college was founded by the late H.A.B. Shapiro in 1932 as the New Hampshire School of Accounting and Secretarial Science. During the years 1932 to 1960, the college remained relatively small. In 1961, the college was incorporated and the name was changed to New Hamp- shire College of Accounting and Com- merce. The State of New Hampshire granted the college a charter in 1963, mak- ing it a degree-granting institution of higher education. The first associate's degrees were awarded the same year, and three years later, the first bachelor's degrees were conferred. On September 1, 1968, the college became a non-profit institution and shortly thereafter selected its first Board of Trustees. The name was changed to New Hampshire College on September 19, 1969. In August 1971, a new campus was opened replacing the previous downtown Man- chester location. In September 1974, the college began a Master of Business Ad- ministration program. In the Spring of 1981, the General Court of the State of New Hampshire authorized New Hampshire College to award the Master of Human Services Degree and the Master of Science Degree in Business Related Subjects and the college purchas- ed a north campus, the former Mt. St. Mary College in Hooksett. 5 New Hampshire College The dual-site campus operation greatly enhanced the college's ability to address the needs of the community and New Hampshire College now has a day college enrollment of more than 1600 students, 1200 students in the Graduate School of Business, more than 600 students in the School of Human Services and nearly 3000 students in its continuing education programs. An Emerging University for Focused Careers and Career Opportunities Like all universities, New Hampshire College is an educational community governed by the values and goals of free and open inquiry, the pursuit, discovery and transmission of knowledge, and the conscious commitment to self-criticism and change. Unlike some institutions of higher learning, New Hampshire College seeks to provide its students with the skills, knowledge and experience necessary for success in selected careers and areas of specialized professional focus. This focus on selected career opportunities enables the college to attract to its community a varied and heterogeneous student popula- tion whose strength lies both in its diversi- ty as human beings and its common com- mitment to professional development. Our students vary in all the "traditional" ways: age, sex, ethnicity, race and socio- economic background. They are joined, however, by a bond as strong as it is delicate: the desire to excel in, and con- tribute to, selected fields of professional concern. At New Hampshire College these areas of focus are Business, the Culinary Arts, and Human Services. School of Business: As the oldest and largest of the Schools at New Hampshire College, the School of Business continues its mission to graduate persons who are: • Serious, thinking individuals with a solid background knowledge of their chosen field; • Computer literate business professionals comfortable with a constantly evolving technology; • Mature, responsible adults who can solve problems, make sound management deci- sions and communicate accurately; • Well-rounded human begins who ap- preciate and constantly learn from a great cultural and historical heritage; • Physically fit men and women who value the strength and health of their bodies and eiyoy a variety of athletic and recreational activities; • Compassionate, emotionally integrated people prepared to build strong personal relationships; and • Concerned, aware citizens who will live and perpetuate the values of freedom, opportunity and fairness. With more than 1600 full-time students, the School of Business, under the leader- ship of its faculty and Dean, Dr. Charles C. Ehl, offers: Bachelor of Science Degrees in: • Accounting • Applied Business Studies • Business Communication • Business/Distributive Teacher Education • Business Studies • Computer Information Systems • Economics/Finance • Hotel/Restaurant Management • Management • Management Advisory Services • Management Information Systems • Marketing • Office Administration • Retailing • Techni-Business Associate in Science Degrees in: • Accounting • Administrative Assistant—Word Processing Specialist • Culinary Arts • Electronic Data Processing • Executive Secretarial • Fashion Merchandising • General Studies • Legal Secretarial • Management The reader seeking more detailed in- formation about any or all of the full- time undergraduate programs in business offered at New Hampshire College is urged to turn to page 15 of this catalog. New Hampshire College's programs in Continuing and Community Education are an integral part of the School of Business. Its programs symbolize the college's ongo- ing commitment to providing high quality education to meet the present and future needs of adult students. The college believes that the rapid and complex 6 New Hampshire College changes occuring in the business environ- ment demand excellence in the quality of the education that students receive. By striving for excellence in its educa- tional programs, the college believes that it can best meet the needs of its working, adult students and place them in a posi- tion where they can have a significant im- pact on the quality of their life and make a substantial contribution to the business community and society. To accomplish this, the college combines specializations in business with a variety of liberal arts disciplines that promote an awareness of the economic, political and social forces that shape the fabric of our society. By so doing, the college seeks to graduate— • Mature responsible adults who can solve problems, make sound business deci- sions, and communicate accurately in their chosen fields. • Computer-literate business professionals who participate in the evolution of infor- mation technology and are confident in their level of expertise. In pursuit of these goals, New Hamp- shire College's Division of Continuing Education requires its students to acquire the same level of business skills and infor- mation as students in the full-time day program. However, teaching methods and course scheduling are designed to assist working adults to participate fully in the learning process. The reader seeking more detailed in- formation about any or all of the degree-granting programs offered through the college ys Division of Con- tinuing and Community Education is urged to turn to page 58 of this catalog. Graduate School of Business: In- augurated in 1974, and established as a separate Graduate School of Business in 1981, the college's graduate programs in business have grown steadily both in size and stature. Its basic orientation of com- bining both concept and practice have enabled it to develop programs of study that reflect the changing and emerging needs of contemporary businesses, both on a domestic and international scale. With more than 1200 students, the Graduate School of Business, under the leadership of its faculty and Dean, Dr. Jac- queline F. Mara, offers the following degree programs: Master of Business Administration (MBA) • Basic program in Administration • Administration plus Advanced Cer- tificate in: • Accounting • Decision Support Systems • International Business Master of Science (MS) • Accounting—preparation for qualification as a Certified Public Accountant All of the programs of the Graduate School of Business are designed: • To promote students' understanding of: organizations, environments, their interaction; • To help students to model and simulate: organizations, environments, their interaction; and • To enhance students' skills in directing and administering the affairs of organiza- tions, based on these abilities. The alumni of the programs offered through the Graduate School of Business offer students a substantial breadth of con- tacts in the business community, which itself provides exceptional resources for research, internship, and post-graduate employment. The reader seeking more detailed in- formation about any of the degree- granting programs offered through New Hampshire College's Graduate School of Business is urged to turn to page 73 of this catalog. School of Human Services: Established at New Hampshire College in 1978, the School of Human Services was designed to enable experienced people working in the areas of human services, institutional renewal, and community economic develop- ment to earn their undergraduate and graduate degrees without interrupting their current employment or otherwise en- dangering their sources of income. Guided by a commitment to social justice and political literacy, the School of Human Services defines education as the pro- cesses) of studying, understanding and changing the human condition so as to in- crease the power people have over their 9 New Hampshire College own lives, their work and their communities. With more than 600 full-time students, the School of Human Services, under the collective leadership of its faculty, staff, students and Dean, David M. Osher, offers the following degree programs and specializations: Associate in Science in Human Services (AS) • Motivation, Opportunity, Vision, Educa- tion (M.O.V.E.) Bachelor of Science in Human Services (BS) • Human Services • Community Organizing • Community Economic Development • Labor Studies Master of Science in Human Services (MS) • Counseling and Community Psychology • Human Services Administration • Community Organizing • Community Economic Development • Gerontology All of the programs and specializations offered under the aegis of the School of Human Services are organized around a set of principles that stress: • The provision of quality education within a framework of study that integrates theory and practice; • The relevance of social action as a unify- ing concept in the process of individual and institutional change; and • The critical importance of collective analysis and shared learning as a vehicle for individual and group empowerment and development. The reader seeking more detailed in- formation about the undergraduate and graduate programs offered at the college's School of Human Services is urged to turn to page 81 of this catalog. The Culinary Institute: The newest of New Hampshire College's degree-granting programs, the Culinary Institute, established in 1983, is a direct reflection of the college's commitment to meeting newly-defined consumer and student needs in a responsible and professional manner. The two-year program at the Culinary Institute is taught with the accent on "real world experience," but that teaching is tempered with concern for the growth of the whole person in a relaxed lifestyle marked by beautiful surroundings, vigorous sport, and individual attention. Under the leadership of the Culinary In- stitute's faculty and Director, Edward P. Doherty, while enrolled in the program, students will: • Learn and practice basic and advanced skills in food preparation and service; • Understand the bookkeeping and control procedures essential to effective cost control and menu planning; • Develop human relations and supervisory skills; • Become familiar with the layout and work flow of kitchens and the proper utilization and maintenance of profes- sional equipment; and • Acquire a sense of professionalism necessary to successfully excel in the food service industry. The reader seeking more detailed in- formation about New Hampshire Col- lege's Culinary Institute is urged to turn to page 69 of this catalog. 8 New Hampshire College A Teaching Institution For all its apparent diversity and educa- tional pluralism, a single, strong and un- broken theme runs throughout the entire College, linking its Schools, institutes and programs: New Hampshire College is first and foremost an institution committed to teaching. At New Hampshire College, the student and the students' needs to learn, to grow, and to experience that exhilarating sense of competence and power that always ac- companies mastery is the foundation upon which the educational adventure is based and assumes its meaning. This reality above all others, is what the college is all about—and it is this reality which has enabled the college to self-consciously define itself as an educational community in which creative teaching is the most im- portant and wondrous of all activities. People learn in different ways, and no two students (or, for that matter, members of the faculty) come to the college as com- plete human beings. Some of us may have shared certain previous learning ex- periences; some of us may have common concerns; but we are all imperfect—and it is that uniquely shared imperfection that is the basis for real learning. Thus, at New Hampshire College, teaching must be more than the simple transmission of knowledge: it must involve the sharing and refining of knowledge. Teaching must be more than the pouring of information into passive learners: it must include the joint and active pursuit of new meanings. And, finally, at New Hampshire College, teaching must be more than another exercise in pleasing one another: it must become an endless dialogue of mutual discovery. Students and teachers, together, exploring the possibilities of the human condition—that is what teaching is all about, and that, hopefully, is what New Hampshire College offers all who choose to become a part of its community. As a teaching institution, New Hamp- shire College takes seriously the fact that not only do we learn in different ways, but that learning occurs both in and outside of the classroom, and can only take place if an individual successfully integrates the in- tellectual, social and emotional aspects of his or her development. Academic Support Services and Student Affairs: The recognition that effective teaching and personal development go hand-in-hand is reflected in the college's commitment to the importance of academic support services and student affairs in the life of the community. At New Hampshire College, academic sup- port services include: • The Harry A.B. and Gertrude C. Shapiro Library; • The Learning Center; • The Reading and Communications Center; • Personalized Academic Services for Students; • Subject Tutoring Labs; and • The New Hampshire College Computer Center. For a more detailed description of academic support services, the reader is urged to turn to page 11 of this catalog. At New Hampshire College, student af- fairs and support services include: • A Philosophy of Development; • Orientation; • Athletics and Athletic Facilities; • Counseling; • Career Planning and Placement; • Foreign and Domestic Internships; • Cooperative Education; • Residence Life; • Health Center; • Student Organizations and Publications; and • Fraternities and Sororities. For a more detailed description of stu- dent support services, the reader is urged to turn to page 118 of this catalog. In the final analysis, an institution com- mitted to teaching is an institution that does not waver from its goal of struggling to create a learning environment worthy of all those who become a part of it. At New Hampshire College this struggle is both conscious in nature and ongoing in character. I t is a continual process—a pro- cess through which New Hampshire Col- lege affirms, and reaffirms, its commit- ment to: • Academic Excellence; • Professional Credibility; and • Social Responsibility 9 New Hampshire College A Commitment to Intercultural and International Education The world as we know it has become a "global village " We live in a time when events often transcend national boun- daries, and our thinking, both as profes- sionals and as human beings must now take very seriously the fact that we all seeking a sense of meaning and relatedness in an increasingly interdepen- dent world. Whether we know it or not, we have become "citizens of the world," people whose professional, business or human service careers will both impact, and be impacted upon, by countries and cultures far beyond our national borders. New Hampshire College, both as part of its public mission and as a conscious educational decision, has chosen to em- brace the full meaning and potential of preparing its students (and itself) to live in an increasingly complex world of com- peting beliefs, ideologies and values. Toward this end, it has positioned itself as an institution in the forefront of educa- tional efforts aimed at increasing the ex- change of ideas and experiences between the United States and other nations around the world. At the present time, New Hampshire College is the host institution for students from almost 40 different countries. From Malaysia to Nigeria, from Holland to Venezuela, and from Ghana to Japan, our student body is a reflection of our world as it is, and as it is becoming. The presence of these students, coupled with our American students, has created a climate of growth and change for the col- lege as a whole. The benefits of interna- tional and intercultural exchange do not show up in grades or grade point averages: they manifest themselves in the maturity and wisdom we develop as a con- sequence of learning about and sharing ourselves with people from other cultures. New Hampshire College's commitment to this form of educational pluralism is symbolized by the creation, in 1981, of the American Language and Culture Center (ALCC), and the establishment, in 1983, of the Center for International and Inter- cultural Studies (CIIS). The American Language and Culture Center is designed to assist international students in achieving English proficiency levels necessary for admission to the various degree-granting programs offered by the college. In addition, it provides students with the experience, exposure and information necessary to adjust to a new and often different environment. The Center for International and Inter- cultural Studies was created to explore the broader educational and social oppor- tunities inherent in a serious and self- conscious commitment to developing in- novative and progressive programs of in- tercultural sharing. The CIIS has as its mandate: • The development and provision of sen- sitive and responsive student support services; • The creation of a greater institutional consciousness and awareness of the im- portance of pluralism in the educational adventure; and • The development of college-wide pro- grams, courses and academic experiences to enhance the meaning of international and intercultural learning. The reader wishing more detailed in- formation about the ALCC and/or the CIIS is referred to page 12 of the catalog. New Hampshire College, in its educa- tional philosophy, is responsive to the needs and aspirations of all its students, by they from the United States or other countries. I t is our goal to prepare students to achieve their full professional and human potential in a world that is both changing and becoming increasingly interdependent. Toward this end, the col- lege will continue to support and recognize those within its community, be they members of the faculty, staff or student body, those efforts and actions are consis- tent with this critical institutional goal. 10 New Hampshire College General Information Location and Facilities New Hampshire College maintains a dual-site campus in the Manchester/ Hooksett area of southern New Hamp- shire. Manchester, the Granite State's Queen City, has a population of approx- imately 100,000, and is a growing educa- tional, industrial and cultural center. New Hampshire's outstanding recrea- tional and historical sites are all close to the college. Boston, with its cultural ad- vantages and activities, is just a one hour drive away. New interstate highways and frequent air and bus service link Man- chester with the entire northeast. The south campus, consisting of more than 200 wooded acres, is located along the Merrimack River on the Manchester/ Hooksett line. It has twenty major buildings including residence halls, an administrative-classroom building contain- ing a modern computer center, a library resource center with TV studio, a student center with campus store and dining com- mons, and an athletic-recreational complex with two gymnasiums, competition size swimming pool and hockey rink. There are also a number of athletic fields and lighted tennis courts. The north campus is 4.7 miles from the south campus. Located along Route 3, the Daniel Webster Highway North, the north campus site features eleven buildings on more than 500 wooded acres. There are residence halls, faculty and administrative offices, classrooms, meeting and recrea- tional facilities, dining facilities and three theaters with stages. The principal ad- ministrative offices of the Graduate School of Business and the School of Human Ser- vices are located on the north campus. New Hampshire College's Continuing Education Centers are located in Man- chester, Portsmouth, Salem, Nashua, Keene, Laconia, Claremont, and Concord, New Hampshire as well as in Brunswick, Maine and Roosevelt Roads and San Juan, Puerto Rico. The School of Human Services operates in New Haven, Connecticut, and in New Hampshire's north country as well as on the main campus. New Hampshire College and University Council New Hampshire College is a member of the New Hampshire College and University 11 New Hampshire College Council, a consortium of colleges in New Hampshire. New Hampshire College par- ticipates in the consortium's student ex- change program, which permits students at any member college to enroll on a space-available basis for one or more courses at another member college. Students can, therefore, select courses which may not be available on their own campus. In this way, the advantages of a large university combine with the advan- tages of a small college. As a member of the consortium, New Hampshire College students also have ac- cess to the library collections of other member schools. Non-Discrimination Policy—Sex New Hampshire College, as required under Title IX of the Education Amend- ments of 1972 (Public Law 92-318), does not discriminate on the basis of sex in the educational programs or activities which it operates. The Compliance Officer under this law is Dr. Jacqueline Mara, Dean of Graduate School of Business, New Hamp- shire College, 2500 North River Road, Manchester, NH 03104, Tel: (603) 485-8415. Grievance procedures providing for the resolution of student and employee com- plaints are on file in Dr. Mara's office. Non-Discrimination Policy—Handicap New Hampshire College does not discriminate on the basis of handicap in admission or access to, or treatment or employment in its programs and activities. The Compliance Officer under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Public Law 93-112) is Vice President for Admis- sions and Financial Aid James Reynolds, New Hampshire College, 2500 North River Road, Manchester, NH 03104, Tel.: (603) 668-2211. Academic Support Services While the academic aspects of a college usually center around the classroom, other services, programs and facilities add to the learning situation. Harry A. B. and Gertrude C. Shapiro Library: Located on the south campus, the Harry A. B. and Gertrude C. Shapiro Library serves as an information resource center for the students, faculty, and staff of New Hampshire College, The constantly expanding collection contains approximate- ly 66,000 volumes, 5,000 reels of periodicals and newspapers on microfilm and 55,000 company financial and annual reports on microfiche. The library receives approximately 900 magazines and journals, subscribes to various business, computer, tax and financial services, and is a U.S. and state documents depository. The Shapiro Library also supports libraries in San Juan and Roosevelt Roads, Puerto Rico, Brunswick, ME, and New Haven, CT and works with public and academic libraries to provide library services to NHC students and faculty. Collection development is aimed at meeting the research needs of undergraduate and graduate level business and human ser- vices students. Several conference rooms are available for group study and projects. Librarians provide research assistance and instruction in the use of library resources. The Shapiro Library exists to strengthen and enhance the education of all New Hampshire College students by teaching them to learn independently, by providing opportunities to increase the depth and scope of their research and by aiding them in effectively using available information to make informed judgements and deci- sions. The library staff recognizes the dif- ferences and similarities among its various users and responds appropriately to the diverse needs of each. The library aims to have all New Hampshire College graduates familiar with basic information sources appropriate to their academic areas. To achieve this goal, the library's policies and procedures are designed to meet the needs of the academic communi- ty, based on its assessment of student and faculty needs, and on its work with students, faculty, and administration. The library features an art gallery which offers exhibits of New Hampshire artists. A separate, but functionally integrated, wing of the library contains the Audio Visual Center and a 150 seat studio. The center includes a listening room where its library of records, cassettes, film and video programs can be reviewed by students and faculty. A wide range of A/V equipment is circulated from the center from the center for classroom instruction. Original transparencies and slide video programs are produced by students and faculty with assistance from audio visual personnel. The studio is the broadcast point for Channel 13, the college's closed circuit television system. 12 New Hampshire College The Learning Center: New Hampshire College recognizes its responsibility and commitment to the academic success of all students who enroll in its programs. The college acknowledges that success in academic matters is the result of joint partnership between students and teachers. Students who are willing to learn will find the Learning Center a valuable part of that teaching-learning partnership. The purpose of the Learning Center is to offer whatever academic assistance is needed by individual students to attain academic success. The Learning Center offers: • Study skills instruction • Academic counseling • Individual tutoring • Supplemental workshops in various academic subjects • Study labs for various courses • A developmental reading program • Writing assistance. Learning Center services are available to all enrolled students, on a voluntary basis. Students who want to achieve bet- ter academic results are welcomed to discuss their needs with any of the Learn- ing Center staff. The Learning Center also conducts the Freshman Entrance Program. This college preparatory program is offered during the summer and is designed to help new students enter the freshman year with strong academic skills. Application for this program is through the admissions office of the undergraduate school. The American Language and Culture Center: The American Language and Culture Center offers a continuous cycle of full-time, one semester long, intensive English and communications skills training programs. Its goal is to equip international students with the English language and American culture skills that they will need to easily and successfully enter and com- plete college and university degree pro- grams in the U.S. ALCC programs ad- dress both the U.S. academic and social environments in which students and pro- fessionals must operate. The ALCC staff believes that a great deal of their success in meeting these goals is due to their em- phasis on small class size and intense teacher/student relationships. Curriculum: The English as a Second Language program is a full-time program of a minimum of 23 class hours per week for 14 weeks. Students are tested and assigned to beginning, intermediate, or ad- vanced level classes. At the end of each term, all students are given a TOEFL ex- am among other tests and evaluated as to their progress. Advanced level students are encouraged to take courses for degree credit in the evening division of New Hampshire College. ALCC Class Descriptions Listening Comprehension 5 hours/week This course develops basic skills in discriminative listening. Through carefully structured practice, students improve their ability to extract meaning from spoken English sentences. They learn to pay at- tention to grammatical relationships within the flow of natural spoken English, with its patterns of contraction, word reduction, elision, assimilation, blending, phrasing, stress, rhythm, and intonation. Grammar and Structure 10 hours/week This course is devoted to the development of skills in English grammar usage. Forms, meaning, and usage levels (from colloquial to very formal) of basic struc- tures are presented. Students practice a wide variety of both oral and written exer- cises, ranging from simple manipulation to situational and idiomatic usage. The con- tents of the exercises are of interest to adult students. Material focuses on business, current events, or human rela- tions. Emphasis is placed on business orientation for more advanced students and on coping skills for lower level students. Reading & Writing 4 hours/week This course addresses the outstanding dif- ficulties preuniversity and college students have been observed to have in reading un- simplified material for information. The emphasis, therefore, is on context reading and word analysis. Punctuation is studied in order to interpret complex sentences correctly. Scanning and skimming practice is developed as a reading skill. In the writing segment of this course, students learn how to outline, to organize thoughts and information and to paragraph. They also learn descriptive writing, making and supporting points, and comparing and contrasting. Business English 2 hours/week This course is designed by individual 13 New Hampshire College teachers and is dependent on the interests and level of the group. Since New Hamp- shire College students are required to study MIS 20, our Business English course deals with the language of com- puter science at the advanced level Students spend some time in the computer lab. At the lowest level, students study life skill problems such as banking language, credit language, and consumer economics. Culture Studies 2 hours/week The Culture Studies class covers various exercises in cross-cultural awareness and sensitivity while giving students an oppor- tunity to use the target language and develop new vocabulary. In addition to the structured cross-cultural activities, this course will review study skills and in- troduce students to library and research skills. Students will be required to write a research paper contrasting American culture to one or more other cultures in addition to the student's native culture. Admission Procedures: Admission is open to anyone who has completed secon- dary school. Applicants must complete an application and give evidence of financial support. Admission to the American Language and Culture Center does not constitute admission to a degree program at New Hampshire College. Program Calendar: The American Cul- ture and Language Center terms are one semester in duration with a one week break in the middle. New terms start every other month or six times per year. A special five week term is offered each summer. September 5, 1984 October 29, 1984 January 15, 1985 March 18, 1985 May 13, 1985 June 24, 1985 (5-week term) September 4, 1985 October 28, 1985 January 14, 1986 *NOTE: Students should plan to arrive several days before the first class for placement testing and orientation. ALCC Fees (as of August 1, 1984): Tuition US$1850.00 Room/Board 1726.00 Damage Deposit 100.00 Health Insurance 78.00 Activity Fee 40.00 Term Requirements: I t is impossible to predict how many terms a student will need to acquire fluency and pass the TOEFL exam. Students with minimal English skills should recognize that it may require up to a year or more of study to be prepared to undertake a full-time degree program. Special Programs: New Hampshire Col- lege is involved in providing special cer- tificate programs, both credit and non- credit, which meet the training needs of various nontraditional student populations. These programs are offered both on cam- pus and at off-campus sites, including, but not limited to, the New Hampshire Col- lege Continuing Education and Graduate School of Business centers. Many of the programs are adaptations of the original Upstart program started in 1975, which is currently being offered under the auspices of the Business Education/Office Ad- ministration Department of the School of Business. The original objectives, however, remain an important factor in each of these programs; namely: 1. To blend courses in secretarial skills, of- fice occupations, and business-related areas, giving the students a comprehen- sive education. 2. To provide the student with an educa- tional background broad enough to enable the student to enter the business field upon completion of the program and/or to continue with his/her education. 3. To encourage innovative teaching and responsive relationships among students and staff. 4. To help the students develop the necessary personal qualifications and at- titudes for success and satisfaction in his/her career field. These nontraditional students share the common goal of improving self-image through an increased independence, an im- proved educational level, and a greater degree of self-satisfaction. Course content remains the same; however, the approach may vary drastically depending on the audience. 14 New Hampshire College The School of Business of New Hampshire College The oldest and largest of the schools at New Hampshire College, the School of Business is an academic community that offers its diverse student population a quality undergraduate education that prepares them for positions in selected business fields. The faculty are committed to the art of teaching and strive to stimulate critical thought and inquiry in the classroom. The living-learning environ- ment that exists at New Hampshire Col- lege provides the basis for affective development. The School of Business's significant international student body also provides the basis for intercultural learn- ing experiences. The School provides its students with a core of business courses enabling them to become competent managers in both the profit and non-profit sector. Students take courses in such disciplines as accounting, economics, computer information systems and management to give them the knowledge and skills required of all business administrations. In addition, students also acquire those business skills that allow them to obtain the entry level positions in more specific career paths. Such careers might include fashion mer- chandising, business education, or hotel restaurant management. Complementing their preparation for business careers, students also receive a foundation in general education that prepares them to: • deal with the ambiguity that characterizes the complex modern wTorld; • appreciate and participate in the values and traditions of their culture and the culture of others; • master a variety of perspectives that will assist in formulating and resolving problems; • communicate ideas clearly; • attain the emotional maturity required of citizens able to make a meaningful con- tribution to their community. Bachelor of Science Degree Programs The School of Business, under the leadership of its faculty and Dean, Dr. Charles Ehl, prepares its students for careers in business by offering the follow- ing fifteen major courses of study leading to the Bachelor of Science degree: • Accounting • Applied Business Studies • Business Communications • Business/Distributive Teacher Education • Business Studies • Computer Information Systems • Economics/Finance • Hotel/Restaurant Management • Management • Management Advisory Services • Management Information Systems • Marketing • Office Administration • Retailing • Techni-Business School of Business 15 Associate in Science and Certificate Programs Besides its range of four-year bachelor's degree majors, New Hampshire College of- fers two-year associate's degree programs, which may be a solution for those not sure about going on to college for four years. A two-year program offers solid preparation for a job—in addition to the opportunity to continue easily on to a bachelor's degree. The college offers the following eight associate degree programs: • Accounting • Administrative Assistant/ Word Processing Specialist • Electronic Data Processing • Fashion Merchandising • General Studies • Legal Secretary • Management • Executive Secretary In addition, the school offers a cer- tificate program of office technology. Graduation Requirements To graduate from New Hampshire Col- lege students must complete 129 credits of work in the bachelor's degree program or 63 credits in a program leading to the associate's degree. In addition, students must have completed their programs with a minimum of a 2.0 grade point average. The School of Business requires bachelor degree students to take at least thirty- three credits in residence at New Hamp- shire College. Twelve of those credits must be in their major field. Associate degree students must also satisfy the thirty-three degree requirement, with nine of those credits taken in their major field. Also, students must complete the final 24 credits of their degree program at New Hampshire College. These 24 credits can be included in their 33 residence credits. As part of its mission, the college takes seriously its goal of preparing students to be proficient in writing correct, coherent English. The basic English course taken by all freshmen is Expository Writing and Revision (ENG 110). Students who fail to qualify for admittance into this course are required to take Fundamentals of English (ENG 090). This course provides students with a review of grammar and mechanics and allows for extensive practice in com- posing expository essays. Although the three credits earned in ENG 090 are in- cluded in computing a student's grade point average, the credits do not count as part of the 129 credits required for the bachelor's degree or the 63 credits for the associate's degree. At the end of ENG 110 (Expository Writing and Revision), the student must pass an English proficiency examination that is simultaneously a final examination for the course and an institu- tional test of writing ability. The student, using a dictionary and required course texts, will be expected to write coherently, correctly, and thoughtfully about a pre- assigned topic. English 110 is a prere- quisite for English 111 and English 220. I f the student fails this English proficiency examination, he or she must repeat English 110 before being retested, unless other arrangements are made by the department. Testing procedures are set forth in the Humanities Department booklet, "English Proficiency Exam." Students entering careers in business re- quire an ability to work with quantitative information. For that reason, the School of Business requires mathematics in all its curricula. Most students will take the basic freshman course, Finite Mathematics (MAT 110). Entering students who are deficient in math skills may be required to enroll in the Fundamentals course (MAT 050). Although the three credits received for MAT 050 count toward a student's grade point average, the credits do not count as a part of total credits required for graduation. Entering students who have demonstrated superior math skills, in- cluding a strong background in Algebra, are placed in MAT 150, a one-semester course that covers material in the two semesters of Math 110 and 111. Students should follow their major worksheets to determine the specific mathematics courses they must take. Those students who hav taken MAT 150 will take more advanced versions of the courses required of students who took MAT 110 and 111. Taking such courses will not only challenge students but will give them a stronger foundation in mathematics should they wish to apply for graduate programs requiring a more substantial math background. Additional standards and policies regarding the School of Business may be found on page 61 of this catalog. 16 New Hampshire College Programs of Study School of Business Accounting Department Chairman: Professor George Teloian Accounting is one of the fastest growing professions in the United States. Profes- sional accountants are growing, not only in number, but also in influence. The profes- sional accountant's responsibilities, duties, and prestige have increased tremendously during the past fifty years. The demand for qualified people is critical in accoun- ting, and rapid advancement in the field is limited only by individual ability. New Hampshire College's accounting program will prepare the qualified student for entrance into this most challenging and rewarding profession. During this four year program, an internship experience is available on an optional basis. The primary objective of the accounting inter- ship is to improve the student's depth of understanding of the nature of American business and the role of its accounting function. Further objectives are the development of maturity and confidence in accounting students, and assistance in determining in which areas of accounting they should seek their careers. The com- pensation received by the student during the internship experience will aid the financing of college expenses. Accounting Curriculum—Bachelor of Science First Year Credits ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 15 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting II 3 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics II 3 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business 3 MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration 3 15 Second Year ACC 203 Intermediate Accounting I 3 ACC 207 Cost Acounting I 3 ECO 201 Microeconomics 3 CIS 200 Introduction to Systems 3 ENG 212 Public Speaking 3 15 School of Business 17 18 New Hampshire College Credits ACC 204 Intermediate Accounting I I 3 ACC 208 Cost Accounting I I 3 ECO 202 Macroeconomics 3 ENG 220 Business Communications 3 MKT 113 Introduction to Marketing 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 18 Third Year ACC 305 Advanced Accounting I 3 MGT 331 Introduction to Operations/Production Management 3 MAT 220 Statistics 3 CIS 220 COBOL or CIS 120 FORTRAN or CIS 320 RPG 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 18 ACC 306 Advanced Accounting I I 3 ACC 322 Institutional Accounting 3 ECO 306 Money and Banking 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Fourth Year ACC 411 Auditing Principles 3 F IN 435 Financial Policy and Decision Making 3 MGT 206 Business Law I 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 ACC 415 Federal Taxation I 3 18 ACC 490 Internship or Free Elective 3 MGT 307 Business Law I I 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 ACC 416 Federal Taxation I I * (Optional) _3 15-18 Students planning on sitting for the CPA exam should take this additional course. Minor In Accounting: A student may declare a minor in accounting by suc- cessfully completing all of the following courses, including a minimum of four at New Hampshire College. Elementary Accounting I & I I (ACC 101 & 102) Intermediate Accounting I & I I (ACC 203 & 204) Cost Accounting I & I I (ACC 207 & 208) Accounting Curriculum—Associate in Science First Year Credits ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 Liberal Arts Elective J i 15 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I 3 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I 3 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business 3 MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration _3 15 Second Year ACC 203 Intermediate Accounting I 3 ACC 207 Cost Accounting I 3 ECO 201 Microeconomics 3 CIS 200 Introduction to Systems 3 ENG 212 Public Speaking 3 15 ACC 204 Intermediate Accounting I I 3 ACC 208 Cost Accounting I I 3 ECO 202 Macroeconomics 3 ENG 220 Business Communications 3 MKT 113 Introduction to Marketing 3 Liberal Arts Elective - 3 18 Computer and Information Systems Department Chairperson: Professor Eleanor H. Barnes The Computer and Information Systems Department offers two Bachelor of Science degree programs and an associate degree program so that graduates will be able to enter the business world during an age of high technology. A third major- Management Advisory Services—combines the Management Information Systems and Accounting programs. Electronic Data Processing: This two- year, associate's degree program is design- ed to educate a student in the fundamen- tals of computer programming. A graduate of this curriculum should enter the work force as a programmer, data analyst, or a procedure specialist. Electronic Data Processing Curriculum—Associate in Science First Year Credits CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 3 ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business _3 15 CIS 120 FORTRAN 77 Programming 3 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I 3 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I 3 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Second Year CIS 200 Introduction to Systems 3 CIS 220 Principles of COBOL 3 ACC 214 Management Accounting 3 ENG 212 Public Speaking 3 Free Elective 3 Free Elective _3 18 CIS 320 RPG I I 3 CIS 325 Advanced COBOL 3 ENG 220 Business Communications 3 CIS Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Computer Information Systems: This pro- gram is designed to emphasize the technical aspects of computer information systems. The student in this program is educated as a specialist in information structure and design. The program in- cludes a mathematical orientation with em- phasis on building Decision Support Systems (DDS). Decision Support Systems are normally those designed for use by up- per level management to assist them in unstructured, underspecified problem solv- ing. Decision Support Systems attempt to combine the use of models and/or analytical techniques with traditional data processing functions. A graduate of this curriculum may enter the work force as an applications program- mer with a career path leading to Systems Programming, Data Base Design and Ad- ministration, Communications Specialist, or Decision Support Specialist. Computer Information Systems Curriculum—Bachelor of Science First Year Credits CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 MAT 150 Finite Mathematics 3 ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 3 ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business _3 15 CIS 120 FORTRAN 77 Programming 3 MAT 251 Business Calculus A 3 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I 3 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Second Year CIS 220 Principles of COBOL 3 CIS 240 Systems Hardware 3 MAT 250 Statistics 3 ACC 207 Cost Accounting 3 ENG 212 Public Speaking 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 18 CIS 200 Introduction to Systems 3 CIS 241 Systems Software 3 MAT 310- Non-Parametric Statistics 315 and Topics in Statistics 3 ACC 208 Cost Accounting I I 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 18 Third Year CIS 300 Advanced Systems Design 3 CIS 360 Computer Simulation and Modeling for Business 3 ECO 201 Microeconomics 3 CIS Elective 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 15 CIS 325 Advanced COBOL 3 CIS 330 Data Base Management Systems 3 CIS 370 Assembler Language Programming 3 ECO 202 Macroeconomics 3 ENG 220 Business Communications _3 15 Fourth Year CIS 400 CIS Project and Policy 3 CIS 440 Data Communications and Networks 3 School of Business 19 Credits Free Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 18 CIS 400 CIS Project and Policy 3 CIS Elective 3 Free Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Management Information Systems: Management Information Systems are nor- mally those designed for use by middle managers to assist in structured problem solving. Management Information Systems integrate information flow by function (production MIS, marketing MIS, person- nel MIS, etc.). Inquiry and report genera- tion by use of a data base is a by-product of many Management Information Systems. This program is a combination of the management and computer systems disciplines and is designed to highlight the use of computers in all areas of an organization. The student in this program is educated as a generalist in areas of business and Management Information Systems. A graduate of this curriculum may enter the work force as an entry level program- mer analyst, with career objectives in areas of systems analysis, information management, or general management in a computer system environment. Management Information Systems Curriculum—Bachelor of Science First Year Credits CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 ACC 101 Elementary Accounting 3 ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business 3 15 CIS 120 FORTRAN 77 Programming 3 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I 3 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I 3 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 15 Second Year Credits CIS 220 Principles of COBOL 3 MAT 210 Introduction to Calculus for Business Students 3 ACC 214 Management Accounting 3 ENG 212 Public Speaking 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 15 CIS 200 Introduction to Systems 3 CIS 242 Hardware/Software 3 MAT 220 Statistics 3 MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 18 Third Year CIS 300 Advanced Systems Design 3 CIS 325 Advanced COBOL 3 ECO 201 Microeconomics 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 CIS 320 RPG I I 3 CIS 330 Data Base Management Systems 3 ECO 202 Macroeconomics 3 MKT 113 Introduction to Marketing 3 ENG 220 Business Communications 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 18 Fourth Year CIS 401 MIS Project and Policy 3 MGT 206 Business Law I 3 MGT 331 Introduction to Operations/Production Management 3 CIS Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 CIS 401 MIS Project and Policy 6 MGT 342 Organizational Behavior 3 F IN 320 Introduction to Business Finance 3 CIS Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 18 Minor in Management Information Systems: A student may declare a minor in Management Information Systems by successfully completing the following 20 New Hampshire College courses, including a minimum of five at New Hampshire College. • Required: Introduction to Computer Data Processing CIS 100 FORTRAN Programming CIS 120 Introduction to Systems CIS 200 Principles of COBOL CIS 220 • and any two of the following: Advanced COBOL CIS 325 RPG I I CIS 320 or any CIS Elective Management Advisory Services: This program is a meld of two programs—the Accounting program and the Computer In- formation Systems program. The trend in industry is for graduates with thought processes and skills in both areas of exper- tise. The rapid growth of management ser- vices in accounting firms, consulting and industry offer the graduate many oppor- tunities for growth and rapid advancement. Management Advisory Services students will acquire the skills required for the design and maintenance of financial ac- counting systems and general systems theory and management. Students will be offered the opportunity to apply their classroom experiences to real-world situa- tions through a combination of exercises and actual work experiences. This demanding and rewarding program will allow graduates to enter the fields of accounting, management information systems, computer related fields, manage- ment positions, or a combination of these. Management Advisory Services Curriculum—Bachelor of Science First Year Credits CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 3 ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I 3 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I 3 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business 3 MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration _3 15 Second Year Credits CIS 120 FORTRAN 77 Programming 3 MAT 210 Introduction to Calculus for Business Students 3 ACC 203 Intermediate Accounting I 3 ACC 207 Cost Accounting I 3 ECO 201 Microeconomics _3 15 CIS 200 Introduction to Systems 3 MAT 220 Statistics 3 ACC 204 Intermediate Accounting I I 3 ACC 208 Cost Accounting I I 3 ECO 202 Macroeconomics 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 18 Third Year CIS 220 Principles of COBOL 3 CIS 240 Systems Hardware 3 ACC 305 Advanced Accounting I 3 ENG 212 Public Speaking 3 ENG 220 Business Communications 3 MGT 331 Introduction to Operations/ Production Management _3 18 CIS 241 Systems Software 3 CIS 330 Data Base Management Systems 3 ACC 306 Advanced Accounting I I 3 PHL 214 Logic 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 18 Fourth Year CIS 402 Project and Policy 3 ACC 411 Auditing Principles 3 ACC 415 Taxes I (Optional) 3 MGT 206 Business Law I 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15-18 ACC 322 Institutional Accounting (Optional) 3 ACC 416 Taxes I I (Optional) 3 MGT 307 Business Law I I 3 ECO 306 Money and Banking 3 FIN 435 Financial Policy 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15-21 School of Business 21 Business Education/ Office Administration Department Chairman: Dr. Burton S. Kaliski The Business Education/Office Ad- ministration Department is dedicated to educating men and women who intend to enter the field of business education, secretarial science and office management. The Business/Distributive Teacher Educa- tion programs are designed to prepare the graduate to meet the needs and objectives of relevant business and distributive education on the secondary school level. Advanced Standing: Students who plan to major in Business/Distributive Teacher Education can earn up to 24 credits of ad- vanced standing and be able to complete their program in just three years plus summer work. Students admitted on this basis can earn up to nine credits in short- hand, nine in typing, three in office pro- cedures and three in office simulation. Ex- act credits earned are determined from a battery of tests administered in the term prior to admission. Recommendation for this testing should be from a high school business teacher. Admission to the Business/Distributive Teacher Education Program: Prior to be- ing formally admitted to the Business/Distributive Teacher Education program at New Hampshire College, each student must be interviewed by the Com- mittee of Teacher Education and meet the following requirements: • Have accumulated a minimum of 63 hours of credit; • Have an accumulated grade point average of at least 2.50; • Demonstrate the capabilities for success in the teaching profession; • Display competency in oral and written communications. Requirements for Major in Business/Distributive Teacher Education Program: In addition to those courses specified in the Business/Distributive Teacher curriculum, each student must prepare to teach in those areas required to meet the certification he or she is seek- ing. All students must be prepared in Area A, Typing and Office Practice. Business electives must be filled to meet the area of certification as follows: Comprehensive Business Education Cer- tification (required): 6 credits in Area C, 3-6 credits in Area F, 0-3 credits in Area B or E Accounting Business Education Certifica- tion (required): 9 credits in Area B, 3 credits in Area E or F Secretarial Business Education Certifica- tion (required): 9 credits in Area C, 3 credits in Area F Comprehensive Distributive Education Certification (required): 9 credits in Area D, 3 credits in Area F Dual Certification in Business and Distributive Education: Requirements for both areas of certification must be filled. The areas follow. All courses are three- credit courses. Comparable courses may be approved by the department head. Area A: Typing and Office Practice (Four of the following courses, including Office Simulation and Word Processing) Typing 1 (OAD 110), Typing 2 (OAD 111),Typing 3 (OAD 210), Word Processing I (OAD 220), Office Simulation (OAD 230) Area B: Accounting/Finance (Choose from the following courses) Intermediate Accounting (ACC 203-ACC 204), Cost Accounting (ACC 207-ACC 208), Advanced Acounting (ACC 305-ACC 306), Finance 101, 220, 320. Area C: Shorthand (Choose from the following courses) Shorthand 1 (OAD 100), Shorthand 2 (OAD 102), Shorthand 3 (OAD 201) Area D: Distribution (Choose from the following courses) Introduction to Marketing (MKT 113), Principles of Retailing (MKT 222), Prin- ciples of Advertising (MKT 329), Con- sumer Behavior (MKT 345), Retail Fashion Merchandising (FMT 202), Retail Sales Promotion (FMT 203) Area E: Computer Information Systems (Choose from the following courses) Introduction to Systems: (CIS 200), COBOL Programming (CIS 220), FOR- TRAN 77 (CIS 120) Area F: General Business (Choose from the following courses or com- parable courses approved by the depart- ment chairman) 22 New Hampshire College Business Law I I (MGT 307), Risk & In- surance (MGT 212), Social Environment of Business (MGT 326), Introduction to Marketing (MKT 113). Office Administra- tion (OAD 231) Business/Distributive Teacher Education—Bachelor of Science First Year Credits ENG 110 Expository Writing & Revision 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 3 PSY 108 Introduction to Psychology _3 15 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business 3 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I 3 MGT 125 Human Relations in Adminstration _3 15 Second Year ECO 201 Microeconomics 3 EDU 200 Introduction to Education 3 PSY 211 Human Growth & Development 3 Business Elective 3 Typing Elective _3 15 ECO 202 Macroeconomics 3 ENG 212 Public Speaking 3 MGT 206 Business Law I 3 EDU 290 Internship 3 Business Elective 3 Typing Elective _3 18 Third Year OAD 230 Office Simulation 3 EDU 300 Principles of Business/ Vocational Education 3 EDU 301 Test Measurements 3 Business Elective 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 18 Education (Methods)* 3 Education (Methods)* 3 EDU 201 Education Psychology 3 OAD 220 Word Processing 1 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 PSY 320 Individual Differences _3 18 Fourth Year Credits Education Methods 3 Education Methods 3 ENG 220 Business Communication 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Business Elective 3 Free Elective (5th Methods course recommended) _3 18 EDU 490 Student Teaching 15 *Education Method Courses (four required): EDU 311 Methods of Teaching Typing and Word Processing 2 EDU 313 Methods of Teaching Book- keeping and General Business 3 EDU313 Realistic Work Experiences 3 EDU 312 Methods of Teaching Short- hand and Office Procedures 2 EDU 315 Methods of Teaching Distributive Education 3 Office Administration: The Office Ad- ministration program is designed to equip individuals for responsible, specialized of- fice administration positions which demand highly skilled training. Surveys prove that college educated men and women are able to move from office administration posi- tions to executive positions. Office Administration Curriculum— Bachelor of Science First Year Credits ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 3 ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I 3 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I 3 MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business _3 15 Second Year MAT 220 Statistics 3 OAD 100 Shorthand 1 3 OAD 110 Typing 1 3 ECO 201 Microeconomics 3 ENG 220 Business Communications 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement3 18 School of Business 23 24 New Hampshire College Credits Free Elective 3 MGT 211 Personnel Management 3 OAD 102 Shorthand 2 3 OAD 111 Typing 2 3 ECO 202 Macroeconomics 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 18 Third Year OAD 201 Shorthand 3 3 CIS 200 Introduction to Systems 3 MKT 113 Introduction to Marketing 3 OAD 220 Word Processing 1 3 OAD 210 Typing I I I _3 15 OAD 230 Office Simulation 3 OAD 231 Office Administration 3 MGT 206 Business Law I 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Business Electives 3 18 Fourth Year ENG 212 Public Speaking 3 OAD 221 Word Processing I I 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 OAD 490 Office Administration Internship 12 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Administative Assistant/Word Processing Specialist: The Administrative Assistant program is designed to prepare specialists in the operation of Word Processing Equipment—Magnetic Card Typewriter, Memory Typewriter, CRT Text-Editor, Dictaphone System 6/430, DEC WPS/8— and the principles of administrative management for jobs in the modern office. Administrative Assistant/ Word Processing Specialist Curriculum—Associate in Science First Year Credits ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 OAD 201 Shorthand 3 3 OAD 210 Typing 3 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I _3 15 Credits ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 OAD 220 Word Processing 1 3 OAD 230 Office Simulation 3 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I or MAT 100 Business Mathematics or MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business _3 15 Second Year MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration 3 MGT 206 Business Law I 3 OAD 221 Word Processing 2 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Business Elective 3 Free Elective _3 18 OAD 231 Office Administration 3 OAD 290 Internship 6 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Free Elective _3 15 Executive Secretarial: The Executive Secretarial program is designed to prepare students for responsible secretarial posi- tions in many different fields including in- dustry, finance, and government. In addi- tion to teaching superior secretarial skills, the program introduces students to the greater responsibilities of decision-making, handling confidential data, and supervising personnel. Executive Secretarial Curriculum- Associate in Science First Year Credits ENG 110 Expository Writing & Revision 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 OAD 100 Shorthand 1 3 OAD 110 Typing 1 3 ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I _3 15 ENG 111 Literature & Research 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business 3 OAD 102 Shorthand 2 3 OAD 111 Typing 2 3 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I or MAT 100 Business Mathematics or MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I _3 15 Second Year OAD 201 Shorthand 3 3 OAD 210 Typing 3 3 Credits OAD 220 Word Processing 1 3 Business Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 OAD 290 Internship _6 15 Any required Office Administration or Secretarial Science course waived by the Department Chairman will need to be substituted by a free elective. Note: Entering students who have achiev- ed 35 words per minute in typing and/or 60 words per minute in shorthand dicta- tion may choose a free elective in lieu of taking Typing and/or Shorthand I. Office Technology One-Year Certificate Program: A one-year program, the Office Technology Certificate Program is design- ed to provide the student with the skills necessary for initial employment as an of- fice secretary. The program emphasizes shorthand, typing, word processing, and those support skills that underlie today's office technology. All courses in the cer- tificate program are fully transferable into the Business Education/Office Administra- tion Department's Associate and Bachelor degree programs. Certificate in Office Technology Curriculum OAD 110 Typing I OAD 111 Typing I I OAD 100 Shorthand I OAD 102 Shorthand I I OAD 230 Office Simulation OAD 220 Word Processing I OAD 221 Word Processing I I OAD 231 Office Administration CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing MAT 100 Business Math ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I BCM 108 Business English Economics/Finance Department Chairperson: Dr. R. Larry Johnson Economics and Finance are closely related disciplines which provide the necessary background and skills essential for making business decisions. The depart- ment of Economics/Finance offers a broad range of courses in both economics and finance. Within the Economics/Finance ma- jor, students may choose to concentrate in areas such as Finance/Investments or Labor Relations by electing to take courses specifically related to these areas. School of Business 25 Credits MGT 206 Business Law I 3 OAD 230 Office Simulation 3 OAD 220 Word Processing 1 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 18 OAD 231 Office Administration 3 Business Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 OAD 290 Internship _6 15 Any required Office Administration of Secretarial Science course waived by the Department Chairman will need to be substituted by a free elective. Note: Entering students who have achieved 35 words per minute in typing and/or 60 words per minute in shorthand dictation may choose a free elective in lieu of taking Typing I and/or Shorthand I. Legal Secretarial: The Legal Secretarial program prepares students for careers as secretaries in law firms, government agen- cies, investment companies, and real estate offices, as well as legal shorthand, business law, and legal office administra- tion. A general background in business subjects and the liberal arts is included to develop the student's independent thinking. Legal Secretarial Curriculum—Associate in Science First Year Credits ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 OAD 110 Typing 1 3 OAD 100 Shorthand 1 3 ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 15 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business 3 OAD 111 Typing 2 3 OAD 102 Shorthand 2 3 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I or MAT 100 Business Mathematics or MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I _3 15 Second Year OAD 201 Shorthand 3 3 OAD 210 Typing 3 3 MGT 206 Business Law I 3 OAD 230 Office Simulation 3 OAD 202 Legal Shorthand 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 18 Managers, stockbrokers, security analysts, insurance and bank financial managers, accountants, credit managers and economists are some of the positions for future employment. The program not only introduces the student to economics and financial management, but also provides an inter- relationship of accounting, computers (CIS) and liberal arts. Concentrations may also require a student to take courses in other departments. The curriculum features an internship for an entire semester. Students approved by the department will have an opportunity to experience "the world of work" on a practical basis. Economics/Finance Curriculum- Bachelor of Science First Year Credits ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 3 ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business 3 MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration _3 15 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I 3 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Second Year ECO 201 Microeconomics 3 Business Electives 6 CIS 200 Introduction to Systems 3 ENG 212 Public Speaking _3 15 ECO 202 Macroeconomics 3 F IN 220 Introduction to Investments 3 ENG 220 Business Communications 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Business Electives _6 18 Third Year MAT 220 Statistics 3 ECO 306 Money and Banking 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Business Elective 3 Eco./Fin. Elective _3 15 FIN 320 Introduction to Finance 3 ECO 301 Managerial Economics 3 Credits Eco./Fin. Electives 6 Liberal Arts Core Requirements _6 18 Fourth Year MGT 490 Internship 12 F IN 435 Financial Policy and Decision Making _3 or 15 Business Elective 3 Eco./Fin. Electives 6 F IN 435 Financial Policy & Decision Making 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 ECO 402 Business Cycles & Forecasting 3 Liberal Arts Electives 9 Business Electives 3 Eco./Fin. Elective JJ 18 Hotel/Restaurant Management Department The hospitality field is one of the fastest growing industries in the world. New Hampshire College, located near the heart of the New England hotel and restaurant industry, offers a major in this field that combines the practical course work necessary to succeed in the hospitality in- dustry with a broad education encompass- ing liberal arts electives and business sub- jects. A required internship provides the student a choice of summer or academic semester work experience. Opportunities in the hospitality industry are excellent for those persons with academic training and education. Salaries, while modest in beginning jobs, are ex- cellent in middle and upper management. Youth is no barrier to advancement in this field. Many hard working management personnel are in their early twenties. The hospitality industry provides its profes- sionals with an opportunity to work and travel throughout the United States and abroad. Hotel/Restaurant Management Curriculum—Bachelor of Science First Year Credits ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 3 ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business 3 26 New Hampshire College Credits MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration _3 15 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I 3 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Second Year ECO 201 Microeconomics 3 HRM 209 Food Purchasing 3 HRM 210 Food Production I 3 HRM 212 Introduction to Hotel Management 3 ENG 212 Public Speaking 3 15 ECO 202 Macroeconomics 3 MGT 206 Business Law I 3 HRM 211 Food Production 2 3 HRM 215 Hospitality Information Systems 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 15 Summer Hotel Restaurant 490* (Internship) 6 Third Year HRM 313 Management Accounting & Control 3 HRM 321 Hotel Facilities 3 ENG 220 Business Communications 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Free Elective _3 15 FIN 320 Introduction to Finance 3 HRM 319 Restaurant Management 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Hotel Restaurant Management Elective _3 18 Fourth Year HRM 414 Promotions/Activities 3 HRM 416 Law of the Hospitality Industry 3 Business Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Hotel Restaurant Management Elective _3 15 Credits Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Business Elective 3 Hotel Restaurant Management Elective 3 HRM 418 Hotel and Restaurant Management Seminar _3 15 Students who take the HRM 491 intern- ship for 12 credits will have six business, Hotel/Restaurant Management, or free elective credits or any combination of these elective credits waived. *Student to take HRM 490 (Summer In- ternship) or HRM 491 (Fall or Spring Internship) Humanities Department Chairperson: Dr. Carolyn Hollman The Humanities Department of the School of Business has a dual mission: to provide balanced liberal arts support for the school's business programs and to of- fer its own business-related major. In sup- port of the general education component of the curriculum, the department offers liberal arts courses that equip students with: • the basis to deal with ambiguity; • a reference point to examine, appreciate and participate in the values and tradi- tions of their culture and the culture of others; • a variety of perspectives in order to for- mulate and resolve problems; • the ability to write clearly. All candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science must present credits in the liberal arts according to the requirements of their major course of study; these courses constitute approximately 40 per- cent of a student's total course credits. As one part of the liberal arts require- ment, students must take at least three credits from each of the following four categories (total distribution =12 credits): • Literature or advanced writing—all ENG, other than ENG 090, 110, 111, 212, 222, 333; • History—any HIS; • Art, Music or Philosophy-HUM 201, 202; any FAS other than 225, 226, 330; any PHL; • Social Science—any GOV; any SOC; any PSY other than PSY 108. School of Business 27 In addition to its support of the school's general education component, the Humanities Department offers a major in Business Communication combining business training with communication skills. This major prepares students for a variety of careers including: print, radio, or T.V. editors; marketing coordinators; in- formation officers; and communication specialists. Business Communication: The Business Communication major provides comprehen- sive training in written and spoken English, together with a thorough background in business skills and prac- tices. The purpose of the major is to prepare students for work in such areas as industrial and commercial writing, adver- tising, public relations, government, documentation in high technology com- panies and in all fields demanding good writers who can communicate information to diverse audiences. The special strength of the Business Communication major lies in the combina- tion of training in communication theory and practice with a detailed knowledge of the workings of business organizations. Students are encouraged to select and develop special competence in particular business areas. For example, students can take several courses from among the col- lege's offerings in Accounting, Manage- ment, Marketing, Economics, Finance, Computer Science, Social Science and Mathematics. Business Communication Curriculum— Bachelor of Science First Year Credits ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 3 ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business 3 MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration _3 15 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I 3 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Second Year Credits ECO 201 Microeconomics 3 ENG 220 Business Communications 3 CIS 200 Systems 3 PSY 108 Introduction to Psychology 3 ENG 212 Public Speaking 3 15 ECO 202 Macroeconomics 3 SOC 112 Introduction to Sociology 3 Literature Elective 3 MKT 113 Introduction to Marketing 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Free Elective _3 18 Third Year ENG 333 Language Awareness 3 ENG 330 Advanced Writing 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 BCM 322 Public Speaking for Business 3 Free Elective _3 15 BCM 341 Technical Report Writing 3 MKT 329 Principals of Advertising 3 BCM 343 Journalistic Writing in Business 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 18 Fourth Year BCM 442 Corporate Public Relations 3 GCM 437 Advanced Business Communications 3 Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 Literature Elective _3 15 MGT 342 Organizational Behavior 3 BCM 440 Graphics and Layouts in Print Media 3 Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 Free Elective _3 18 General Studies—Associate in Science: This two-year program is available to students who find the specialized curricula of the college are not what they want. General Studies offers an alternative to students who wish to retain their business and accounting credits, achieve an 28 New Hampshire College associate's degree, and possibly transfer to a liberal arts college. General Studies Curriculum—Associate in Science First Year Credits ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 PSY 108 Introduction to Psychology 3 History Elective or Government Elective 3 Free Elective _3 15 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I 3 SOC 112 Introduction to Sociology 3 History Elective or Government Elective 3 Free Elective _3 15 Second Year Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Free Elective _3 15 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 Free Elective _3 18 Management Department Chairman: Professor Irving E. Rothman The Management Department concen- trates upon developing "decision-makers." Classes center around utilization of management tools for implementing deci- sions. The general management curriculum provides an interrelationship of disciplines for the student's choice. In addition, a senior internship program is available to qualified students. Operations/Production Concentration: Students electing the operations/production concentration are required to take MGT 331 (Introduction to Operations/Production Management), MGT 336 (Operations/Pro- duction Management Techniques) and MGT 446 (Quality Control/Productivity). In addition, the student will be required to take MGT 447 (Inventory and Materials Control) or MGT 448 (Advanced Opera- tions/Production Management). I f the stu- dent elects to take both MGT 447 and MGT 448, one may be used to satisfy one of the business elective requirements. MAT 220 (Statistics) should be taken during the second year since statistics is utilized extensively as a tool in opera- tions/production. Similarly, MGT 420 (Management Decision Making) is a tool course and should be taken during the third year. F IN 320 (Introduction to Finance) should be also be taken during the third year. Management Curriculum—Bachelor of Science First Year Credits ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 3 ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business 3 MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration _3 15 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I 3 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Second Year ACC 214 Management Accounting 3 ECO 201 Microeconomics 3 MGT 206 Business Law I 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Business Elective _3 15 CIS 200 Introduction to Systems 3 ECO 202 Macroeconomics 3 MGT 211 Personnel Management 3 MKT 113 Introduction to Marketing 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 18 Third Year ENG 220 Business Communication 3 MGT 326 Social Environment in Business 3 MGT 342 Organizational Behavior 3 Business Elective 3 School of Business 29 30 New Hampshire College Business Studies Curriculum—Bachelor of Science First Year Credits ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 3 ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revison 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business _3 15 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I 3 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Second Year ECO 201 Microeconomics 3 MGT 206 Business Law I 3 MKT 113 Introduction to Marketing 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Free Elective _3 15 ECO 202 Macroecpnomics 3 CIS 200 Introduction to Systems 3 ENG 220 Business Communications 3 ENG 212 Public Speaking 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Third Year FIN 320 Introduction to Business Finance 3 Business Concentration 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirements 6 Free Electives _6 18 Business Concentration 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirements 6 Free Electives _9 18 Fourth Year Business Concentration 6 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Business Elective 3 Free Elective _3 15 Business Concentration 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Business Elective 3 Free Elective _9 18 Business Studies majors must select one of the following concentrations: Credits Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 15 ECO 301 Managerial Economics 3 MAT 220 Statistics 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Business Elective 3 Free Elective _3 18 Fourth Year MGT 390 Internship 12 Business Elective 3 or Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Business Elective 3 Business Elective 3 Business Elective _3 15 FIN 320 Introduction to Finance 3 MGT 420 Management Decision-Making 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Business Elective 3 Business Elective 3 18 Note: Management Internship (12 credits) may be taken in place of 2 business elec- tives and liberal arts electives. Business Studies: The Business Studies curriculum is intended for those students who desire to concentrate in a specific area but also desire the flexibility to tailor a degree to meet their needs. Concentra- tions with five courses are available in Ac- counting, Business Finance, Business Management, Data Processing, Human Resource Management, and Marketing. Other concentrations may be available in the future. The flexibility to tailor the degree program is found in the 10 courses (30 credits) of "free electives." The degree also provides an option for transfer students who have completed two or more years of education at other schools (particularly those who were liberal arts or science majors) who now desire a business degree. The 30 "free elective" credits enable the transfer student to receive credit for a wide variety of transfer courses. Accounting ACC 203 Intermediate Accounting I ACC 204 Intermediate Accounting I I ACC 207 Cost Accounting I ACC 208 Cost Accounting I I ACC 415 Federal Taxes I Data Processing CIS 100 Fortran CIS 220 COBOL CIS 320 RPG CIS 325 Advanced COBOL CIS Elective Business Finance FIN 220 Introduction to Investments ECO 301 Managerial Economics FIN 320 Introduction to Business Finance ECO 402 Business Cycles and Forecasting2 FIN 435 Financial Policy and Decision Making Business Management ACC 214 Managerial Accounting MGT 212 Risk and Insurance MGT 217 Small Business Management MGT 211 Personnel Management MGT 421 Central Policy and Decision Making1 Human Resource Management MGT 115 Principles of Management MGT 211 Personnel Management MGT 326 Social Environment of Business or ECO 315 Labor Relations and Arbitration3 MGT 342 Organizational Behavior MGT 442 Advanced Seminar in Human Resource Manage- ment and Development Marketing MKT 220 Sales Management or MKT 235 Sales and Persuasion MKT 329 Principles of Advertising or MKT 223 Marketing Research1 MKT 345 Consumer Behavior2 MKT Elective Note: The numbered notations after course titles in the six concentrations are intended to point out that the student must take prerequisites for the course that may not be required for the degree. 1 Requires MAT 220 (Statistics) as prerequisite 2 Requires PSY 108 (Introduction to Psychology) as prerequisite 3 Students who anticipate being involved in labor/management relations should take ECO 315 Applied Business Studies: The Applied Business Studies degree is designed to meet the business education needs of two- year technical/vocational degree holders. Programs of study recognized as technical include digital electronics, nursing, naviga- tion, mechanical, construction, electrical automotive, aerospace technology, dental, medical, X-ray technology, computer operations, culinary arts, drafting and art design. As a general rule, those who have completed similar two-year programs are eligible for the Applied Business Studies degree. Technical school graduates should be able to maximize opportunities in their skill by completing this degree, which enhances their ability to operate their own business or advance in management. The degree is applied in the sense that students are using their technical skills as a basis for success in business or to open up new or more opportunities. To achieve this, Applied Business Studies majors are required to select five courses from one of three business curriculum areas—the General Area, the Management Area, or the Financial Area. Applied Business Studies—Bachelor of Science ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision ENG 111 Literature and Research ENG 212 Public Speaking ENG 220 Business Communications MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I ECO 201 Microeconomics ECO 202 Macroeconomics ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration MGT 110 Introduction to Business Liberal Arts Electives 1. Liberal Arts Core Requirement 2. Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3. Liberal Arts Core Requirement School of Business 31 4. Liberal Arts Core Requirement 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Free Electives 1. 2. 3. 4. _ _ _ 5. 6. 7 8. 9. 10 11. 12. 13. _ 14. 15. _ _ _ 16. Business Curriculum Area 1, 2. 3. 4. 5. _ _ _ _ _ Business Curriculum Areas (Select five courses in one area) General CIS 200 Introduction to Systems FIN 320 Introduction to Business Finance MGT 342 Organizational Behavior1 MAT 220 Statistics MGT 115 Principles of Management MGT 206 Business Law I CIS 305 Microcomputer Systems ACC 415 Federal Taxes I Management MGT 211 Personnel Management MGT 115 Principles of Management MGT 217 Small Business Management MGT 342 Organizational Behavior1 MGT 331 Introduction to Ops/Prod. Management CIS 200 Introduction to Systems MGT 206 Business Law I MGT 421 Central Policy and Decision Making2 Financial FIN 220 Introduction to Investments ECO 306 Money and Banking ECO 402 Business Cycles and Forecasting F IN 320 Introduction to Business Finance ECO 301 Managerial Economics ACC 214 Management Accounting MGT 206 Business Law I F IN 435 Financial Policy and Deci- sion Making Note: The numbered notations after course titles in the three curriculum areas are intended to point out that the student must take prerequisites for the course that may not be required for the degree. 1 Requires MGT 211 and 125 2 Requires ACC 102, MKT 113, F IN 320 or 435 Techni-Business: New Hampshire College has established the Techni-Business cur- riculum to provide junior college and vocational-technical institute graduates in health, skilled or industrial vocational oc- cupations an opportunity to complete the requirements for a baccalaureate degree in business. Opportunities in a variety of career programs are available including preparation for small business manage- ment and careers in non-profit agencies. The objective of this program is to pro- vide individuals who have earned a degree in a specialized skill other than business (e.g., small engine repair, automotive technology, electronics technology, graphic arts, culinary arts, etc.) with the necessary courses in business and liberal arts to prepare for a career in business utilizing their technical skills. Techni-Business Curriculum—Bachelor of Science ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision ENG 111 Literature and Research MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I ECO 201 Microeconomics ECO 202 Macroeconomics ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing MGT 206 Business Law I MGT 110 Introduction to Business Liberal Arts Electives 1. Liberal Arts Core Requirement 2. Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3. Liberal Arts Core Requirement 4. Liberal Arts Core Requirement 5. 32 New Hampshire College 6. 7 8. _ 9. 10. 11. Business Electives 1. 2. 3. 4. _ _ 5. Free Electives 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. _ 6. _ 7 8. 9. _ 10. 11. 12. _ _ _ _ _ 13 14 15. _ 16. Management Curriculum—Associate in Science First Year Credits ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 MGT 110 Introduction to Business 3 MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration _3 15 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I 3 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I 3 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Second Year ECO 201 Microeconomics 3 MGT 211 Personnel Management 3 MKT 113 Introduction to Marketing 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Business Elective _3 15 ECO 202 Macroeconomics 3 MGT 326 Social Environment in Business 3 ENG 220 Business Communication 3 MGT 206 Business Law I 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 18 Department of Marketing Chairperson: Professor Lynda R. Gamans Exploring an exciting field, the marketing major will have the opportunity to inter-relate marketing theory with prac- tical work experience. The program is designed to expose the marketing student to the utilization of computers (CIS), ac- counting, and management principles for "marketing decision-makers." During the senior year, students have the opportunity to apply for the internship program. In addition, international sum- mer internships are open to selected students. Marketing Curriculum—Bachelor of Science First Year Credits ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 3 ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics I 3 MKT 113 Introduction to Marketing 3 MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration _3 15 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I 3 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Second Year ECO 201 Microeconomics 3 CIS 200 Introduction to Systems 3 MGT 206 Business Law I 3 ENG 212 Public Speaking 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 15 ECO 202 Macroeconomics 3 MKT 223 Marketing Communications 3 ENG 220 Business Communication 3 PSY 108 Introduction to Psychology 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 18 School of Business 33 Third Year MKT 220 Sales Management 3 MKT 329 Principles of Advertising 3 MKT 222 Principles of Retailing 3 MAT 220 Statistics 3 MKT 427 Retail Site Selection and Facilities Planning 3 Free Elective _3 18 F IN 320 Introduction to Finance 3 MKT 437 Marketing Research 3 Marketing Elective 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Fourth Year MKT 490 Internship* 12 Business Elective _3 15 or MKT 432 Marketing Strategies & Policies 3 or MKT 448 Advanced Marketing Seminar MGT 342 Organizational Behavior* or MGT 326 Social Environment in Business 3 Business Elective 3 Business Elective 3 Free Elective _3 15 MGT 326 Social Environment in Business* or MGT 342 Organizational Behavior* 3 Marketing Elective 3 MKT 345 Consumer Behavior 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Free Elective 3 Free Elective _3 18 *I f you do not take Marketing 490 (Intern- ship), you must take MGT 326 and MGT 342. If you take MKT 490 you need to take MGT 326 or MGT 342. Note: The course Graphics for Layout in Print Media (BCM 440) may be taken as a free elective for students interested in the more creative aspects of marketing com- munications. Marketing Internship (12 credits) may be taken in place of one business elective, one free elective, and one of each of the following: MGT 326 or MGT 342, and MKT 432 or MKT 448. 34 New Hampshire College Retailing: One of the most dynamic areas in business today is the field of retailing. The art of selecting, pricing, promoting, and selling goods is "big business," and for the executive involved in these func- tions the opportunities are unlimited. In every city in the world there is a variety of jobs that require retail training. The retailing curriculum at New Hampshire College prepares students for these challenging careers. Students may participate in an intern- ship for a full semester, and selected students may opt for a foreign internship in the summer. Retailing Curriculum—Bachelor of Science First Year Credits ACC 101 Elementary Accounting I 3 ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 MAT 110 Finite Mathematics 3 MKT 113 Introduction to Marketing 3 MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration _3 15 ACC 102 Elementary Accounting I I 3 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 MAT 111 Finite Mathematics I I 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 Second Year MKT 222 Principles of Retailing 3 MAT 105 Merchandising Mathematics 3 ECO 201 Microeconomics 3 CIS 200 Introduction to Systems 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 15 FMK 101 Design and Color 3 MGT 211 Personnel Management 3 ECO 202 Macroeconomics 3 PSY 108 Introduction to Psychology 3 MGT 206 Business Law I 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 18 Third Year FMK 202 Fashion Merchandising 3 ENG 220 Business Communication 3 MAT 220 Statistics 3 Business Elective 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 15 Credits FMK 203 Retail Sales Promotion 3 ENG 212 Public Speaking 3 MKT 223 Marketing Communications 3 MKT 427 Retail Site Selection and Facilities Planning 3 MKT 437 Marketing Research 3 Liberal Arts Core Requirement _3 18 Fourth Year MKT 490 Internship 12 MKT 480 Independent Study or Business Elective 3 or Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 Business or Marketing Elective 3 Business Elective 3 Business Elective _3 15 MKT 442 Retail Management 3 FMK 204 Product Analysis and Design 3 MGT 326 Social Environment in Business 3 MKT 345 Consumer Behavior 3 MGT 342 Organizational Behavior 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 18 Note: The course Graphics for Layout in Print Media (BCM 440) may be taken as a free elective for students interested in the more creative aspects of marketing com- munications. Management Internship (12 credits) may be taken in place of 3 business or marketing electives and 2 free electives. Fashion Merchandising: One of the most interesting areas in business today is the field of fashion merchandising. With this program of study, New Hampshire College prepares students for entry level positions in retail operations or merchandising. Students participate in an internship pro- gram during their second year, adding practical experience to theory. Superior students may also choose to experience a foreign internship in the summer. Fashion Merchandising Curriculum- Associate in Science First Year Credits ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision 3 MKT 113 Introduction to Marketing 3 MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration 3 Credits Liberal Arts Elective 3 MAT 105 Merchandising Mathematics _3 15 ENG 111 Literature and Research 3 FMK 101 Design and Color Theory 3 MKT 222 Principles of Retailing 3 PSY 108 Introduction to Psychology 3 CIS 100 Introduction to Computer Data Processing _3 15 Second Year ECO 201 Microeconomics 3 FMK 202 Fashion Merchandising 3 FMK 490 Internship* 3 MGT 211 Personnel Management 3 Liberal Arts Elective _3 15 ENG 220 Business Communications 3 ENG 212 Public Speaking 3 FMK 203 Retail Sales Promotion 3 FMK 204 Product Analysis and Design 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3 Free Elective _3 18 *FMT 490 (Internship) may be taken dur- ing the summer between the first and se- cond year or during the first semester of the second year. Students anticipating transferring to a four year degree program should consult with their advisor regarding most effective use of liberal arts and free electives. Mathematics Department Chairman: Professor Alec Ingraham I t is the conviction of the Mathematics Department that the ability to deal in- telligently with quantitative information is a valuable asset in entering the business world. While the majority of businesses do not require a rigorous or extensive background, some knowledge of the types of problems that can be handled mathematically, some familiarization with techniques, and a critical numerical eye are valuable tools. Accordingly, the main emphasis in all courses is on problem solv- ing, but it is hoped that some students will appreciate mathematics as being more than a practical tool. Consequently, courses are tailored to suit the needs of the students and the major areas of study at New Hampshire College. Since each major requires a specified number of mathematics courses, the Mathematics Department accepts the responsibility for School of Business 35 these and, in addition, offers a series of science liberal arts electives. Math elective courses are offered for those who wish to emphasize mathematics in their business education, and for those students who in- tend to take graduate business courses re- quiring more sophisticated mathematics. NHC in England—The London Program A valuable opportunity for learning at New Hampshire College is the semester in London program. Students who posses a superior grade point average attend classes with British students, as well as those from other nations, at the Polytechnic of North London. Situated in central London, the Polytechnic offers NHC students a wide variety of courses. Travel is encouraged and there is usually time in students' schedules for travel throughout Great Britain and Europe. Professor James Grace, Director of the London Program, works closely with students in planning their semester abroad. The program is open to juniors and seniors with a minimum grade point average of 2.50 and recommendation from their academic advisor to be obtained at the time of application. Applicants apply in the second semester of the sophomore year. Openings are limited and the appli- cant's academic record is critical for selec- tion. Students contemplating applying for the program should see Dr. Grace early in their sophomore and junior years if they wish to be considered for the following academic year. Professor David Morgan directs the pro- gram for the Polytechnic. He teaches the course Contemporary Britain required of all students attending the program. He also assists them in selecting other ap- propriate courses and makes arrangements for housing. The courses use the English system of evaluation requiring written papers rather than tests or quizzes. NHC credit if given for each course taken in England. Students attending the Polytechnic of North London have an opportunity to spend the fall semester of the junior or senior year in a cosmopolitan world capital known for its many theaters, museums and other cultural opportunities. The course on Contemporary Britain helps them appreciate their new cultural ex- perience. The Polytechnic of North Lon- don, one of the largest Polytechnics in 36 New Hampshire College Great Britain, offers a wide range of courses in business, the humanities, social sciences, and natural sciences. Besides receiving New Hampshire College credit for courses at the Polytechnic, students also receive any financial aid that they would have normally received had they spent the semester on the NHC campus. NHC students stay at the Y Hotel in cen- tral London. The Y Hotel includes an ex- tensive athletic facility and offers many other services to resident students. Cen- tral London, with its multiple cultural op- portunities and the West End, with its shopping and entertainment areas, are on- ly minutes away from the Polytechnic. Students who have participated in past programs have returned from London with praise for the facilities and for the overall experience. Course Descriptions Accounting ACC 101 and 102 Elementary Accounting (2 semesters-3 credits each semester) Elementary Accounting is a two semester course designed to: • Introduce the student to the need for ac- counting in business and its relevance to society. • Develop an understanding of the basic financial statements used by business. • Develop an understanding of the com- position of basic asset, liability, equity, and income determining accounts, in accordance with current accounting con- cepts and principles. • Introduce the student to the fundamen- tal mechanics of accounting for pro- prietorships, partnerships, and corporations. Success in the first semester is a prere- quisite to the second semester. Success in both will enable the student to pursue ad- vanced subjects. Offered every semester. ACC 203 and 204 Intermediate Accounting (2 semesters-3 credits each semester) This course covers an intensive examination and analysis of the accounting theory for assets, liabilities and stockholders' equity essential for the development and under- standing of financial statements. The un- derlying concepts of matching revenue and expenses for the determination of net in- come are stressed. Particular emphasis is placed on the study and application of APB opinions and FASB opinions along with problem solving. Prerequisite: ACC 102 ACC 207 and 208 Cost Accounting (2 semesters-3 credits each semester) This course includes a comprehensive coverage of the accounting concepts and practices used in the recording, classifying and reporting of cost data. An analysis is made of the behavior of costs, and their use to management in the planning and control process. Budgeting, standard costs, job order and process cost systems are ex- amined, along with special problems in cost accounting. Prerequisite: ACC 102 ACC 214 Management Accounting (3 credits) This course emphasizes the analysis, reporting and use of accounting data as a management tool in the planning and con- trol process. Prerequisite: ACC 102 School of Business 37 ACC 305 and 306 Advanced Accounting (2 semesters-3 credits each semester) Included in Advanced Accounting is a comprehensive examination and analysis of the accounting principles and procedures applicable to special areas of business. The topics covered are partnerships, con- signments, installment sales, branches, business combinations, consolidations, bankruptcy, foreign exchange, and estates and trusts. Particular emphasis is placed on problem solving. ACC 305 offered every fall, ACC 306 offered every spring. Prerequisite: ACC 204 ACC 322 Institutional Accounting (3 credits) This course covers the accounting prin- ciples and procedures applicable to govern- mental and not-for-profit institutions. Of- fered every spring. Prerequisite: ACC 208 ACC 411 Auditing Principles (3 credits) An in-depth examination of audit programs and procedures that are required during the course of a regular audit engagement is included in this course. The importance of reviewing internal controls is stressed. Offered every fall. Prerequisite: ACC 306 ACC 415 Federal Taxation I (3 credits) A detailed presentation is made of the theory and practice applicable in the preparation of federal income tax returns for individuals. Offered fall semester only. Prerequisite: ACC 102 ACC 416 Federal Taxation II (3 credits) A detailed presentation is made of the theory and practice applicable in the preparation of federal income tax returns for corporations, partnerships, estates and trusts. Offered every spring. Prerequisite: ACC 415 ACC 490 Internship (3 credits) This program provides an opportunity to work in public, private or governmental accounting in a supervised and structured work experience. Prerequisite: Consent of the Director of Cooperative Education. Computer Information Systems CIS 100 Introduction to Business Data Processing (3 credits) The primary purpose of this course is to function as the basic computer literacy course for all NHC students by ensuring a given level of understanding of computer concepts and by serving as the foundation for further academic and/or vocational computer related education. The development of the student's understanding of the major components of a computer system, including hardware, system and application software, system editors and compilers, and the structure of data and storage are included in the course objectives. The study of the five steps in solving a problem using a computer, (i.e., problem definition, logic specification (flowchar- ting), coding (using the BASIC language), testing and debugging, and documentation) are also included. Development of the student's proficiency in programming a computer to include: 1. The BASIC and full screen editors of the NHC IBM 4341 computer system; 2. Interactive and batch processing; 3. Output formatting and program documentation; 4. Data file processing and editing concepts. Offered every semester. Prerequisites: None CIS 120 FORTRAN (3 credits) This course is designed to allow the stu- dent the opportunity to develop his/her programming logic. The design of algorithms is emphasized along with the methodology of handling direct files, multi- dimensioned tables, functions, and subroutines. The student should acquire the knowledge to supply management with quantifiable information in the manage- ment science area. Offered every semester. Prerequisite: CIS 100 CIS 200 Introduction to Systems (3 credits) This course introduces all School of Business majors to the concept of the system life cycle and the management of both CIS and non CIS projects. I t helps students develop an awareness of the pro- cess and activities necessary to define, approve, acquire, and manage computer in- formation systems. CIS also develops and computes the student's understanding and perception of the relationships that exist between information and organization structures and computer (CIS) systems. Introduction to Systems increases the stu- dent's technical understanding of: • System hardware components • System software structure • Communications concepts • Organization of data files • Modes of processing 38 New Hampshire College The course also increases the student's knowledge of: • Report structures • Analysis and synthesizing of results • Interviewing • Briefing techniques • Independent and group research • Charting (flowchart—system and logic in- formation, PERT, HIPO, project planning • Analysis to include report/forms design, coding structures, data utilization and organization • System documentation concepts Students participate in individual and group research which introduces them to the current literature of the CIS world to include technical, managerial, and marketing issues. Finally, CIS 200 con- tinues the development of the student's written and spoken communication skills. Offered every semester. Prerequisites: CIS 100, ENG 110, MGT 110, ACC 102 CIS 220 Principles of COBOL (3 credits) This course is an introduction to computer programming in a business environment using COBOL. The course is arranged so that students begin writing programs ear- ly in the semester. Programs of increased complexity are introduced as the course is developed. Emphasis is given to the fun- damentals of structured program design and organization. The course includes discussion and application of top-down design strategies and structured techni- ques for designing and developing problem solutions. The course covers language syn- tax, data and file structures, sequential and indexed file handling using COBOL, and an overview of advanced features of COBOL. Operating system facilities for developing and implementing batch pro- grams for report generation, input editing, and file updating are included. Offered every semester. Prerequisites: CIS 100 CIS 240 Systems Hardware (3 credits) This course introduces the student to com- puter architecture and design techniques. Various hardware components for microcomputers, minicomputers and main- frames are covered. Offered every year. Prerequisites: CIS 120 CIS 241 Systems Software (3 credits) Today's and tomorrow's data processing environment requires the use of large, mini and micro systems working indepen- dently and together. This necessitates multiple levels of system software to manage these resources starting from a simple uniprocessor to a sophisticated network of hardware and software. The purpose of this course is to acquaint the student with the understanding of the design rationale, and the implementation for resource management within a com- puter operating system. I t should deal with the purpose of an operating system, management techniques (ex. memory management, processor management, device management, data management and net- work management), generally used by an operating system, how these techniques are implemented and how to communicate with an operating system (ex. system generation, control languages such as JCL, etc.). Offered every year. Prerequisite: CIS 120 CIS 242 Hardware/Software (3 credits) This course introduces the student to com- puter architecture and system software used in main frames, mini and micro com- puter environments. The purpose of regis- ters, storage locations (real and virtual), channels, control units and the like will be studied. System software (operating systems) functions and their relations to hardware units will be emphasized. Of- fered every year. Prerequisites: CIS 220 CIS 305 Microcomputer Systems (3 credits) This course examines the role of microcomputers in modern information systems. Students are introduced to micro- computer hardware and software including operating systems and selected applica- tions. Design and selection of micro- computer systems is included. The use of micro-computers in personal, small business, and corporate environments is explored. Prerequisite: CIS 100 CIS 320 RPG (3 credits) This course is designed to illustrate a problem-oriented language typical of those used by many organizations. Within this framework, the emphasis is placed on the building and updating of Index-Sequential Files. Multiple record types, matching records, and level breaks unique to RPG are addressed. Programs are run under an IBM DOS machine. Offered every year. Prerequisite: CIS 220 CIS 325 Advanced COBOL (3 credits) This course expands upon the material covered in CIS 220. The course begins with a comprehensive programming School of Business 39 assignment and the topics of program structure, cohesion, and design. A review of basic features of COBOL follows. Addi- tional language features, including the REPORT WRITER and the features necessary for various types of file process- ing, are then introduced. Structured design and programming concepts are em- phasized throughout the course and the student is introduced to structured walkthroughs. Offered every year. Prere- quisites: CIS 100, CIS 220 CIS 330 Data Base Management Systems (3 credits) The storage and retrieval of data is con- sidered by many to be a major problem area in data processing. Computer technology has advanced from the simple punched card file to sophisticated data- based organizations. The purpose of this course is to acquaint the student with the patterns of thought necessary to unders- tand a hierarchical (tree), network (plex) and relational data-base management systems. The logical, conceptual and physical aspect of a DBMS will be studied and placed in proper perspective. Areas such as the design and use of a data dic- tionary, function of a data base ad- ministrator, and necessary DBMS languages will also be considered. A stu- dent enrolling in this course has dealt with the physical aspect of data files (i.e., se- quential, indexed and randomly organized files). Therefore, it will be necessary to cover the physical aspect of DBMS design (ex. inverted lists, pointer "files"). The purpose of this coverage is only to clarify the concepts of a DBMS vs. standard data accessing. Offered every semester. Prere- quisites: CIS 120, MAT 210, 120 Computer Simulation and Modeling for Business (3 credits) Provides the student with an understan- ding of fundamental computer simulation and modeling techniques used in business along with hands-on computer practical ex- ercises. Students formulate and run simulation programs using scientific languages such as BASIC, FORTRAN, or Pascal and simulation languages such as GPSS and DYNAMO. Prerequisites: CIS 120, MAT 210, 120 CIS 375 Pascal Programming (3 credits) To develop a strong foundation in struc- tured programming style, readability, logic, and documentation using PASCAL. The orientation is accomplished via lectures, classroom discussions and pro- gramming assignments. Prerequisites: CIS 100, 120, MAT 210, 220 CIS 401 MIS Project and Policy (6 credits) Part I—Application of computer program- ming and system development concepts, principles and practices to a comprehen- sive system development project. A team aproach is used to analyze, design, imple- ment and document realistic systems of moderate complexity. Part II—An analysis of the highest level of informational support systems which serve the manager user. Part III—An introduction to the financial technical and strategic information systems management. Emphasis on the relationship of the information systems planning process to the overall organiza- tional goals, policies, plans, management style and industry condition. Part IV—Provide an awareness of the literature in the subject area of informa- tion systems, hardware and software. Prerequisites: CIS 300, 320, 325 and 330 CIS 440 Data Communications and Networks (3 credits) This course is directed to the understan- ding of data communications hardware, software, applications, terminology and the usage of all in both a real time or RJE en- vironment. Prerequisites: CIS 100, 200 Business/Distributive Teacher Education EDU 200 Introduction to Education (3 credits) This course gives the student an overview of American education through analysis of its historical and philosophical roots. Con- temporary issues in American education will be emphasized. Offered every fall. EDU 201 Educational Philosophy (3 credits) This course emphasizes the nature of human learning, with a study of the con- cepts of readiness, motivation, retention, individual differences, development, reasoning and measurement in relation to the learning process. Consideration of the concepts of psychological principles of testing learning technology are also em- phasized. Offered every 3 semesters. Prerequisite: PSY 108 EDU 290 Internship (3 credits) Provides future teachers with varied educational and business experience ap- propriate to the major teaching area. 40 New Hampshire College Typical experience includes working as teaching assistants and visitations to a variety of schools. Periodic written reports are required throughout internship. Of- fered every semester. EDU 300 Principles of Business and Vocational Education (3 credits) A study in the field of business education: its curriculum, levels, facilities, materials, research and issues. Emphasis will be on current practices in business education. Of- fered every spring. EDU 301 Evaluation, Measurement and Testing (3 credits) This course is concerned with the prin- ciples of measurement and evaluation. The use of basic statistical concepts will be discussed. The use of standardized and teacher-made tests will also be examined. Offered every fall. Prerequisite: MAT 111 EDU 311 Methods of Teaching Typing and Word Processing (2 credits) This course provides a study of the methods of instruction, skill building techniques, selection and preparation of in- structional materials, standards of achieve- ment, and evaluation and measurement of pupil progress in the skill-oriented courses. Other topics include machine rotation, of- fice simulation, and the use of typing labs. Offered every spring. Prerequisite: OAD 110 EDU 312 Methods of Teaching Shorthand and Office Procedures (2 credits) A study of the methods of instruction, selection and preparation of instructional materials, standards of achievement, and techniques of evaluation and measurement of pupil progress in shorthand and transcription. Offered every fall. Prere- quisite: OAD 100 EDU 313 Methods of Teaching Book- keeping and General Business (3 credits) A study of the methods of instruction, selection and preparation of instructional materials, standards of achievement, and evaluation and measurement of pupil pro- gress in the areas of bookkeeping/accoun- ting, data processing, and the basic business courses. Offered every spring. Prerequisite: Junior standing EDU 314 Coordination of Realistic Work Experiences (3 credits) A study of the philosophy and objective of cooperative vocational education and other work experiences, methods of selecting students and work stations, preparation of instructional materials, placing and super- vising students on part-time jobs, evaluating work stations, advisory commit- tees, and the public relations aspects of cooperative education. Offered every spring. Prerequisite: Junior standing EDU 315 Methods of Teaching Distributive Education (3 credits) A study of the methods of instruction, selection and preparation of materials, and evaluation of student progress in the area of distributive education. Offered every spring. Prerequisite: Junior standing EDU 490 Student Teaching (15 credits) Business/Distributive Teacher Education majors will have the opportunity to par- ticipate in one semester of full-time prac- tice teaching at nearby public schools. During this semester, the student teacher will receive close and continuous supervi- sion and guidance from teaching personnel at the local school and by a member of the New Hampshire College faculty. In-school seminars are also held. Offered every semester. Prerequisite: Senior standing Secretarial Science/Office Administration OAD 100A Shorthand I Gregg Theory and Dictation to 60 Words per Minute (3 credits) Planned to give the student a thorough knowledge of fundamentals of Gregg shorthand. Emphasis is placed on good shorthand penmanship, accurate propor- tion and legibility, and mastery of basic vocabulary. Offered every fall. OAD 100B Speedwriting (3 credits) Planned to give the student a thorough knowledge of fundamentals of Speedwriting. Emphasis is placed on good shorthand pen- manship, accurate proportion and legibility, and mastery of basic vocabulary. Offered every fall. OAD 102 Shorthand II Dictation: 60-80 Words per Minute, and Transcription (3 credits) Designed to increase the student's short- hand vocabulary; the emphasis is on developing speed and accuracy in typing mailable transcripts. Offered each semester. Prerequisite: OAD 100 or per- mission of department chairman. OAD 110 Typewriting I Theory and Speed up to 35 Words per Minute (3 credits) Correct posture at the machine, parts of the typewriter and their uses, and development of touch techniques with School of Business 41 emphasis on the formation of correct habits as a foundation for speed and ac- curacy. Basic letter forms, tabulations, and manuscripts. Offered every fall, OAD 111 Typewriting II 35-50 Words per Minute (3 credits) Arrangements of business letters and envelopes, carbon copies, stencils and masters, tabulation and statistical matter, and rough drafts. Drill to increase speed and accuracy. Offered every spring. Prere- quisite: OAD 110 or permission of depart- ment chairman. OAD 201 Shorthand III Dictation: 80-100 Words per Minute, and Transcription (3 credits) Emphasis is placed on mastery of the technical vocabularies of the more impor- tant lines of business: banking, insurance, real estate, manufacturing, merchandising, transportation. Daily transcription practice with emphasis on mailable copy. Offered every fall. Prerequisite: OAD 102 or per- mission of department chairman. OAD 202 Legal Shorthand (3 credits) The dictation of legal terminology and definitions and their place in legal reports and documents. The special terms, both ordinary legal terms and Latin phrases, which are commonly used in law; the law of property, contracts and sales. Offered every spring. OAD 210 Typewriting III 50-60 Words per Minute (3 credits) Manuscripts, billing, statements, legal documents and business papers, secretarial assignments. Drills to perfect production speed. Offered every fall. Prerequisite: OAD 111 or permission of department chairman. OAD 220 Word Processing I (3 credits) Application of Word Processing Systems and transcription skills in today's offices. Students learn machine transcription and dictation, magnetic typewriters, memory typewriters and the IBM System 6, and text-editors. Offered every semester. Prerequisite: OAD 110 OAD 221 Word Processing II (3 credits) Students learn more processing equipment such as DECWPS/8 as well as microcom- puters. They will learn management skills in correspondence or administrative tasks by implementing a word processing center. Offered every spring. Prerequisite: OAD 220 OAD 230 Office Simulation (3 credits) Fundamental skills and knowledge in (1) operation of basic office machines, (2) fil- ing, (3) letter and memo writing, and (4) human relations. Efficiency, organization, and versatility are stressed, and applica- tion of the basic skills learned in all previous secretarial courses is the thrust of this course. Students role-play in an of- fice environment from the manager to the clerk. Offered every spring. OAD 231 Office Administration (3 credits) Students solve practical problems of managing an office by applying general management principles, office designs, modern equipment and techniques. Decision-makng by the administrator of the office is emphasized. Offered every semester. OAD 290 Secretarial Science Internship (6 credits) Students work as interns on a parallel basis while attending school. Based on their specific major, they are placed in an appropriate professional office. This is a supervised integrated work-study ex- perience. Offered every spring. Prere- quisite: Consent of the director of cooperative education and department chairman. OAD 490 Office Administration Internship (12 credits) Students work as interns on a parallel basis while attending school. Based on their specific major, they are placed in an appropriate professional office. This is a supervised integrated work-study ex- perience. Prerequisite: Consent of the director of cooperative education and department chairman. Economics ECO 201 Microeconomics (3 credits) This course covers microeconomics—the market system, demand and supply, prices, distribution of income, economics of the firm, diminishing returns to scale, monopoly and oligopoly, and international trade including foreign exchange, balance of international payments. Offered every semester. ECO 202 Macroeconomics (3 credits) The course covers macroeconomics- national wealth, income, the components of spending, theory of equilibrium between spending and production, the monetary system, impact of technology and economic growth. Offered every semester. 42 New Hampshire College ECO 208 U.S. Economy History (3 credits) The course examines the United States as a "successful" case study in economic development. The clash of social-political economic forces in institutional develop- ment is examined. Offered every two years. ECO 301 Managerial Economics (3 credits) Analysis of the application of economic theory to business organization. Topics in- clude demand analysis, cost calculation, pricing decision-making. Offered every semester. ECO 306 Money and Banking (3 credits) This course covers two broad areas. The first is the banking industry, as it operates internally and is regulated. The second area is the banking industry in the national economy. This includes monetary policy and its macroeconomics effects on prices, employment, growth and the inter- national balance of payments. Offered every semester. Prerequisite: ECO 201 and 202 ECO 314 Labor Economics (3 credits) This course introduces the student to the field of labor economics. The labor market, wages, productivity, inflation- unemployment relationship and the role of unions are among the subjects covered. Of- fered every two years. Prerequisite: ECO 201 and 202 ECO 315 Labor Relations and Arbitration (3 credits) This course examines union-management relationships. Elements of a good union- management contract, the law, and the role of the arbitrator. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: ECO 314 and MGT 211 ECO 322 International Economics (3 credits) The course examines the basis of interna- tional trade and the mechanisms involved in international finance. The implications for United States industries, as well as the national economy, are also examined. Of- fered every two years. Prerequisite: ECO 201 and 202 ECO 327 Economic Development (3 credits) The course examines the process and pro- blems of economic development. Emphasis is on ''Third World" less developed na- tions, their problems and relationships with the United States. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: ECO 201 and 202 ECO 330 Public Finance (3 credits) The economic rationale for government provision of goods and services and effi- ciency criteria for this provision are ex- amined. The economic effects of taxation and government expenditures are studied including current budget analysis. Offered every two years. ECO 335 Urban and Regional Economics (3 credits) This course examines the diversity of regional economics in the United States economy. Questions and problems of regional autonomy and policies are examin- ed. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: ECO 201 and 202 ECO 340 Comparative Economic Systems (3 credits) This course examines alternative economic systems ranging from planned systems to non-planned and mixed systems. The systems of the major developed and developing countries are examined. In ad- dition, the elements and problems that go into "putting an economic system together" are explored. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: ECO 201 and 202 ECO 345 History of Economic Thought (3 credits) The course examines the development of economic thought from philosophy to poli- tical economy to "economics as a science today." Prerequisite: ECO 201 and 202 ECO 402 Business Cycles and Forecasting (3 credits) The course examines business cycle history, theory, and the use of lagging, leading and coincident economic indicators in business forecasting. Offered every spring. Prerequisites: ECO 201 and 202 ECO 480 Independent Study (3 credits) A course to allow the student to in- vestigage any economic or business subject not incorporated into the curriculum. By permission of instructor, department chair- man and academic dean. ECO 490 Internship The Economics/Finance internship is a semester of supervised career-related work experience. The student is required to prepare monthly on-the-job reports and also to prepare a final written analysis in a case study format. Prerequisite: Consent of the director of cooperative education. School of Business 43 Finance FIN 101 Personal Finance (3 credits) This course introduces the student to the concepts involved in budgeting, capital budgeting, cash flow, and investments at the personal level The course also pro- vides valuable practical knowledge in the field of personal finance. FIN 220 Introduction to Investments (3 credits) Various investment vehicles, including stocks, bonds and commodities, are in- troduced and examined. The course em- phasizes the investment decision-making process that underlies all investment deci- sions. Offered every semester. FIN 320 Introduction to Business Finance (3 credits) This course is designed to survey the finance discipline, to develop skills neces- sary for financial decision-making and to acquaint the student with financial markets and institutions. Offered every semester. Prerequisites: ACC 102, MAT 111 FIN 324 Security Analysis (3 credits) The student becomes actively involved in fundamental industry and company analysis. Supply and demand factors are examined, as they effect individual firms and industries, so as to make a cogent in- vestment decision. Offered every year. Prerequisites: F IN 220 and 320, ECO 201 and 202 FIN 336 Multinational Corporate Finance (3 credits) Aspects of financial planning for corpora- tions with overseas operations. Analysis of sources and uses of corporate funds abroad, including criteria for choice among alternative foreign investments. Includes the effects on intemaional corporate finan- cial planning including such factors as the characteristics of foreign money and capital markets, international financial institutions, exchange rate changes, currency restrictions, tax regulations and accounting practices. Offered every two years. Prerequisites: Either FIN 320 or FIN 435, and junior/senior standing or permission of instructor. FIN 435 Financial Policy and Decision- Making (3 credits) This course is designed to pursue financial decision-making under real world con- siderations of risk and uncertainty. Heavy emphasis is placed on evaluating the allocation of funds within the firm and managing the capital structure. Offered every semester. Prerequisites: Either F IN 320 or ACC 306, MAT 111 Hotel/Restaurant Management HRM 209 Food Purchasing (3 credits) An examination of the grades, types, and varieties of fruits, vegetables, meats, fish, and sundry products and the methodology of purchasing food in large quantities. Ad- ditional topics discussed include wholesale and retail meat cuts, standard purchase specifications, centralized purchasing, con- tainer sizes and types of frozen, canned, and fresh fruits and vegetables. Offered every fall. HRM 210 Quantity Food Production I (3 credits) 3 laboratory hours, 1 lecture hour An introductory course in the theory and preparation of haute cuisine. Students will prepare soups, sauces, appetizers, vegetables, meats, fish, and baked pro- ducts including breads, cakes, and pies us- ing professional equipment. Classical and modern methods of production will be compared. Laboratory fee: $100. Offered every fall. HRM 211 Quantity Food Production II (3 credits) 3 laboratory hours, 1 lecture hour Theory and preparation of haute cuisine under conditions of quantity preparation. Students will apply the principles from HRM 210 to quantity service on the col- lege premises. Laboratory fee: $100. Of- fered every spring. Prerequisite: HRM 210 HRM 212 Introduction of Hotel and Restaurant Management (3 credits) The history and development of the hospitality industry from Greek and Roman times to present day, the organiza- tion of the modern hotel, the functions and personnel of each department, the layout and design of a modern hotel, the organizational differences between com- mercial and resort properties. Offered every fall. HRM 215 Hotel Information Systems (3 credits) A systems approach is used to examine the flow of information which occurs as a guest makes a reservation, checks into, oc- cupies, and checks out of a hotel. The course contains an in-depth analysis of cur- rent manual and computer based systems that facilitate the flow of information in a hotel. Offered every spring. Prerequisite: CIS 100 44 New Hampshire College HRM 313 Management Accounting and Control for the Hospitality Industry (3 credits) This course emphasizes the methods and procedures of internal control for hotels and restaurants. Management tools available to interpret and analyze data which contribute to more effective decision making are also examined. Offered every fall. Prerequisite: ACC 101 and 102 HRM 319 Restaurant Management (3 cre- dits) 2 laboratory hours, 2 lecture hours The various types of dining room service (French, Russian, English, and American) are studied and applied to on-campus ser- vice. Students will operate a college restau- rant, Additional topics discussed include menu theory. Laboratory fee: $25. Offered every spring. Prerequisite: HRM 212 HRM 321 Hotel Facilities Management (3 credits) An examination of the housekeeping department of a hotel, interior decoration, care and selection of carpeting, drapes, and furnitue, and a study of basic engineering problems associated with hotels, including refrigeration, plumbing, heating, and air conditioning. Offered every fall. Prerequisite: HRM 212 HRM 322 Tourism (3 credits) The history, development and international implications of world tourism. Included in the topics discussed are the sociology of tourism, tourism components, the economic role of tourism, and marketing of tourism. Offered every spring. HRM 414 Promotional Activities (3 credits) A study of the methods and tools used by hotels to promote business externally and internally. Included as a major part of the course is a study of the process of identi- fying primary and secondary markets, and feasibility studies for hotel construction. Offered every fall. HRM 416 Law of the Hospitality Industry (3 credits) An examination of the common and statutory law applicable to the hospitality industry. Included in the course are discussions of the inkeeper's duties and responsibilities for his guests, his duty to maintain his property, his duty to receive travelers, his vicarious liability for employee actions, and his liability for guests' property. Offered every fall Prere- quisite: HRM 212 HRM 418 Hotel and Restaurant Management Seminar (3 credits) A review of current practices and pro- cedures involving problem areas, associated with the hospitality industry. An in-depth analysis of a current topic selected by the student in conjunction with the instructor. Open to HRM majors in their senior year. Offered every spring. HRM 490 Internship (6 credits) Guided internship work experience for in- tegrating study and experience. Students will spend one summer working at approv- ed hotels and restaurants. Open to HRM majors only. Prerequisite: Consent of the director of cooperative education. HRM 491 Internship (12 credits) Guided internship work experience for in- tegrating study and experience. Students will spend one academic semester working at approved hotels and restaurants. Open to Hotel Restaurant Management majors only with permission of the department chairman. Prerequisite: Consent of the director of cooperative education. Note: Students will normally be required to take HRM 490, Internship, for 6 credits. However, students may, with the permission of the department chairman, take in its place HRM 491, Internship, for 12 credits. HRM 490 involves work ex- perience over one summer and HRM 491 involves work experience over an academic semester. One business elective and one free elective will be waived for the student who successfully completes HRM 491. Humanities Fine Arts FAS 121 Experiences in Art (3 credits) This is an introductory course in the enjoy- ment, understanding, and appreciation of various art forms, periods and media. Slidesand other exhibits will be used to il- lustratecourse material. Offered every three years. FAS 223 History and Literature of Music (3 credits) FAS 223 is a broad study of music from all historical periods from the early Greeks to modern day classical, electronic and popular music. One of the themes of the course will be the correlation of the music of the past with the present. Offered every every three years. School of Business 45 FAS 224 Music in the Romantic Period (3 credits) FAS 224 studies the importance of the Romantic Period in music. Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, Classical and 20th century is presented in a very condensed form to illustrate characteristics of and comparisons to the unique age of Roman- tic music. Offered every three years. FAS 226 Mass Media (3 credits) FAS 226 is a survey course which covers the nature of mass media communication, its development and effect upon modern forms of communication. The course will focus on how and why the media operate as they do, as well as on how media per- formance might be improved to better meet the need of consumers. Offered every every three years. FAS 276 American Music (3 credits) This course deals with all aspects of American music from the sacred music of the New England colonies (1620) to the present. The student is given a basis for the awareness, realization, and understan- ding of our musical culture. No musical background is presumed. Offered every three years. FAS 330 introduction to Films (3 credits) This course involves the viewing and analysis of representative films—fictional, documentary and experimental. Students will become acquainted with film theory, basic terminology, film history, aesthetics and production techniques. Three lecture and two scheduled viewing hours per week. Lab fee. Offered every spring. Music MUS 110 Band (1 credit-maximum 6 credits) MUS 110 is an applied music course in wind ensemble performance. The band will be comprised of credit and non-credit tak- ing members who will perform at athletic and other college functions. MUS 112 Chorus (1 credit-maximum 6 credits) Auditions will be held each semester to form a mixed choral group. The group, once constituted, will perform at selected college functions. Humanities HUM 201 Introduction to the Humanities: Greece through the Renaissance (3 credits) Assuming little or no previous exposure to its content, this course offers vocabulary, understanding and appreciation of the visual arts, music, literature and ideas in the context of changing cultural en- vironments, including ancient Greece and Rome, the Medieval Period and the Renaissance. May be taken independently of HUM 202. Offered every fall. HUM 202 Introduction to the Humanities: Baroque through Modern (3 credits) Continuing Humanities 201, an introduc- tion to visual arts, music, literature and ideas in various cultural environments in- cluding the Baroque, the Enlightenment, Romanticism, post-Romanticism, and modernism. May be taken independently of HUM 201. Offered every spring. HUM 230 Changing Roles of Men and Women in Western Society (3 credits) HUM 230 is a interdisciplinary course bas- ed on the critical study of short stories, plays and poems written by and about women. Letters and historical-sociological essays concerning the role of women in society will also be studied. Some of the representative writers in the course in- clude Adams, Wollstonecraft, Mill, Woolf, Hemingway, Meade and Mailer. One course objective is to summarize their views of women's social and economic roles. Offered every spring. HUM 300 Seminars Abroad (credits to be arranged) HUM 300 includes trips to historic sites pertinent to the study of major literary/historical figures or events. Students will attend lectures and/or seminars, prepare short papers and keep journals of their travels and their learning experiences. Sites and studies to change periodically, subject to the approval of the Department. HUM 320 Special Topics in Humanities (3 credits) The content of this course varies from semester to semester. A course description will be posted in the Registrar's Office; the instructor will circulate a syllabus prior to registration. Offered every two years. HUM 384 Seminar on Soviet Society (3 credits) HUM 384 is an annual study tour of the USSR under the sponsorship of New Hampshire College and St. Anselm Col- lege. This course incorporates field obser- vations, lectures by Soviet authorities, and 46 New Hampshire College meetings with Soviet citizens. An orienta- tion program is conducted prior to the tour. Offered every year. English ENG 090 Fundamentals of English (3 credits) This course provides students with a review of grammar and mechanics and allows for extensive practice in composing essays. English 090 is a prerequisite for students who fail to qualify for admittance into English 110. Offered every semester. ENG 110 Expository Writing and Revision (3 credits) This course stresses composition skills and rewriting. In order to receive credit for English 110, the student must pass a final English Proficiency Exam designed to test his or her abilities to write coherently, correctly, and thoughtfully. Offered every semester. English Proficiency Exam At the end of English 110 (Expository Writing and Revision), the student must pass an English proficiency examination that is simultaneously a final examination for the course and an institutional test of writing ability. The student, using a dic- tionary and required course texts, will be expected to write coherently, correctly, and throughtfully about a pre-assigned topic. English 110 is a prerequisite for English 111 and English 220. I f the stu- dent fails this English proficiency examina- tion, he or she must repeat English 110 before being retested unless other ar- rangements are made by the department. Testing procedures are set forth in the Humanities Department's booklet, "English Proficiency Exam." ENG 111 Literature and Research (3 credits) ENG 111 is a research and literature course with major emphasis on writing a research paper and developing an ap- preciation for imaginative literature. Of- fered every semester. Prerequisite: ENG 110 ENG 212 Public Speaking (3 credits) This course is designed to help students develop abilities for all speaking situations, including skills in effectiveness, organiza- tion and delivery. The evaluation and im- provement of voice, diction, articulation, and posture are also studied. Offered every semester. Prerequisite: ENG 110 ENG 213 American Literature (3 credits) English 213 is a survey of major American writers from 1620 through the Civil War. Authors of the Colonial, Enlightenment, and Romantic periods in American literature are considered with the em- phasis on their historical backgrounds. Of- fered every two years. ENG 214 American Literature (3 credits) English 214 is a survey of major American writers from the 1870's through the con- temporary age. Emphasis in this course is on the role of the individual and the artist in an increasingly industrialized and technological culture. Offered every two years. ENG 215 Survey of the Theatre (3 credits) ENG 215 is the study of drama as literature beginning with the Greeks and continuing through Shakespeare to the present. Offered every spring. ENG 220 Business Communications (3 credits) ENG 220 is a practical introduction to the preparation of business correspondence, employment applications and resumes, and formal research reports. Emphasis is plac- ed on written communication skills. Of- fered every semester. Prerequisite: ENG 111 ENG 223 English Literature I (3 credits) ENG 223 is a survey of English literature including the works of Beowulf, Chaucer, Shakespeare, Milton, Swift, Pope, and Johnson. This course examines the history and evolution of English literature while studying a variety of literary types. Of- fered every fall. ENG 224 English Literature II (3 credits) This course covers the Romantic, Vic- torian and Modern literary periods. I t ex- amines the works of the Romantic poets, Victorian novelists and Modern literary artsits including Shaw, Joyce and Eliot. Offered every spring. ENG 225 Introduction to Poetry (3 credits) ENG 225 is an introduction to the study and appreciation of poetry. I t seeks to give students a grasp of the nature and variety of poetry, some means of reading it with appreciative understanding, and ideas on how to evaluate it. The focus is on the work of English and American poets, traditional and modern. Prere- quisite: ENG 111 School of Business 47 ENG 234 Modern Authors (3 credits) ENG 234 introduces students to contem- porary readings from the 20th century- American, British, European. An historical approach is taken to trace the changes from 19th century romanticism to twen- tieth century realism. Students read short stories, novels and poetry. Offered every fall. Prerequisite: ENG 111 ENG 235 Introduction to Journalism (3 credits) ENG 235 introduces students to the design and organization of modern newspapers, with close attention given to local as well as national publications. Students are re- quired to produce news stories, feature ar- ticles, and editorials. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: ENG 110 ENG 316 Contemporary Drama (3 credits) ENG 316 is a consideration of modern plays from twentieth-century literature. The American, British, Russian, Scandina- vian, and Irish theatres are among those studied. Offered every two years. Prere- quisite: ENG 111 ENG 319 Shakespeare (3 credits) Students in ENG 319 study selected Shakespearean comedies, tragedies and chronicle plays. The course also provides the students with a general overview of the Elizabethan era and the world in which Shakespeare lived and worked. Of- fered every fall. Prerequisite: ENG 111 ENG 227 Journalism Practicum (max- imum 6 credits) The practicum allows students an oppor- tunity to help produce the student- operated newspaper, The Observer. Credit positions of the newspaper include editors, copywriters and photographers. All credit is validated by an editorial board and faculty advisor. ENG 330 Advanced Writing (3 credits) ENG 330 is a course of study for students seeking experience in writing beyond freshman composition. Various modes of writing are studied and practiced. Offered every fall. Prerequisite: B grade in ENG 110 and 111 or permission of department chairman. ENG 331 American Business in Literature (3 credits) By applying humanistic perspectives to the business world, ENG 331 examines the ways in which important American writers express and critique the values, styles, rituals, symbols, psychology, and history of business. This course includes the close readings of novels, stories, poems and plays. Offered every two years. ENG 332 The Nature Writers (3 credits) This course is designed to introduce students to the prose and poetry by major writers and naturalists who observe nature vividly and who write about man's relationship to the natural environment. The writings of De Crevecoeur, Emerson, Hawthorne, Ruskin, Lawrence, Orwell, Commoner, Krutch, Leopold, and Dickin- son are included for study. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: ENG 213 or 214 ENG 333 Language Awareness (3 credits) ENG 333 is an introduction to selected topics in English linguistics including dialects, usage, history, semantics, and phonology. The languages of racism, sex- ism, advertising and propaganda are also considered. ENG 336 Thoreau and His Contem- poraries (3 credits) This course considers the works of Henry David Thoreau as transcendentalist, essayist, poet, naturalist and teacher. Other members of the Concord School are also discussed. Offered every fall. Prere- quisite: ENG 213 or 214 Business Communication BCM 108 Business English (3 credits) This course is a thorough review of gram- mar, mechanics and other writing conven- tions governing modem Business English. Practical applications include the prepara- tion of business correspondence, memos, informal and formal reports, and resumes and letters of application. Emphasis is placed on written communication skills. This course is especially designed for the Office Technology Certificate Program; it cannot be used as a Liberal Arts Elective, nor can it be applied to the Business Com- munication major. BCM 322 Public Speaking for Business (3 credits) This course provides students with the principles which govern effective oral presentations to large and small groups and includes training in the use of ap- propriate visual/audio aids. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: ENG 212 or per- mission of instructor. BCM 343 Journalistic Writing in Business (3 credits) This course focuses on the researching and writing of articles for company publica- tions and professional journals. Other 48 New Hampshire College kinds of copy for business related publica- tions are studied and produced. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: ENG 220 or ENG 235, or BCM 437. BCM 437 Advanced Business Communications (3 credits) This course allows students the opportuni- ty to not only complete research projects of a business nature for diverse audiences, but to design appropriate report formats. Research leads to documented reports and oral presentations using appropriate visual aids. Offered every two years. Prere- quisite: ENG 220 BCM 440 Graphics and Layout in Print Media (3 credits) This course entails practice in the art and craft of graphic design and layout, in- cluding copyfitting, font selection, and other aspects of the printing process. Students produce a variety of pieces dur- ing the semester including brochures, flyers and pamphlets. Offered every two years. BCM 341 Technical Report Writing (3 credits) This course trains students to produce documents of a technical nature which are commonly found within a business context. Students are required to prepare a variety of technical reports including software pro- grams, audits, technical manuals and feasibility studies. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: ENG 220 BCM 442 Corporate Public Relations (3 credits) This course introduces students to the theory, practice and evolution of public relations in America. Students study the major figures in this field as well as organizations, their behavior, and the rela- tionships between organizations and their various clients. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: ENG 220 Philosophy PHL 110 Introduction to Philosophy (3 credits) This course provides a general introduc- tion to philosophy beginning with issues raised by contemporary problems. Tradi- tional problems and approaches in philosophy are examined in relation to the present. Offered every fall. PHL 214 Logic, Language and Argumentation (3 credits) PHL 214 is the study of the fundamental principles of correct and incorrect argument, historical forms of deductive logic, and the significance of language and clear verbalization. Offered every spring. PHL 230 Comparative Religion (3 credits) PHL 230 is a study of the origins of religion, how man manifests his religious spirit in the most primitive periods of history, how his religious spirit refines itself in accordance with the rise of this level of consciousness. The course also reviews the emergence of various world religions and the reasons for their dif- ferences as well as similarities. Special em- phasis is given to the five major religions: Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism, Christiani- ty and Mohammedanism, Offered every spring. The Social Sciences Government GOV 109 Introduction to Politics (3 credits) GOV 109 is an introduction to politics which examines theories of the purpose of government and the nature of man. Special attention is given to the democratic foundations of the United States. Offered every fall. GOV 110 American Politics (3 credits) GOV 110 is the study of policy-making in the American national political system. Emphasis is placed on the interaction of institutions and political factors within. This emphasis on process encourages the development of a political perspective ap- plicable to social and economic activities. Offered every spring. GOV 211 International Relations (3 credits) The study of international politics is con- sidered in GOV 211 from a national in- terest perspective. The means of for- mulating and executing policy in the con- text of a system of sovereign states is em- phasized as well as are the limitations of the model. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: GOV 109 or 110 GOV 213 Comparative Government (3 credits) In GOV 213 the political systems of various countries of the world are studied and compared through an analytic ap- proach which accentuates participation, policy and political culture. Specific coun- tries are selected for study according to School of Business 49 the interests of both prospective students as well as of the instructor. Prerequisite: GOV 109 or 110 GOV 314 Political Theory (3 credits) GOV 314 is an analytical survey and study of major political and social theories in western culture from Plato to Marx, em- phasizing the historical and fundamental concepts of freedom and justice in the modern state. Prerequisite: GOV 109, GOV 110, or PHL 110. GOV 330 Canadian Government and Politics (3 credits) As Canada moves to control more of its economic destiny, federal and provincial authorities compete for dominance in a society divided by ethnic and regional loyalties. Students will study in GOV 330 the dynamics of evolving Canadian federalism with attention to regional economic and cultural issues as they in- fluence United States-Canadian affairs. Prerequisite: GOV 109 or 110 History HIS 109 Ancient and Medieval (3 credits) HIS 109 is an appreciation of those ideas, values, trends, and movements in Ancient and Medieval history that contribute significantly to Western Civilization and world culture. Emphasis is placed on the civilization of Egypt, Mesopotamia, Greece, Rome and Western Europe. Of- fered every fall. HIS 110 Modern European History (3 credits) HIS 110 is an appreciation of those ideas, values, trends, and movements in nine- teenth and twentieth-century European history that have shaped and influenced contemporary civilization. The focus is primarily on Western Europe. Offered every spring. HIS 110 American History (3 credits) HIS 213 studies the political, economic, and social development of the American people from the colonial period to the end of the Civil War. Special attention is given to the Colonial era, early national period, Jacksonian Democracy, and the Civil War. Offered every fall. HIS 214 American History (3 credits) HIS 214 studies the political, economic, and social development of the United States from the end of the Civil War to the present. Special attention is given to the period following World War II. Of- fered every spring. HIS 318 American Diplomatic History (3 credits) HIS 318 studies the development and im- plementation of the foreign policy of the United States from 1900 to the present. Considerable time is spent on analyzing the conflict between ideals and national self-interest of American diplomatic policies. Offered every two years. HIS 320 Europe In the Twentieth Century (3 credits) HIS 320 studies European history from the point of view of civilization in a cons- tant state of crisis. World War I, the in- secure 1920's and 1930% World War I I , and the Cold War era since 1945 are the subject of study. Offered every two years. HIS 324 Canadian History (3 credits) HIS 324 is a study of Canada from 1500 to the present, focusing on the relations bet- ween the two founding nations, the in- fluence of the United States on Canadian politics and economics and the yet unresolved questions confronting Quebec and Canada over sovereignty, language and culture. Offered every two years. HIS 430 Civil War (3 credits) This course deals with the causes of the Civil War, with special emphasis given to the events, personalities, battles, and cam- paigns which influenced the outcome of the war. Offered every two years. HIS 441 World War II (3 credits) This course emphasizes the battles, cam- paigns, events and personalities that dominated World War I I . Special attention is given to political and diplomatic factors during the 1930's which contributed to the outbreak of World War I I . Offered every two years. HIS 445 America Since 1945 (3 credits) HIS 445 is a study of the Cold, Korean, and Viet Nam wars. Close attention is given to the Truman, Eisenhower, Ken- nedy and Johnson administrations, with coverage of the Nixon-Ford and Carter years. Also considered are the New Fron- tiers, the Great Society and the Civil Rights movement of the 1960's. Offered every two years. HIS 476 The American Revolution (3 credits) The course deals with the events and fac- tors which led to the outbreak of rebellion, the revolution, and the period of nation- making which followed national in- dependence. Offered every two years. 50 New Hampshire College Psychology PSY 108 Introduction to Psychology (3 credits) PSY 108 is an introduction to various areas of psychology including scientific in- vestigation, motivation, personality, in- telligence, behavioral deviation, percep- tion, learning, and human development. I t provides a basis for further study in related areas. Offered every semester. PSY 211 Human Growth and Development (3 credits) PSY 211 studies physical and psychological development from the prenatal period to death. In addition, the course considers the human patterns of development. Of- fered every year. Prerequisite: PSY 108 PSY 213 Psychology of Individual Adjustments (3 credits) PSY 213 studies the dynamics of adjust- ment to problems of modern living which includes those adjustments students have made, are making and will make. Research information and self-understanding are em- phasized. Offered every spring. Prere- quisite: PSY 108 PSY 215 Psychology of Abnormal Behavior (3 credits) This course offers students an opportunity to better understand human behavior. I t also studies the similarities and differences between normal and abnormal reactions to environmental stimuli. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: PSY 108 PSY 217 Reading and Research in Psychology (3 credits) Seminar and/or individual meetings. Prere- quisite: 6-9 hours in psychology including PSY 108 (at least 3 hours at NHC) and permission of instructor. PSY 331 Human Sexuality (3 credits) This course deals with sex as it relates to the individual, family, group and society. While this is a psychology course, some use is made of the techniques and knowledge from the biological and social sciences, and the humanities. Personal in- sights as well as academic achievement are expected results of this course. Offered every fall. Prerequisite: PSY 108 Anthropology ATH 111 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3 credits) ATH 111 is the study of preliterate and changing societies with an emphasis on the social organization and culture aspect of the societies. Offered every two years. Sociology SOC 112 Introduction to Sociology (3 credits) This course studies the organization of social behavior and relationship of society and social conditions. Emphasis is placed on culture, norm stratification, systems, structure, social institutions and social change. Offered every semester. SOC 213 Contemporary Social Issues of the United States (3 credits) SOC 213 studies contemporary human pro- blems in their historical context—crime and delinquency, poverty, prejudice, pollu- tion, and alcoholism. Offered every two semesters. Prerequisite: SOC 112 or per- mission of the instructor. SOC 317 Sociology of the Family (3 credits) SOC 317 is the sociological examination of the family institution in America and other societies. Both traditional and nontradi- tional family patterns are studied to pro- vide a structure for understanding sex, marriage, family and kinship systems. Of- fered every two years. Prerequisite: SOC 112 or permission of the instructor. SOC 324 Crime and Violence in American Society (3 credits) This course examines the nature, causes and consequences of crime and violence in American society. Methods for detecting, preventing and treating criminal behavior are also discussed with a specific examina- tion of local criminality and agencies of con- trol. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: SOC 112 or permission of the instructor. SOC 326 Sociology of Deviant Behavior (3 credits) SOC 326 is the sociological analysis of the nature, cause and societal reactions to de- viance such as mental illness, suicide, drug and alcohol addiction, and sexual devia- tions. Offered every two years. Prere- quisite: SOC 112 or permission of the instructor. SOC 328 Aging in Modern Society (3 credits) This course is the examines the basic social processes and problems of aging. Social and psychological issues are discuss- ed as well as issues involved with death and dying. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: SOC 112 or permission of the instructor. School of Business 51 Management MGT 110 Introduction to Business (3 credits) An introduction to business which discusses business functions, how it is owned, managed and controlled. Elements of a business are integrated to reflect how each interacts with the other to provide the concept of a system. A broad background in business practices, prin- ciples, and economic concepts are discuss- ed toward future utilization in more ad- vanced courses. Offered every semester. MGT 125 Human Relations in Administration (3 credits) A study of the relationship between the administrator and his superior, employees under his supervision, associates on his own level. Problems in human relations relating to social and cultural differences, discipline, communications, and changing business. Offered every semester. MGT 206 Business Law I (3 credits) The background, foundation and structure of the United States legal system are ex- amined. In addition, the following topics are explored: torts, product liability, criminal law, contracts, sales. Offered every semester. MGT 211 Personnel Management (3 credits) Fundamentals of personnel policies and ad- ministration. Study of major tasks of pro- curing, developing, maintaining and utiliz- ing an effective working team. Offered every semester. MGT 212 Risk and Insurance (3 credits) A comprehensive study of economic risk and risk management to enable the student to become capable of making decisions and taking action relative to risk in the field of business as well as in his own personal af- fairs. Basic types of insurance will be studied—life, casualty, fidelity, surety, fire and allied fields as well as social in- surance. Offered every semester. MGT 217 Small Business Management (3 credits) Study of problems involved in starting and operating a successful small business, selecting the location, determining how to borrow money, budgeting, credit. Offered every spring. MGT 233 Real Estate (3 credits) This comprehensive real estate course deals with all the aspects of real estate necessary to operate as a real estate salesman or broker. Offered every spring. MGT 245 Small Business Institute Cases (3 credits) Selected students evaluate and counsel small businesses that request management assistance. The course is conducted in con- junction with the U.S. Small Business Ad- ministration. The term of the course is one academic year for 3 credits. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, and permission of the instructor. MGT 307 Business Law II (3 credits) The study begun in Business Law I con- tinues as the following topics are explored: commercial paper, real and personal pro- perty, creditor's rights and bankruptcy, agency, business organizations, estate planning and government regulation of business. Offered every semester. Prere- quisite: MGT 206 MGT 308 Administrative Law (3 credits) Government agencies have had in recent years an ever increasing influence on business operations and decision making. This course examines the need for these agencies and the particular roles certain agencies play in our society. In addition, this course explores the following topics: consumer protection, environmental law, antitrust law, labor law. Prerequisite: MGT 206 MGT 326 Social Environment of Business (3 credits) This course will introduce the student to the study of the relationship(s) between the "corporate world," government, technology, international relations, and labor. The social responsibility of the manager in formulating operational policies is stressed. Offered every semester. MGT 331 Introduction to Operations/ Production Management (3 credits) An introductory course in operations and production management which considers the evolution of the modern operations function, design of the system, supervi- sion, scheduling, materials management and control. Both the production of goods and the provision of services are examin- ed. Offered every semester. Prerequisites: MGT 110, ECO 201, ACC 102, MAT 111 MGT 336 Operations/Production Management Techniques (3 credits) The development of various techniques to aid the manager in solving operations 52 New Hampshire College problems; topic areas may include schedul- ing techniques, time and motion study, in- ventory analysis and control, elements of quality control and maintenance analysis. Offered every spring. Prerequisites: MGT 331, MAT 220 MGT 338 The Multinational Corporation (3 credits) This is a study of the management of four operations: planning international objec- tives and strategies; multinational cor- porate structures; corporate skills for in- ternational operations; managerial com- munications and control of multinational organizations; and administrative practices and operating policies of the multinational corporation. The importance of the recognition of the importance of cultural factors is also stressed. Offered every other semester. MGT 342 Organizational Behavior (3 credits) The focus is on the class at NHC as a real part of an organization with direct atten- tion given to roles, norms, rewards, leadership styles, structure and power authority relationships. Offered every semester. Prerequisites: MGT 125, MGT 211, and MKT 113 MGT 390 Management Internship (12 credits) This is a supervised semester's career- related work experience. A final written analysis of the work program or a specific project report plus monthly on-the-job reports aid the student in relating academics to practice. Prerequisite: Con- sent of the director of cooperative education. MGT 392 International Internship (3 credits) This exciting work-study experience allows a student to spend six weeks overseas working for one of the leading distribution firms in such places as Denmark, England, Belgium, Germany, France and Hong Kong. A dual cultural/business preparation for the world of international business. Prerequisite: Consent of the director of cooperative education. MGT 420 Management Decision-Making (3 credits) A quantitative approach to business decision-making. Topics covered include linear programming, queuing theory, transportation problems, optimization pro- cedures, game theory and economic lot and order size problems. Offered every semester. Prerequisites: F IN 320 or 435, MGT 110, ACC 101 and 102, MAT 220 MGT 421 Central Management and Policy Making (3 credits) An interdisciplinary approach to decision- making and running a business from the position of top management, Text and case studies. Offered every fall. Prerequisites: ACC 102, MKT 113, F IN 320 or 435, and senior standing; or permission of the instructor. MGT 442 Advanced Seminar in Human Resource Management and Development (3 credits) This capstone course, which must be taken as the final course in the HRM concentra- tion, examines contemporary issues in HRM resulting from new and changing legislation, demands of the work place, and emerging quality of work and life trends. Prerequisite: MGT 115 and 342; MGT 326 or ECO 315. MGT 446 Quality Control/Productivity (3 credits) A study of quality control techniques and applications to production and services. Topics include the areas of maintaining and improving quality and productivity. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: MGT 336 MGT 447 Inventory and Materials Control (3 credits) Development and applications of standard economics order quantity, materials re- quirements planning, forecasting and other control procedures. Offered every two years. Prerequisite: MGT 336 MGT 448 Advanced Operations/ Production Management (3 credits) Primarily a case study approach to opera- tion/production problems with an in- tegrated study of problem areas. Com- puter usage for analysis is performed. Of- fered every two years. Prerequisite: Con- sent of the director of cooperative education. MGT 480 independent Study (3 credits) A course to allow the student to in- vestigate any economic or business subject not incorporated into the curriculum. By permission of instructor, department chair- man and Academic Dean. Fashion Merchandising FMK 101 Basic Design and Color Theory (3 credits) This course examines the basic principles of design including balance, emphasis, School of Business 53 proportion and rhythm. The art elements of line, space, texture and color are studied with special emphasis on how they relate to advertising layout and design and visual merchandising. Offered every spring. FMK 202 Fashion Merchandising (3 credits) A study of fashion principles and pro- cedures used in planning, selecting, pricing and selling of fashion goods in retail stores. Analysis of classification merchan- dising systems, merchandise assortment plans and inventory control methods and a field trip to New York City's market district are an integral part of the course. Offered every fall. Prerequisite: MKT 222 FMK 203 Retail Sales Promotion (3 credits) This course includes both personal and non-personal phases of sales promotion. In addition, the preparation of advertising and the design and execution of window and department displays are covered. A fashion show is planned and executed by the entire class as a group project. Of- fered every spring. Prerequisites: MKT 222, FMK 202, or permission of the instructor. FMK 204 Product Analysis and Design (3 credits) A study of textile information pertinent to merchandising, including analysis of yarns and weaves, fabric recognition and a detailed study of materials with special emphasis on modern synthetics. Correct concepts of color and design are explored and exposure is offered to non-textile materials used in the fashion industry. Of- fered every spring. FMK 490 Fashion Merchandising Internship (3 credits) The student shall have the option of (1) working as an intern anywhere in the United States during the summer between the first and second years, OR if this is not possible, (2) working on a part-time basis during the first semester of the second year in the Manchester area. A minimum of 120 hours will be required. Prerequisite: Consent of the director of cooperative education, internships and placement. Marketing MKT 113 Introduction to Marketing (3 credits) Introduction to marketing functions through the study of its nature, product development, distribution structures, pricing systems, and promotional ac- tivities. Offered every semester. MKT 220 Sales Management (3 credits) An analysis of the sales function in modern business including the techniques necessary to the successful selling of both tangibles and intangibles. This course also consists of a study of the management of field sales forces with special emphasis on structural planning as well as on opera- tional control over recruiting, retention, supervision, motivation, compensation of sales personnel. Offered every fall. Prere- quisite: MKT 113 MKT 222 Principles of Retailing (3 credits) A study of the principles of retailing with special emphasis on store organization, merchandising and the personnel function; also the subjects of store location and layout and customer relations are ex- plored. Offered every semester. Prere- quisite: MKT 113 MKT 223 Marketing Communications (3 credits) This course presents the spectrum of com- munication vehicles businesses use to reach their target markets. Focus is upon strategic integration of promotional in- struments to accomplish business objec- tives. Advertising, sales promotion, per- sonal selling and publicity are topic areas examined. Offered every fall. MKT 235 Sales and Persuasion (3 credits) This course develops for the student an understanding of, and practical ability to use intelligent ethical techniques of infor- mation presentation and persuasion. Although focused upon the sales function, learned persuasive techniques will have value in many other areas of social and professional life. Offered every spring. MKT 329 Principles of Advertising (3 credits) This course is designed to give students a thorough understanding of advertising, its planning, creation, and use, by ap- proaching advertising from the viewpoint of management decision-making. Extensive course time is spent on the development of multi-media advertising campaigns. Of- fered every semester. Prerequisites: MKT 113, MKT 223 MKT 331 Industrial Marketing (3 credits) This course concentrates on the concepts and policies affecting the characteristics of major industrial markets: sales strategy, 54 New Hampshire College marketing budgets, purchasing, short term financial assessments, price and product management, distribution of goods, chan- nel functions, integration of channels, pro- blems of vertical and horizontal integra- tion, and the results of government par- ticipation in the market. Offered every spring. Prerequisites: MKT 113, MKT 220 and FIN 320 or 435 MKT 345 Consumer Behavior (3 credits) This course supplies those facts that will lead to an understanding of how the con- sumer influences marketing mix decisions. Offered every semester. Prerequisites: MKT 113, MGT 125, PSY 108 MKT 427 Retail Site Selection and Facilities Planning (3 credits) This course is concerned with store loca- tion research and begins with an analysis of urban areas—their functions, land use patterns, spatial organization, and the ur- ban economy. Also featured in this course will be concepts of store layout and design as they relate to proper marketing strategy in a retail environment. Importance of at- mospherics, internal traffic patterns and effective positioning of merchandise within a store will be stressed. Offered every semester. Prerequisite: MKT 113 MKT 432 Marketing Strategies and Policies (3 credits) Marketing Strategies and Policies is the capstone course of the undergraduate marketing curriculum. Through a series of case studies, it will focus on the decisions required of senior marketing executives as they seek to develop, implement and con- trol integrated marketing programs. Students will be asked to apply their understanding of marketing principles covered in other marketing courses to specific company problems. Case situations will cover a diversity of product, market and industry environments. MKT 433 Multinational Marketing (3 credits) Analysis of the development of interna- tional marketing programs from the deter- mination of objectives and methods of organization through execution of research, advertising, distribution and production ac- tivities. International similarities and dif- ferences in marketing functions, processes, structures, and agents, as related to the cultural, economic, political, social and physical dimensions of the environment are examined. The changes underway in marketing systems as well as the adaptation of marketing philosophies and practices to fit conditions in different countries are considered. Offered every spring. Prerequisites: MKT 113, ECO 202, and junior/senior standing. MKT 437 Marketing Research (3 credits) Introduces the student to application of statistics and model research building for marketing decision-makers. Student pro- jects are required. Offered every semester. Prerequisites: MAT 220 and MKT 113 MKT 442 Retail Management (3 credits) An advanced level course beyond the scope of MKT 222, MKT 442 is geared to the retailing major and those with general marketing and consumer behavior in- terests. Inventory planning and control, operational budgeting, interpreting con- sumer demand, mall management, and overall coordination of merchandising policies within a retail framework are covered via pertinent field trips and the case study method. Offered every spring. Prerequisites: MKT 113, MKT 222 MKT 448 Advanced Marketing Seminar (3 credits) This course is an in-depth investigation in- to specialized research and application areas within the realm of marketing thought and theory. Issues and topics ex- amined might include site location analysis, store design and layout, copy testing, concept testing, product testing, marketing information systems, ecological marketing and market simulation. Prere- quisites: Marketing major, senior standing, 3.0 + GPA in marketing, four or more marketing courses previously taken, or permission of the marketing department chairperson. MKT 480 Independent Study (3 credits) A course to allow the student to in- vestigage any marketing subject not incor- porated into the curriculum. By permission of instructor, department chairman and academic dean. MKT 490 Marketing Internship (12 credits) Closely supervised on-the-job training com- bining classroom theory with business ex- perience. Students spend one semester working in an environment where marketing principles and practices can be learned firsthand. Prerequisites: Open to marketing majors only with permission of the director of cooperative education, in- ternships and placement. School of Business 55 Mathematics MAT 050 Fundamentals (3 credits) This course inlcudes a review of basic arithmetic and an introduction to elemen- tary alegbra. Offered every fall. MAT 100 Business Mathematics (3 credits) A survey of the mathematical techniques essential to everyday business life. Operating statements, interest calcula- tions, taxes, payroll, pricing, consumer credit and the metric system are included among the topics at the discretion of the instructor. (Cannot be used as an elective by students who have completed MAT 110 or MAT 111 or MAT 150.) MAT 105 Merchandising Mathematics (3 credits) A survey of the mathematics essential in the maintenance of the retail store- operating statements, mark-up and mark- down, average maintained mark-up, tur- nover, open-to-buy, and other topics at the discretion of the instructor. (Cannot be us- ed as an elective by students who have already completed MAT 110 or MAT 111 or MAT 150. A waiver of this restriction is awarded four-year Retailing majors.) MAT 110-111 Finite Mathematics 1 & 2 (3 credits each) This sequence is designed to give the stu- dent a survey of some of the topics of modern mathematics as they relate to the business world. Topics such as linear pro- gramming, probability, math of finance, and matrix theory are investigated. Of- fered every semester. (A student who has completed MAT 110 or MAT 111 may not register for MAT 150.) MAT 150 Finite Mathematics (3 credits) Finite Mathematics is a one-semester course that includes material usually covered in two semesters by MAT 110 and 111. The course is designed for those students with a strong mathematics background in algebra. MAT 150 is offered every fall semester. (A student who has completed MAT 150 may not register for MAT 110 or MAT 111.) Prerequisite: Per- mission of the Mathematics department chairman. MAT 220 Statistics (3 credits) A fundamental course in the application of statistics including descriptive statistics, probability distributions, and hypothesis testing. Offered every semester. (A stu- dent who has completed MAT 250 may not register for MAT 220.) Prerequisite: MAT 111 or equivalent. MAT 250 Statistics A (3 credits) This course is designed to provide a challenge for the MAT 150 student. Ap- plications and some theory of statistics are presented in greater depth than in MAT 220. MAT 250 will be offered every spring semester. (The student who has completed MAT 220 may not register for MAT 250.) Prerequisite: MAT 150 or permission of instructor. MAT 210 Introduction to Calculus for Business Students (3 credits) This course will examine business func- tions which are non-linearly related. The fundamentals of differential and integral calculus are developed and applied. Of- fered every semester. (A student who has completed MAT 251 may not register for MAT 210.) Prerequisite: MAT 111 or equivalent MAT 251 Business Calculus A (3 credits) This course is designed to provide a con- tinued challenge for the MAT 150 student. Differential and integral calculus will be discussed in greater depth than in MAT 210. As a result, more time can be allotted to theory and a variety of applications to business and economics. MAT 251 is of- fered during the fall semester. (A student who has completed MAT 210 may not register for MAT 251.) Prerequisite: MAT 150 and exposure to high school calculus or permission of the instructor. MAT 300 Regression Analysis (3 credits) Beginning with only a brief review of hypothesis testing, the course quickly moves into a study of regression analysis: analysis of residuals, multiple regression, polynomial regression, indicator variables, and analysis of variance (as an extension of regression). Experience using both in- teractive and batch-mode statistical packages is provided. MAT 300 is offered during the spring semester. Prerequisite: MAT 220 or MAT 250 or equivalent. MAT 305 Introduction to Quantitative Methods (3 credits) This course develops the use of probability models in management decisions. Topics will be chosen from the following: Quality control, Bayesian Decision Theory, Markov Chains, linear programming, inventory control, queuing theory, replacement theory and simulation. The course may in- tegrate computer work with classwork (at I the discretion of the instructor). Math 305 56 New Hampshire College is generally offered every other year. Prerequisite: MAT 18 and CIS 100 or equivalent. MAT 310 Non-Parametric Statistics (3 credits) This is an introductory course in non- parametric statistical techniques as they apply to business applications. Various procedures will be examined based on the scales of measurement. Independent and dependent sampling tests for 2 and n- sample cases will be examined. SPSS and STATPAK will be used to expand on the examples. MAT 310 is generally offered every other year. Prerequisite: MAT 220 or MAT 250 or equivalent. MAT 315 Topics in Statistics (3 credits) Topics will vary from year to year but will be selected and departmentally approved from the following groups of topics: sampl- ing techniques, index numbers, time series, ANOVA, X2, and decision theory. MAT 315 is generally offered every other year. Prerequisite: MAT 220 or MAT 250 or equivalent. MAT 325 Topics in Mathematics (3 credits) Topics may vary from year to year but will be selected and departmentally ap- proved from the following group: linear algebra, logic, number theory, differential equations, numerical integration and dif- ferentiation, curve fitting, and computer applications in mathematics. MAT 325 is generally offered every other year. Prere- quisite: MAT 210 or MAT 251 or equivalent or permission of the depart- ment chairman. Science SCI 110 Survey of the Physical Sciences (3 credits) A study of selected topics in the areas of chemistry, physics, geology and astronomy, and the impact of these areas of study in our society. SCI 111 Survey of the Biological Sciences (3 credits) Consists of study of selected topics within the various biological sciences. Ecology in our modern society, as well as historical developments, are considered. SCI 112 Principles of Physical Science (3 credits) A study of the basic concepts of physical science. Topics covered include: the in- fluence of the scientific method in understanding science, energy and motion; Newtonian physics; fluids and waves; kinetic theory of matter; and electricity. SCI 113 Principles of Physical Science 2 (3 credits) A continuation of the study of the basic concepts of physical science. Topics to be covered include: electricity and magnetism, light, meteorology, atoms and molecular theory of the atom, the periodic law, crystals, ions and solutions, chemical reac- tions, acid-based theory, and basic organic chemistry. SCI 112 is not required for SCI 113. SCI 117 Introduction to Anatomy and Physiology (3 credits) This course is intended to introduce the student to the fundamental principles of anatomy and physiology and the relation- ships of all the body systems and their functions. SCI 119 Man and His Environment (3 credits) By examining major environment pro- blems, the student is made aware of cur- rent and possible future issues from the perspective of society, business and the in- dividual. Offered every fall. SCI 120 Energy and Society (3 credits) A survey of the forms of energy that are available to and are currently being used by industrial society; the environmental impact of and continued availability of each form will be discussed. Special em- phasis will be given to conservation of energy sources and the development of alternative sources of energy in the home and industry. Offered every spring. Addi- tional science offerings are available through the NHCUC Consortium Student Exchange Program. Note: All the above listed courses are not offered each academic year. School of Business 57 Continuing Education New Hampshire College's Division of Con- tinuing and Community Education is an in- tegral part and extension of the School of Business. Since its founding in 1932, the college has been offering night classes and has been genuinely concerned with the adult learner's needs for personal develop- ment and the acquisition of professional competencies. The Division of Continuing and Community Education, through its various continuing education centers, pro- vides courses, certificates, and the school's degree programs to meet the needs of in- dividuals, groups and organizations. Through the Division of Continuing and Community Education, the School of Business provides quality educational ex- periences for those who desire them. Students are free to take any course or to pursue any degree for which they have sufficient background. Class hours are scheduled, and course and program offer- ings are developed to meet the specific needs of employers, employees, and non- working adults alike. As a result, many have been able to attain educational goals not otherwise available. Degree and certificate programs are available as follows: Bachelor of Science Degrees in: • Accounting • Applied Business Studies • Business Communications • Business Studies • Management • Marketing • Management Information Systems • Management Advisory Services • Techni-Business Associate of Science Degrees in: • Accounting • Electronic Data Processing • General Studies • Management Certificate Programs in: • Accounting • Business Finance • Business Management • Computer Programming • Human Resources Management • Office Technology • Production Management • Salesmanship 58 New Hampshire College Academic advisors are available throughout the year to answer questions regarding program choices. Program availability varies from center to center. Four programs lead to an Associate in Science, while nine lead to a Bachelor of Science. Graduates of the School's eight certificate programs receive a certificate of completion. All courses in these cer- tificates have college credit, which is ap- plicable toward several degree programs. Further information on programs offered by the Division of Continuing Education can be obtained by referring to the Con- tinuing Education Bulletin. For a copy of the bulletin, contact any of the Continuing Education Centers listed below. Courses offered and their descriptions are available upon request at the centers. Off-Campus Programs: The Office of Con- tinuing Education is responsible for the ac- tivities and undergraduate programs of the Summer School, the Evening Division, the Weekend College, and Off-Campus Education Centers. Continuing Education Centers operate as integral parts of the college, using the same acceditation criteria and the same academic control as the day division. Faculty are chosen from the college staff or from outside by the department chairmen in their specialties. A listing of the centers with majors of- fered at the various locations follows. In- quiries can be directed to any one of the centers listed or to the associate dean for Continuing Education at the Manchester, New Hampshire campus. In order for a day school student to take a course which is a part of the evening or off-campus programs, permission must be recieved from the academic dean's office. Credit will not be given for any courses taken without permission. Day students must also notify the registrar's office of any evening courses taken, on or off- campus. Off-campus programs are offered at the following locations in New Hampshire. Claremont Center 12 Putnam Street, Claremont, NH 03743, Telephone (603) 543-0466 • General Management—AS and BS • Applied Business Studies—BS • Business Studies-BS • Techni-Business-BS Concord Center* 25 Columbus Avenue, Concord, NH 03301, Telephone (603)224-8430 • General Management—AS and BS • Applied Business Studies—BS • Business Studies—BS • Techni-Business—BS Laconia Center McGrath Street, Laconia, NH 03246, Telephone (603) 524-3527 • Electronic Data Processing—AS • General Management—AS and BS • Management Information Systems—BS • Applied Business Studies—BS • Business Studies—BS • Techni-Business—BS Manchester Center Weekends 2500 North River Road, Manchester, NH 03104, Telephone (603)668-2211 • Accounting—AS and BS • Electronic Data Processing—AS • General Management—AS and BS • General Studies—AS • Management Information Systems—BS • Applied Business Studies—BS • Business Studies—BS • Techni-Business—BS Evenings 2500 North River Road, Manchester, NH 03104, Telephone (603) 668-2211 • Accounting—AS and BS • Business Communication—BS • Electronic Data Processing—AS • General Management— AS and BS • General Studies-AS • Management Advisory Services—BS • Management Information Systems—BS • Marketing—BS • Economics/Finance—BS • Applied Business Studies—BS • Business Studies—BS • Techni-Business—BS Nashua Center* 4 Townsend West, Nashua, NH 03063, Telephone (603) 881-8393 • Electronic Data Processing—AS • General Management—AS and BS • Management Information Systems—BS • Applied Business Studies—BS • Business Studies—BS • Techni-Business—BS School of Business 59 Portsmouth Center* (Includes Pease Air Force Base Center and Dover Center) 150 Greenleaf Avenue, Corner Route 1 By- Pass, Portsmouth, NH 03801, Telephone (603)436-2831 • Accounting—AS and BS • Electronic Data Processing—AS • General Management—AS and BS • General Studies—AS • Management Advisory Services—BS • Management Information Systems—BS • Marketing—BS • Applied Business Studies—BS • Business Studies—BS • Techni-Business—BS Salem Center* 151 Main Street, Salem, NH 03079, Telephone (603) 893-3598 • Accounting—AS and BS * Electronic Data Processing—AS • General Management—AS and BS • General Studies—AS • Management Advisory Services—BS • Management Information Systems—BS • Marketing—BS • Applied Business Studies—BS • Business Studies—BS • Techni-Business—BS New Hampshire College also maintains off- campus centers in four additional locations beyond the borders of New Hampshire. Brunswick Center* Box 4, Naval Air Station, Brunswick, Maine 04011, Telephone (207) 725-6486 • General Management—AS and BS • General Studies—AS • Marketing—BS • Applied Business Studies—BS • Business Studies—BS • Techni-Business—BS San Juan Center P.O. Box 1368, Hato Rey, Puerto Rico 00919, Telephone (809) 754-1632 • General Management—AS and BS • Applied Business Studies—BS • Business Studies—BS • Techni-Business—BS Roosevelt Roads Center* P.O. Box 602, United States Naval Sta- tion, Ceiba, Puerto Rico 00635, Telephone (809) 863-2000 • General Management—AS and BS • Applied Business Studies—BS • Business Studies—BS • Techni-Business—BS Sabana Seca Center P.O. Box 1368, Hato Rey, Puerto Rico 00919, Telephone (809) 754-1632 • General Management—AS and BS • Applied Business Studies—BS • Business Studies—BS • Techni-Business—BS *Also offers graduate courses from the New Hampshire College Graduate School of Business. 60 New Hampshire College Academic Standards and Regulations Attendance The major responsibility for education belongs to the student. An assumption of responsibility is at the center of learning and accomplishment. Each student is ex- pected to arrange a class schedule in such a way that conflicting employment or per- sonal activities are held to a minimum. Attendance is required in all courses. Excessive absences may result in failure or dismissal. More than three absences may be considered as excessive. Atten- dance is especially required in all freshman-level courses. Each student is responsible for all assignments and class work regardless of attendance requirements. Faculty office hours have been established to provide ex- tra class assistance for students. These faculty office hours are not intended to make up missed class time. Preregistration Procedure Students are to report on the scheduled date and at the scheduled time for preregistration for classes. Withdrawal from Class If the class withdrawal occurs within the first ten weeks of a term, the course grade is to be a W. Upon withdrawal, a student has the right to ask permission of the instructor to audit the class. After the tenth week of the semester, a student may not withdraw from a class. An instructor, however, may withdraw a student from a class at any time, including after the tenth week of a term, providing that the notice of withdrawal is in writing and signed by the instructor. If the withdrawal occurs after the tenth week, the grade is to be WP or WF. Withdrawal forms are to be obtained from the registrar's office and must be completed by the student, signed by the instructor, and returned to the registrar's office. The date of withdrawal is the date the completed form is received by the registrar's office. Add and Drop Beginning on the fourth school day, of each semester, students may add or drop classes from their schedule during the next seven school days. School of Business 61 To do so, the student must obtain per- mission on an add/drop form obtained at the registrar's office. Permission will be indicated by the signatures of all of the in- structors involved. The add and/or drop is not complete or official until the signed add/drop form is received by the registrar's office. A student's non-attendance in class does not constitute a drop or a withdrawal. An instructor, however, may drop a student because of excessive cuts or non- attendance. Also, without giving notice to the student, an instructor may drop a stu- dent who misses the first two sessions of the instructor's class. The registrar's of- fice is to be notified of any student drop- ped by an instructor. Unless a student is dropped by an in- structor or officially drops or officially withdraws from a class, he must receive a grade, and non-attendance will usually result in a failing grade. Withdrawal from the College A student may withdraw from the col- lege by obtaining a withdrawal form from the vice president for student affairs and obtaining all necessary signatures. Failure to file a withdrawal form with the vice president will result in the automatic recording of F grades in all courses being taken by the student. I f a student is under 18 years of age, written parental consent must be received. Official date of withdrawal is the last date of class attendance as verified by an instructor. This date will be used in deter- mining tuition refund, if any. Activity cards must be returned when withdrawing from the college. Credit Overload A student who wants to take more than 19 credit hours in a single day semester (including all day and continuing education credit hours), must receive permission to take these extra credit hours from the academic dean. Credit hours for courses from which the student withdraws are in- cluded in total number of credit hours taken by that student. Except as provided below, a student will be required to pay $210 for each credit hour he or she takes in excess of 19 credit hours. A senior who will complete all of his or her studies in residence at New Hamp- shire College in not less than eight semesters may take up to 21 credit hours in his or her seventh and/or eighth semester at New Hampshire College without extra charge, providing that these credits are needed to graduate in eight semesters after entrance to New Hamp- shire College. A student who will graduate from New Hampshire College in seven or less semesters will be assessed a fee of $190 a credit hour for each credit hour he or she takes in excess of 19. Any student, including seniors, must receive permission from the academic dean to take a credit overload. Privacy of Student Records The policy and procedures concerning the privacy of student records maintained by New Hampshire College are in large measure governed by the Federal Family Education Rights and Privacy Act. Except in the few instances stated in the college's policy, no one will have access to a student's record without the written consent of the student concerned. One ex- ception provides that parents who pay the costs (in full or part) of their child's educa- tion have a right to view and have copies of materials in their child's education record without their child's consent. Grading System In determining grades at the college, the following grade system is used: Grade Quality Points A 4.00 A - Excellent 3.67 B + 3.33 B Good 3.00 B - 2.67 C+ 2.33 C Average 2.00 C - 1.67 D+ 1.33 D Passing 1.00 E Administrative Failure 0 F Fail 0 IF Incomplete/Fail 0 S Satisfactory U Unsatisfactory CR Credit AU Audit W Withdrew WP Withdrew Passing WF Withdrew Failing T Transfer Credit N No grade received from instructor 62 New Hampshire College The grade point average (GPA) is deter- mined by dividing the sum of the quality points (QP) by the sum of the credit hours (CR). An example of a student's grades and grade point average is as follows: Accounting I 3 Credits x A (4) = 12 QP English 10 3 Credits x B (3) = 9 QP MA 10 3 Credits x C (2) = 6 QP CIS 20 3 Credits x D (1) = 3 QP History 9 3 Credits x F (0) = 0 QP 15 Credits 30 QP 30 QP divided by 15 CR = 2 Grade point average is 2.00 Posting of Grades Students have the privilege of receiving their grade average prior to final exams and of discussing this grade average with the instructor. In order to do this a stu- dent must make the request for an ap- pointment with the instructor at least two weeks prior to the first day of final exams. After final exams, all teachers will post, by student I.D. numbers, course grades outside their offices. Incompletes Faculty members may give a student an incomplete in a course. Six weeks into the following semester, the incomplete auto- matically becomes an F if work is not completed. Repeating Courses A student may repeat any course once for credit. A student who fails a course will want to or need to repeat the same course at New Hampshire College. In such an instance the first course grade will not be computed into the total grade point average (GPA); instead, the second course grade will be computed into the total GPA, whether it is higher than, the same as, or lower than the first course grade. While the first course grade will not be computed into the total GPA, it will con- tinue to appear on the student's tran- script. To repeat a course, a student must obtain a permission form from the regis- trar's office. Students taking a course for the first time will be given priority in registration, however. Academic Review At the end of each semester, and at any other time, the records of all students may be reviewed by the Committee on Scholastic Standing. Any student whose total grade point average (GPA) is less than 2.0 is subject to action by the com- mittee. Also, any student who earns less than a 2.0 semester average in two con- secutive semesters or who receives three or more F grades in any one semester is subject to action by the committee even though the student's total GPA may be satisfactory. Among the committee's ac- tion may be scholastic warning, dismissal or other academic restrictions. The offices of the academic dean and the vice president for student affairs will be responsible for working with students in academic difficulty. Satisfactory Progress/Good Standing A student will be deemed to be making satisfactory progress by specific action of the Scholastic Standing Committee or when on schedule to complete a bac- calaureate degree program within four years if pursuing full-time studies, within six years if attending on a three-quarter time basis or within eight years if atten- ding on a half-time basis; or when on schedule to complete an associate's degree program within two years if pursuing full- time studies, within three and one half years if attending on a three-quarter time basis or within eight years if attending on a half-time basis. A student in good standing is defined by NHC as a student who has a total grade point average of 2.0 or better, or as a stu- dent who has been approved for matricula- tion by the Scholastic Standing Committee. Academic Renewal A New Hampshire College student who changes major, withdraws and returns, or in some other way changes academic at- titude or ability, may apply for academic renewal. This allows the student to be con- sidered as a student transferring from another institution. All academic regula- tions are the same as those for transfer students. The following restrictions are imposed: • I t must be approved by the Scholastic Standing Committee. School of Business 63 • It may be granted only once to a student. • A new transcript is begun with only ac- ceptable credits transferred to the new record. A new grade point average is started. • A minimum of 33 credits must be com- pleted at New Hampshire College after renewal is granted. Dismissal New Hampshire College reserves the right to dismiss any student, following due process procedures, whose presence is deemed detrimental to the best interest of the college. Readmission A student who is dismissed from New Hampshire College for academic causes may petition to be readmitted when evidence can be presented that indicates college work can be successfully resumed. Ordinarily, dismissal shall be for not less than two semesters. The college has no leave of absence policy. A student who wishes to leave the college and return at a later date must go through the withdrawal procedures; to return to NHC, the student must submit an application for readmission to the ad- missions office. Transfer Credits Students who wish to take courses at other colleges and transfer the credits to New Hampshire College, must receive ap- proval from the registrar prior to enrolling at the other college. I t will be necessary to furnish descriptions of the courses and to present an official transcript of the grades received. Student Exchange Courses New Hampshire College students are eligible to take courses at New Hampshire College and University Council (NHCUC) member institutions during the regular academic year. Courses must be approved in advance by the registrar and are sub- ject to a space-available basis. Courses completed at other institutions under the program are recorded on New Hampshire College transcripts and grades are com- puted into the NHC average. Colleges participating in this program in addition to New Hampshire College are: Colby-Sawyer College, Franklin Pierce College, Keene State College, Nathaniel Hawthorne Col- lege, New England College, Notre Dame College, Plymouth State Col- lege, Rivier College, St. Anselm College, the University of New Hampshire, Daniel Webster College, and Merrimack Valley College. Amendment of Degree Requirements The courses required in a specific degree program are listed on each student's work-sheet. Any change in program course requirements must be approved by the student's department chairman and by the academic dean. A form for this purpose can be obtained from the registrar's office. The completed and approved form must be received by the registrar's office before the change will become effective. Residency Requirements To graduate from New Hampshire Col- lege, students must complete 33 credits in residence at NHC. Students who expect to graduate from the college with a Bachelor of Science degree must include in their 33 residence credits 12 credits from their ma- jor field. Students who expect to earn an associate's degree at New Hampshire Col- lege must include in their 33 residence credits nine credits from their major field. No exceptions will be made regarding residency requirement given in this paragraph. Also, students must complete the final 24 credits of their degree program at New Hampshire College. These 24 credits can be included in their 33 residence credits. Any request for exceptions to the residence requirement given in this paragraph must be in writing setting forth the reasons why the exception is sought and submitted to the appropriate depart- ment chairman and the academic dean who will decide if the request will be granted. (Active duty military personnel are exemp- ted from the final 24 credit residency requirement.) Residence credits cannot be used simultaneously to satisfy the requirements of more than one program. I t is not per- missible, therefore, for a student to receive two degrees from New Hampshire College at the same time. Credits earned for completing NHC in- ternships and for courses in NHC's England program and any approved New Hampshire College exchange program are considered to be residence credits. 64 New Hampshire College Graduation Requirements 1. Although D (1.0) and C- (1.67) grades are considered passing in a course, a student must have a minimum ac- cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) for all work completed at New Hampshire College and must satisfy the requirements of a specific program of study, including residency re- quirements, in order to receive a degree from NHC. 2. Prospective graduates must petition to graduate by completing an Application for Degree according to the following schedule: Complete Conferral Apply By Requirements By Date June 10, August 31, September 15, 1984 1984 1984 October 15, December 31, January 15, 1984 1984 1985 November 15, May 12, May 12, 1984 1985 1985 Any Application for Degree received late will automatically be held over for the next conferral date. The graduation fee ($40) must be paid at the time the Application for Degree is submitted. Application for Degree forms can be obtained from and are returned to: Business Graduate Students—Graduate School of Business Continuing Education—Continuing Education office Day Students—Registrar's office Human Services Students—Human Services office 3. A student is held responsible for deter- mining that he or she has earned all necessary credits for graduation. Students who have any questions should refer them to the registrar. 4. All obligations to the college, such as library fines, tuition, dues and fees, must be met; all athletic equipment must be returned. 5. All students are expected to attend the graduation ceremonies. Transcript Request Except as provided by the Federal Education Rights and Privacy Act and in instances where a student consents to release his transcript to another party, the registrar's office will not furnish a transcript to any other person other than to the per- son identified by name on the transcript. Parents who pay the costs (in full or in part) of their child's education may receive their son's/daughter's transcript. A request for a transcript must be made in writing and must include the student's signature (or parent's, where applicable). No transcript will be furnished a student or former student whose financial obliga- tions to the college have not been satisfied. Transcript Cost Active students other than BS seniors and AS sophomores are required to pay $2.00 for each transcript. There is always a charge of $2.00 per transcript for former students. Academic Honors President's List and Dean's List: At the close of each semester at New Hampshire College, the registrar publishes two lists of students who have achieved a certain standard of academic excellence during the semester's work. Students who have earn- ed a minimum grade point average of 3.50 for the semester are named to the Presi- dent's List, the highest academic honor at the college. Students who have earned a minimum grade point average of 3.00 but less than 3.50 for the semester are named to the Dean's List. Delta Mu Delta: The New Hampshire Col- lege Honor Society is the Gamma Nu Chapter of Delta Mu Delta, a national honorary society in business administra- tion. The purpose of the society is to pro- mote higher scholarship in training for business and to recognize and reward scholastic achievement in business sub- jects. Student membership must be selected from the top twenty percent of their total class in cumulative grades. Membership is restricted to business or commerce students of good character, day or evening division, who are candidates for the baccalaureate degree, who have com- pleted at least one half of the work re- quired, and who have achieved an average qualitative grade record of 3.2. NBEA Award of Merit: The National Business Education Association Award of Merit is presented to the outstanding graduating senior in business education. This award is presented at the discretion of the Business Education Department. School of Business 65 Who's Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges: Each year a number of students in the sophomore, junior and senior classes and students in the graduate program are elected to be listed in the publication of Who's Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges. This is an honor accorded students in good scholastic stan- ding who have contributed particularly to the college's extra-curricular life. The selection committee is chaired by the assistant director of residence life. Pi Omega Pi: Pi Omega Pi is the national honor society for undergraduate business education. Epsilon Tau, New Hampshire College's chapter, is devoted to upgrading the profession of business education. Membership in Pi Omega Pi is limited to business teacher education students with exceptional academic records. Graduation with Distinction Degree of Bachelor of Science: The degree of Bachelor of Science with certain distinctions will be conferred upon those members of the graduating class who have completed a minimum two years residency requirement, including completion of 63 credit hours in a Bachelor of Science pro- gram, and who have met the following standards: Students who have earned a minimum grade point average of: 3.80 Bachelor Science summa cum laude; 3.50 Bachelor of Science magna cum laude; 3.00 Bachelor Science cum laude. Degree of Associate in Science: The degree of Associate in Science with certain distinctions will be conferred upon those members of the graduating class who have served a minimum of one year residency requirement, including completion of 33 credit hours, and who have met the follow- ing standards: Students who have earned a minimum grade point average of: 3.80 Associate Science with highest honors; 3.50 Associate in Science with high honors; 3.00 Associate in Science with honors. Gold Key Award: Students who are can- didates for the Bachelor of Science degree may receive the Gold Key award, the highest academic honor that may be con- ferred. Graduates receiving the award must have attained cumulative grade point average of 3.50 and must be eligible for graduation with distinction. 66 New Hampshire College Academic Policies and Standards for Continuing Education Students in the Division of Continuing Education conform to the Academic Policies and Standards of the School of Business. There also are however, a number of differences, which are largely determined by the schedule of terms for continuing education. The following paragraphs enumerate these differences. Class Periods Evening classes meet twice each week in 21/2-hour time blocks, either on Monday and Wednesday, or Tuesday and Thursday. Two class periods are held each evening. Saturday and Sunday classes meet in five hour time blocks. Two class periods are held on Saturday and Sunday. Certain ac- counting courses are offered in 16-week terms. Night Class Periods 8-Week Courses 16-Week Courses Period 1 Period 1A 5:30-8:00 PM 5:25-6:40 PM Period 2 Period 2A 8:05-10:35 PM 6:45-8:00 PM Saturday/Sunday Class Periods Period 1 8:00 AM - 1:00 PM Period 2 1:30 PM-6:30 PM Make-up Classes: Classes that are cancelled because of inclement weather will be rescheduled before the conclusion of the term. The decision to cancel will be made not later than 3:00 PM on the day that the class is scheduled. Local radio stations will announce the cancellations. Classes that fall on holidays will be rescheduled by the center director. Withdrawal and Refund Policy The instructor has the right to withdraw a student after four absences. Students who anticipate excessive absences should consult with their instructor. Students may officially withdraw from a course up to the fourth week. After the fourth week, only the instructor may in- itiate the withdrawal. Withdrawals may be made up to the second last class period. The college reserves the right to withdraw any student who fails to meet financial or academic obligations or who, because of misconduct, disrupts the academic process. Withdrawal from class must be in writing. Withdrawal forms are available at each continuing education office. A student must complete the form, have it signed by the instructor, and return it to the office. Refunds are based on the date of comple- tion and the date that the withdrawal form is returned to the office. There are no refunds on textbook sales, registration and parking fees. The following is the tui- tion refund policy. Time of Withdrawal Night Sat/Sun 8-Week Course Classes Classes % of % of Tuition Tuition Refund Refund Before first class starts 100% 100% After first class starts 80% 80% After second class starts 50% 0 After third class starts 0 0 Time of Withdrawal % of Tuition 16- Week Courses Refund Before first class starts 100% After the 1st, 2nd, or 3rd class starts 80% After the 4th or 5th class starts 50% After the 6th class starts 0 Incomplete Final Grades To remove an incomplete final grade, students must complete course re- quirements within six weeks after the en- ding of a term in which they received the incomplete grade. The responsibility for this rests with the student. Students who receive an " I " or " I F " final grade in a prerequisite, sequential course will not be permitted to register for the next course in the sequence until the " I " or " I F " has been replaced by a passing grade. Course Load Two courses (6 credits) are a full-time academic load in Continuing Education. Because of this, students are discouraged (but not prohibited) from taking three courses in any one term. Students should consult with the center director prior to enrolling in three courses. Review of Academic Progress A student must maintain a "C" (2.0) grade point average for satisfactory pro- gress in any degree program. Students are urged to consult with the center director School of Business 67 whenever they have difficulty in their studies. At the end of each 8-week term, the Committee on Scholastic Standing meets and discusses the records of all students whose cumulative grade point average has fallen below the 2.0 standard needed to remain in good standing. The committee reviews only those records where the student has received a grade in at least four courses (twelve credits). The committee is authorized to do the following: 1. Place student on academic warning with or without restriction of course load. The student will receive a letter of academic warning, an early signal that the student's performance is not up to standard. I f the student is limited to one course a term, he or she must abide by the instruction, even if it means dropping one of the two courses in which the student is currently enrolled. 2. Inform the student that he or she has been removed from academic warning and/or can resume taking two courses a term. This will be done as soon as a student's transcript shows that he or she has regained the required 2.0 average. 3. Direct the student to meet with the center director or advisor upon receipt of the letter. 4. Academically dismiss a student from the college. An academically dismissed stu- dent can appeal the dismissal in writing to the Committee for Scholastic Stan- ding, The student must present evidence that he/she can successfully resume college work. The student must not expect a decision until the next meeting of the Committee on Scholastic Standing. I f the dismissed student is readmitted, he or she will be placed on Scholastic warning and may be restricted to one course per term until his or her grade point average reaches the "C" level. Academic Calendar 1984-85 New Student Orientation September 1-3 Returning Student Check-in September 4 Staff Development Day September 4 Classes Begin September 5 Mid-term Holiday October 12 Thanksgiving Recess November 22 & 23 Classes Resume November 26 Last Class Day December 14 Exam Period December 15-21 Returning Student Check-in January 14 Staff Development Day January 14 Classes Begin January 15 Mid-term Holiday March 11-15 Classes Resume March 18 Last Class Day May 1 Exam Period May 2-9 Graduation May 11 68 New Hampshire College The Culinary Institute of New Hampshire College The Culinary Institute of New Hamp- shire College prepares its students to meet the challenges of careers in the food service industry. The institute is commit- ted to an educational philosophy which recognizes that learning occurs both in the classroom and as a result of practical ap- plication, emphasizing career proficiencies while encouraging the development of per- sonal strengths, life skills and intellectual growth. Within The Culinary Institute the culinary arts program seeks to attract in- dividuals interested in pursuing a career which would eventually lead to a position as an executive chef. The program's goal is to graduate students with an associate of applied science degree in culinary arts who are: • proficient in basic and advanced food preparation and service • capable of controlling costs and planning menus • developing as mature, responsible adults who can communicate accurately, super- vise effectively and make sound decisions • able to adapt appropriately to a variety of work environments. The culinary arts curriculum is designed to achieve the program's goal by offering a combination of cooking, service, business and liberal arts courses. Emphasis is plac- ed on the cooking courses so that the stu- dent can acquire the culinary skills essen- tial to enter a career in the food service industry. Communication and business courses are integrated to provide the skills necessary to eventually secure a position as an executive chef. Liberal arts courses are offered to assist the student in per- sonal maturity and life skills which will contribute to a professionally productive life. A work internship is also required. Through participation in this course the student is able to: • experience the demands of the food service industry • enhance their skills learned in the laboratory/classroom environment • develop appropriate work values and attitudes • receive academic credit for the experience • earn a short term income. The Culinary Institute 69 Graduates of The Culinary Institute (with an Associate of Applied Science degree in Culinary Arts) have been prepared to secure a position as a cook, baker, sous chef, garde manger chef, or kitchen manager in some aspect of the food service industry, The specific position a graduate is qualified for is dependent on his or her own academic achievement, ex- perience, skill development and maturity. Culinary Arts Curriculum First Term Credits Culinary Skills and Procedures 3 Food Purchasing 3 Sanitation and Safety 3 Baking I—Bread and Desserts 3 English 3 Human Relations/Supervision 1 16 Second Term Food Production 3 Nutrition 3 Quantity Food Production 3 Mathematics 3 Baking I I 3 Human Relations/Supervision 1 16 Internship 6 Third Term Food Service Cost Control 3 Classical Food Preparation 3 Dining Room Service and Menu Planning 3 Culinary Elective 3 Free Elective 3 Human Relations/Supervision 1 16 Fourth Term International Cuisine and Services 3 Wines and Beverages 3 Culinary Elective 3 Free Elective 3 Human Relations/Supervision 1 13 TOTAL 67 Culinary Institute Courses TCI109 Food Purchasing An examination of the grades, types and varieties of fruits, vegetables, meats, fish and sundry products and the methodology of purchasing food in large quantities. Ad- ditional topics discussed include wholesale and retail meat cuts, standard purchase specifications, centralized purchasing, con- tainer sizes and types of frozen, canned and fresh fruits and vegetables. TCI110 Culinary Skills and Procedures This course presents the basic principles of food preparation for hotel, restaurants and industrial food catering establishments. I t consists of lectures, demonstrations and student participation in basic food production, including the preparation of vegetables, potatoes, eggs, breakfast dishes, beverages, sauces, soups, and thickening agents. Spices and their relationship to cooking are studied. Students also learn about equipment in , the kitchen area and the maintenance of it. TCI 111 Food Production This course emphasizes the supervision of quantity food preparation and station assignment. Students learn to prepare en- trees in fish and shellfish, poultry, meat, pasta, salad and salad dressings; and deep fat cookery. Students will be assigned pro- blems related to food and beverage service situations. Prerequisite: TCI 110 TCI 212 Quantity Food Production This course is designed to give students the opportuity to participate in quantity food production in a number of different food service environments. Students work an 8 to 10 shift at local restaurants, hotels, hospitals, and colleges in the food service operation. This enables the students to experience the demands of the food service industry, enhance their skills learned in the classroom, develop ap- propriate work values and attitudes, and observe how a variety of work en- vironments prepare and serve food, organize equipment and kitchen staff. Prerequisite TCI 110. TCI 113 Baking I—Breads and Desserts This course includes using conversion tables for various ingredients, baking a variety of items; learning elementary decorations, and practicing up-to-date methods of baking, utilizing modem nomenclature, ingredients, techniques and equipment. Emphasis is placed on basic breads and desserts. 70 New Hampshire College TCI 114 Baking II—Advanced Emphasis is placed on the preparation techniques of high ratio cakes, puff pastry, specialty breads, and cake decorating. Also students produce assorted tortes and prepare buffet pieces using pastillage, marzipan, nougat, chocolate and pulled sugar. Prerequisite: TCI 113 TCI 217 Classical Food Preparation Students learn the principles and techni- ques of classical food preparation. Emphasis is placed on French cuisine and the preparation and set up of classical buf- fets. Display pieces are also demonstrated. Prerequisite: TCI 110, 111, 212 TCI 218 International Cuisine and Service This course centers on the operation of a high quality dining room. Students learn how to prepare and serve foods from dif- ferent countries. The cuisines emphasized are German, Scandinavian, Middle Eastern, Italian, Austrian and Oriental. Prerequisite: TCI 110, 111, 212, 109 TCI 219 Dining Room Service and Menu Planning This course presents the principles of din- ing room management and layout, and menu planning. Students learn the proper techniques of a la carte and gueridon ser- vice. Organizational structure, planning, control and individual functions are studied with emphasis on time and effi- ciency. Also included is menu merchandis- ing and planning. Types of service studied are French, Russian, English and American. TCI 120 Food Service Cost Control This course deals with the application of accounting principles in restaurants and in- stitutional food service. I t includes jour- nals, ledgers and work sheets. Students learn how to develop budgets, daily reports, interpret income statements, and understand the basic principles of cost controls. TCI 224 Wines and Beverages An investigation of spirits, beers and wines of the world. Bar management and mixology will be looked at briefly. The wines of Europe and America will be tasted and compared. Students learn the proper techniques of wine, and beverage service. The principles of designing wine and beverage menus are examined. TCI 125 English The primary purpose of English is to pro- vide students in The Culinary Institute with the principles of effective expository writing. To meet this objective, students will be required to complete a variety of written assignments, most of which will be closely related to the expectations and re- quirements of this specialized occupation, Course material will include assignments in report and proposal writing, memoran- da design and execution, and techniques in the preparation of business-technical correspondence. TCI 126 Mathematics A survey of mathematical techniques essential to the everyday operations of a food service environment. Operating statements, recipe conversions, cost percentages, payroll, pricing, and the metric system are included among the topics discussed. TCI 127 Nutrition and Health This course provides an introduction to the principles of nutrition specifically as they apply to health, diets, and menu plan- ning. Also the mental, physical and emo- tional well being of the food service worker are addressed. TCI 128 Sanitation and Safety This course emphasizes proper food ser- vice sanitation procedures and practices. Food related diseases are examined. Operating procedures which contribute to a safe environment are studied. TCI 129 Human Relations and Supervision A study of the relationship between management, chef, staff and customers. Problems in human relations relating to the food service industry, as in service and kitchen management, discipline, com- munications and general business practice are discussed. The Culinary Institute 71 The Graduate School of Business New Hampshire College's graduate pro- grams in business have played a signifi- cant role in the institutions ongoing evolu- tion. Inauguated in 1974, the graduate business curriculum was originally conceiv- ed and developed as an evening degree program, serving primarily non-traditional students already engaged in full-time employment. While this focus continues to be a conspicuous force in the life of the graduate school, it has been complemented by the establishment of a full-time day graduate program in 1982, a move made possible by the college's acquisition of its- north campus. There are now over 1,500 students enrolled in the graduate school. A separate school within the college since 1981, the Graduate School of Business shares several characteristics with the other academic divisions. I t believes in the importance of maintaining an effective working relationship with a broad range of companies, public agencies and departments, and other public and private organizations. I t encourages an ac- tive interchange of perspectives and ex- perience between the classroom and the workplace, and promotes interaction bet- ween active practitioners and both faculty and students. In addition, the graduate school is committed to the objective of community education, and offers its pro- grams at several satellite locations in addi- tion to on-campus, thereby extending the opportunity for more advanced education in business-related disciplines to working adults at times and sites less accessible to more traditional degree programs. The full-time day program has introduc- ed other elements to these relationships, not only through a wider diversity of background and outlooks, in and out of the classroom, but also through the growing involvement of day graduate students in institutional life, as student consultants, tutors, resident assistants, and other responsibilities. Approximately one-half of the full-time enrollment consists of inter- national students, underscoring the col- lege's commitment to pluralistic education, and contributing additional perspectives of management in the context of other cultures. A significant number of day students, both international and domestic, are persons who have taken leaves of absence from their places of employment to pursue their degree on an accelerated basis. Graduate Education in Business In addition to the characteristics which it shares with other parts of the college, the graduate school is particularly commit- ted to the following: • To provide deeper and broader understanding of the dimensions and relationships which operate in the af- fairs of business organizations. The common core of courses is an explicit statement of this commitment, recogniz- ing the overall functional and organiza- tional context of business institutions. • To enhance skills and techniques to be used in pragmatic approaches to both immediate problems in organizational administration and longer-range issues and concerns of regional, national, and global scale. Students are expected to become familiar with the use of analytical tools and related resources, and in their effective application in decision-making and policy formulation. As students progress through their graduate curricula, they acquire further skill in integrating their prior skills and perspectives into new situations. • To embrace both the concepts of global interdependence and the growing necessity of effective social and trans- cultural interaction. The graduate school early recognized, through its in- ternational business program, the impor- tance of an awareness of the world-wide economic system, and continues to em- phasize this awareness and an explicit sense of the intercultural environment of both domestic and multinational business enterprises. • To promote ongoing professional educa- tion. This is reflected in the commitment of the faculty and staff to their own in- tellectual and professional growth; in the continued enrollment of practicing managers and executives in the graduate programs; and in the graduate school's cooperation with the educational objec- tives of companies, professional societies, and other bodies. • To sustain a high quality of teaching and academic excellence, Both full-time and adjunct faculty members are Graduate School of Business 73 selected not only on the basis of academic credentials and professional competence, but also for their ability to work effectively with students in respon- ding to the challenge of graduate studies and for their commitment to a stimulating academic environment. These traits are maintained and enhanced by regular interaction of full-time and ad- junct instructors, within and beyond their academic disciplines, and by the specific input of representatives of the business community into the processes of curriculum and program development. Facilities and Activities The administrative center of the graduate school is located at the 500-acre north campus, in Alumni Hall, a spacious modern building; both day and evening classes are held in this facility. Alumni Hall also houses the computation center for the graduate school, including a cluster of remote terminals connected on-line with the college's IBM 4341 and related equip- ment at the south campus, as well as microcomputing equipment and word- processing facilities which are also accessi- ble for student use. These computation resources support a variety of software appropriate to business operations, in- cluding BASIC, COBOL, FORTRAN, PASCAL, and the integrated academic operating system, MUSIC. Statistical and analytical packages, simulation and model- ing software, and specialized programs in a variety of academic disciplines and func- tional areas are accessible through the col- lege's systems. Graduate students also make use of the collection and facilities of the Shapiro Library (described in greater detail on page 11) for research, preparation of presentations, and other projects and activities related to media resources and information sources. The graduate school is also the head- quarters of ongoing educational enter- prises. The Journal of Educational Com- puting Research is a scholarly quarterly which publishes original research, reviews, and other studies related to the applica- tions, effects, and implications of computer-based education. The New England Productivity Center serves as a focal point for research, information ex- change, and other activities relating to issues of productivity, quality, and the quality of work life. In addition, the graduate school is one of a number of schools throughout the United States which participate in the Small Business Institute, a program which provides ad- vanced students with the opportunity to serve as consultants to actual small business operations, assisting them in resolving operational problems. By agree- ment, the graduate school cooperates with the New Hampshire Association of Pur- chasing Managers in developing and con- ducting continuing professional education programs for association members. The graduate school also offers courses, primarily in the evening, at several satellite locations elsewhere in New Hamp- shire, at the Brunswick Naval Air Station in Maine, and at the Roosevelt Roads Naval Station in Puerto Rico. These centers are administered by on-site direc- tors and staff; details of the specific pro- grams available at these locations may be found in the section, "WHERE AND WHEN," on page 78. Additional information regarding on- campus housing, health services, athletic facilities, placement, and other recreational and extra-curricular resources of the col- lege may be found in the Student Ac- tivities section of this catalog. Degrees and Programs The Underlying Idea At New Hampshire College, graduate pro- grams are designed • To promote students' understanding of • organizations • environments • their interaction • To help students to model and simulate • organizations • environments • their interaction • To enhance students' skills in directing and administering the affairs of organiza- tions, based on these abilities. Program Outlines Master of Business Administration Basic Program in Administration: 12 courses; 36 credits The basic M.B.A. program offers a broad spectrum of education for those who seek general familiarity with the management of business enterprises. 74 New Hampshire College Required Courses: GSR200 Information Sources, Research Methods, and Communication Techniques GSH210 Human Behavior in Organizations GCF300 Managerial Accounting GCF320 Financial Management GC0350 Quantitative Analysis for Decision Making GC0351 Production and Operations Management GC0352 Decision Support Systems GXM400 Marketing Strategies GXG410 Business, Government, and the Environment GNP600 Policy Formulation and Administration and Two graduate business electives (or GNR604 Thesis Option) M.B.A. With Advanced Certificate Options: 16 courses; 48 credits each The advanced certificate programs offer concentrated studies for those who seek specific skills in specialized areas of management. The Common Core: These nine graduate courses are required in all of the programs leading to the M.B.A. degree with an advanced certifi- cate option: GSR200 Information Sources, Research Methods, and Communication Techniques GSH210 Human Behavior in Organizations GCF300 Managerial Accounting GCF320 Financial Management GC0350 Quantitative Analysis for Decision Making GC0351 Production and Operations Management GC0352 Decision Support Systems GXM400 Marketing Strategies GNP600 Policy Formulation and Administration M.B.A With Advanced Certificate in Accounting: The program leading to the advanced cer- tificate in Accounting provides specialized concentration leading to managerial com- petence in corporate accounting, internal auditing, and federal taxation. This pro- gram is not intended for students who have earned an undergraduate degree in Accounting. In addition to the nine com- mon core courses, students must complete these requirements: GCF302 Financial Reporting I GCF303 Financial Reporting I I GCF304 Budgeting and Cost Accounting GCF305 Auditing GCF306 Financial Reporting I I I GPT500 Federal Taxation of Individuals and One graduate business elective M.B.A With Advanced Certificate in Decision Support Systems The program leading to the advanced cer- tificate in Decision Support Systems pro- vides specialized concentration for managerial competence in systems- centered and computer-oriented business operations. In addition to the nine common core courses, students must complete these requirements: GC0353 Computer Simulation and Modeling in Business GC0354 Data Communications and Networking GC0355 Data Base Design GC0356 Seminar in Decision Support Systems and Three graduate business electives M.B.A. With Advanced Certificate in International Business The program leading to the advanced cer- tificate in International Business provides specialized concentration for managerial competence in enterprises engaged in in- ternational operations and trade. In addition to the nine common core courses, students must complete these requirements: GXE422 Multinational Corporate Environment GCF321 Multinational Corporate Finance GXM401 Multinational Market Strategies GNC602 Multinational Corporate Management and Three graduate business electives Graduate School of Business 75 M.B.A. With Advanced Certificate in Personnel Administration/Industrial Relations The program leading to the advanced cer- tificate in Personnel Administration/In- dustrial Relations provides specialized competence in the management of human affairs in corporate organizations. In addition to the nine common core courses, students must complete these requirements: GSH211 Human Resource Management GSH212 Labor Relations and Arbitration GSH214 Compensation and Benefits Management GXG410 Business, Government, and the Environment and Three graduate business electives Master of Science Accounting—Preparation for CPA: 16 courses; 48 credits This degree program offers a combination of concentrated studies in the field of Ac- counting as preparation for qualification as a Certified Public Accountant, and broader-based study of managerial enter- prises related to the application of accoun- ting theory and practice. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) may be waived in favor of other accounting/ business electives for persons who have earned an undergraduate degree with a major in accounting. Required Courses: GSR200 Information Sources, Research Methods, and Communication Techniques GSH210 Human Behavior in Organizations GCF300 Managerial Accounting* GCF302 Financial Reporting I* GCF303 Financial Reporting II* GCF304 Budgeting and Cost Accounting* GCF305 Auditing* GCF306 Financial Reporting III* GCF307 Seminar in Accounting Theory GCF320 Financial Management GC0350 Quantitative Analysis for Decision Making GC0351 Production and Operations Management GC0352 Decision Support Systems GXG411 Federal Taxation of Corporations GXG412 Business Law GPT500 Federal Taxation of Individuals Business Education: 8 courses, 30 credits The M.S. degree program in Business Education provides advanced professional knowledge and skills to enhance the cur- ricular, instructional, and administrative competence of business educators. Required Courses: GSR201 Information Sources, Research Methods, and Communication Techniques/ Business Education* GSR202 Current Literature in Business Education* GCE360 Improvement of Instruction in Business Education* 76 New Hampshire College GCE361 Curriculum Development* GCE362 Administration and Supervision in Business Education* and One graduate education elective* (or GNR604 Thesis Option) and Two graduate business electives (three credits each) *Four-credit courses Advanced Certificate Only The Advanced Certificate options in Ac- counting, Decision Support Systems, Inter- national Business, or Personnel Admini- stration/Industrial Relations may also be taken as an independent program of graduate study by persons who either have already earned a graduate business degree or wish to acquire or update their skills in a specific business discipline, and who qualify on the basis of educational background and professional experience. Advanced Certificate in Accounting Courses required for the certificate-only option: GCF300 Managerial Accounting GCF302 Financial Reporting I GCF303 Financial Reporting I I GCF304 Budgeting and Cost Accounting GCF305 Auditing GCF306 Financial Reporting I I I GPT500 Federal Taxation of Individuals Advanced Certificate in Decision Support Systems Courses required for the certificate-only option: GC0352 Decision Support Systems GC0353 Computer Simulation and Modeling in Business GC0354 Data Communications and Networking GC0355 Data Base Design GC0356 Seminar in Decision Support Systems Advanced Certificate in International Business Courses required for the certificate-only option: GXE422 Multinational Corporate Environment GXM401 Multinational Market Strategies GCF321 Multinational Corporate Finance GNC602 Multinational Corporate Management Advanced Certificate in Personnel Administration/Industrial Relations Courses required for the certificate-only option: GSH210 Human Behavior in Organizations GSH211 Human Resource Management GSH212 Labor Relations and Arbitration GSH214 Compensation and Benefits Management GXG410 Business, Government, and the Environment P r o g r a m P l a n n i n g — F u l l - T i m e D a y S t u d e n t FIRST TERM SECOND TERM THIRD TERM FOURTH TERM FIFTH TERM SIXTH TERM Bas ic M B A (12 c o u r s e s ) THREE COURSES THREE COURSES THREE COURSES THREE COURSES Bas ic M B A w i t h B a c k g r o u n d P r e p a r a t i o n BACK- GROUND COURSES THREE COURSES THREE COURSES THREE COURSES THREE COURSES M B A p l u s A d v a n c e d Cer t i f i ca te (16 c o u r s e s ) THREE COURSES THREE COURSES THREE COURSES THREE COURSES TWO COURSES TWO COURSES SIX M O N T H S > ONE YEAR> EIGHTEEN M O N T H S > Graduate School of Business 77 Where the Programs are Offered All five M.B.A. programs and the M.S. program in Accounting are offered in both the daytime and evening at the North Campus in Hooksett. The other locations offer the courses leading to these degrees: Concord, New Hampshire: Basic M.B.A. program in Administration Bishop Brady High School 25 Columbus Avenue Concord, NH 03301 603-224-8430 Keene, New Hampshire: Basic M.B.A. program in Administration Keene High School 46 Arch Street Keene, NH 03431 603-357-5538 Nashua, New Hampshire: Basic M.B.A. program in Administration; advanced cer- tificate programs in Decision Support Systems and Personnel Administration/In- dustrial Relations 4 Townsend West, Unit 12 Nashua, NH 03063 603-881-8393 Portsmouth, New Hampshire: Basic M.B.A. program in Administration; ad- vanced certificate program in Accounting Portsmouth Business Center U.S. Route 1—Greenleaf Avenue Portsmouth, NH 03801 603-436-2831 Salem, New Hampshire: Basic M.B.A. program in Administration; advanced cer- tificate programs in Decision Support Systems and International Business 151 Main Street Salem, NH 03079 603-893-3598 Brunswick, Maine: Basic M.B.A. program in Administration Brunswick Naval Air Station Box 4 NAS Brunswick, ME 04011 207-725-6486 Ceiba, Puerto Rico: Basic M.B.A. pro- gram in Administration Roosevelt Roads Naval Station P.O. Box 3602 USNS FPO Miami, FL 34051 809-865-8598 When the Programs are Offered These programs are offered in twelve- week terms starting in September, December, March, and June. Students are admitted to any of the day programs primarily in September and March; admis- sion to the evening programs is in September, December, March, and June at all locations. The M.S. program in Business Education is offered only at the north campus in Hooksett, and is scheduled in two 16-week evening terms, starting in September and March, and a five-week summer day term starting in July. Classes routinely meet for three hours once each week. Saturday classes are of- fered at the north campus and at the centers in Nashua, Portsmouth, and Salem, New Hampshire. Calendar: Academic Year 1984-85 Term I September 10, 1984-December 1, 1984 Term //* December 3, 1984-March 9, 1985 Term III March 11, 1985-June 1, 1985 Term IV June 3, 1985-August 24, 1985 *Holiday, December 23, 1984 to January 6, 1985; classes resume Monday, January 7, 1985. Courses 1984-85 GSR200 Information Sources, Research Methods, and Communication Techniques Development of awareness of, and im- provement of personal skills in the use of, available sources of information, and in ef- fective written and oral communication. (Required to be taken as one of the first three courses in all programs.) (Background preparation: three credit hours in statistics, or equivalent.) GSR201 Information Sources, Research Methods, and Communication Techniques/Business Education (4 credits) Development of awareness of, and im- provement of personal skills in the use of, available sources of information, and in ef- fective written and oral communication. A one-credit module is related to the body of knowledge particularly applicable to business education. (Background prepara- tion: same as above) 78 New Hampshire College GSR202 Current Literature in Business Education (4 credits) Familiarization with the latest developments in business and business education through an in-depth examination of current books and periodicals. GSH210 Human Behavior in Organizations A study of individuals and groups and their interaction. An examination of theories of motivation, communications, leadership, power, and change with prac- tical relation to contemporary issues, and of organizations for key design variables, reward systems aimed at improved perfor- mance and organizational efficiency, through current employee motivational programs, participative management, and cooperative decision-making. GSH211 Human Resource Management Development of more effective managers and staff specialists in the ways of manag- ing human resources through best use of recruiting, selection, training, career development, and other current, contem- porary methods. Introduction to the areas of compensation, collective bargaining, af- firmative action, and the regulatory en- vironment as they relate to today's human resource applications in actual organiza- tions. (Prerequisite: GSH210, Human Behavior in Organizations) GSH212 Labor Relatons and Arbitration A study of both public and private labor relations and methods of dispute resolu- tion, stressing labor agreement administra- tion, grievance procedures, and arbitra- tion. Examination of the history of union- management relations, bargaining, and negotiation strategies. The limitations of the use of power are also studied. (Prere- quisites: GSH210 Human Behavior in Organizations required, and GSH211 Human Resource Management recommended) GSH213 Seminar in Interpersonal Behavior An in-depth examination and practical problem-solving setting for a study of per- sonal assumptions, motives, theories, and interpersonal relations in organizations of contemporary and current interest. In- volvement in the experiential learning dimension to maximize student participa- tion in actual interpersonal behavior and research. (Prerequisite: GHS210 Human Behavior in Organizations) GSH214 Compensation and Benefits Management A detailed examination of the compensa- tion and benefits functions within the Human Resources department, and their impact on both employer and employee. Examines the legal, accounting, financial, tax, and employee benefits functions with emphasis on the many compensation and benefits plans available, in use, and being researched. A practical look at current issues, negotiations, and contemporary organizational programs. (Prerequisites: GSH210 Human Behavior in Organizations and GSH211 Human Resource Management) GCF300 Managerial Accounting A study of the accumulation of accounting information with emphasis upon its inter- nal use for management planning, control, and decision-making. (Background prepara- tion: six credit hours of accounting, or equivalent) GCF302 Financial Reporting I An examination of the theory and prac- tices of financial accounting with emphasis on asset and liability, measurement and reporting. (Prerequisite: GCF300 Managerial Accounting) GCF303 Financial Reporting II A continuation of GCF 302. Topics include stockholders' equity, income measurement, income taxes, pensions, leases and state- ment of changes in financial position. (Pre- requisite: GCF302 Financial Reporting I) GCF304 Budgeting and Cost Accounting A comprehensive study of concepts, pro- cedures, and practices of accounting systems designed to aid in the planning and control process of a variety of profit and not-for-profit organizations. (Prere- quisite: GCF300 Managerial Accounting) GCF305 Auditing A study of the concepts and methods of professional audit practice. (Prerequisite: GCF303 Financial Reporting II) GCF306 Financial Reporting III An examination of advanced accounting topics such as partnerships, consolidations, involvencies, estates and trusts. (Prere- quisite: GCF303 Financial Reporting II) GCF307 Seminar in Accounting Theory Extensive survey of historic and contem- porary accounting literature to provide students with an appreciation of the development and current status of general- ly accepted accounting principles, and Graduate School of Business 79 issues relating to their application. (Prere- quisite: GCF306 Financial Reporting I I I ) QCF310 CPA Review Intensive review of theory and practice in preparation for state examinations re- quired for qualification as certified public accountant. QCF320 Financial Management A study of financial decision-making in the setting of the firm, including its relation- ships with financial markets and institu- tions. (Prerequisite: GCF300 Managerial Accounting) GCF321 Multinational Corporate Finance A study of problems of financing and reporting international operations with particular emphasis upon evaluation of risk, and strategies of funding in interna- tional monetary relationships. (Prere- quisite: GCF320 Financial Management) GC0350 Quantitative Analysis for Decision-Making A survey of mathematical, probabilistic, and statistical tools available for assisting in the operation and managment of in- dustrial organizations. (Background preparation: six credit hours in mathematics, or equivalent) GC0351 Production and Operations Management Study of the concepts of production and operations, and of a variety of methods and techniques used in their management. (Prerequisite: GC0350 Quantitative Analysis for Decision-Making, or by per- mission of the instructor) GC0352 Decision Support Systems Introduction to systems concepts and analysis, and their application to manage- ment and decision-making through the use of computer technology. (Background preparation: three credit hours in data processing, or equivalent) GC0353 Computer Simulation and Modeling in Business Examination of computer simulation and modeling techniques and their applications in the business environment using DYNAMO, BASIC, FORTRAN, GPSS, and other languages. (Prerequisites: GC0352 Decision Support Systems, and GC0350 Quantitative Analysis for Decision Making) GC0354 Data Communications and Networking Examination of the elements of com- munications networks including common carrier offerings, terminal types, multiplexing and concentrator offerings, vendor protocols, and system design con- siderations. (Prerequisite: GC0352 Deci- sion Support Systems) GC035S Data Base Design Development and management of data bases through study of computer-based systems concepts and design of a decision- support project. (Prerequisite: GC0352 Decision Support Systems) GC0356 Seminar in Decision Support Systems Overview of current affairs and emerging developments in the realm of computer- based management systems. (Prere- quisites: GC0353 Computer Simulation and Modeling in Business, or GC0354 Data Communications and Networking, and GC0355 Data Base Design — may be taken concurrently) GC0357 Principles of Artificial Intelligence A survey of concepts and techniques of ar- tificial intelligence with emphasis on representational strategies and notational systems/structures. Topics include business applications, production systems, heuristic search, natural language understanding, problem-solving, deduction, question-answering, and inference. Analysis of fifth-generation computer systems and an introduction to logic pro- gramming with PROLOG. (Prerequisites: GC0350 Quantitative Analysis for Decision Making, and GC0352 Decision Support Systems) GC03S8 Introduction to EDP Auditing A study of the process, tools, and techni- ques used in auditing computer-based in- formation systems and in evaluating their internal controls. (Prerequisite: GC0352 Decision Support Systems — may be taken concurrently) GCE360 Improvement of Instruction in Business Education (4 credits) An advanced review and comparison of business education classroom methodologies, including simulations, role- playing, and computer-based techniques. GCE361 Curriculum Development (4 credits) Design and modification of effective business education curricula. GCE362 Administration and Supervision in Business Education (4 credits) Modern administrative theories and prac- tices related to secondary and post- secondary business education programs. 80 New Hampshire College GCE363 Microcomputers in Business Education (4 credits) A study of the use of the microcomputer in secondary and post-secondary business education courses. The course emphasizes BASIC language. Each student is required to prepare some workable programs for business education courses, as well as evaluate existing software. (Background preparation: three credit hours in data processing, or equivalent) GXM400 Marketing Strategies A study of the process of searching for, and identifying, prospective opportunities for establishing effective relationships with markets, and of the techniques of marketing. (Background preparation: three credit hours in marketing, or equivalent) GXM401 Multinational Market Strategies A study of the particular issues involved in identifying and developing relationships with international markets. (Background preparation: three credit hours in marketing, or equivalent) GXM402 Marketing Strategies for Non-Prof it Institutions Application of marketing concepts and practices to not-for-profit organizations. Exploration of sources of financial support and strategies for their development. (Background preparation: three credit hours in marketing, or equivalent) GXG410 Business, Government and the Environment Consideration of the relationships between business organizations and a variety of ex- ternal interests, and of methods of interacting with those interests. GXG411 Federal Taxation of Corporations Theory and practice of federal income tax- ation of corporations, partnerships, estates and trusts. (Prerequisite: GCF300 Managerial Accounting) GXG412 Business Law Theory and application of the laws of regulations, contracts, agency, property, and business organizations, (Background preparation: three credit hours in business law, or equivalent) GXE420 Business Cycles and Forecasting A study of theories of fluctuations of eco- nomic activity and of techniques for fore- casting business conditions and rates of business activity. (Background preparation: six credit hours in economics, or equivalent) GXE421 Institutional Economics A study of theoretical and philosophical foundations of capitalism as compared to alternative economic systems. (Background preparation: six credit hours in economics, or equivalent) GXE422 Multinational Corporate Environment A survey of economic, social, and political relationships among and within nations, and their impacts upon corporations operating in an international context. GPT500 Federal Taxation of Individuals The theory and practice of federal income taxation of individuals. GPV501 Investment Analysis and Port- folio Management A study of the techniques used to assess the value of securities, and the methods used in the management of investment portfolios, with primary focus on stocks and bonds in terms of their valuation, risk- return measurement, diversification, and other aspects of portfolio theory. (Prere- quisite: GCF320 Financial Management) GNP600 Policy Formulation and Administration An application of learned skills, and a testing, distillation, and integration of in- sights gained from preceding courses and other sources. (May not be taken until at least ten courses have been completed in the program.) GNS601 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management A study of entrepreneurship and small busi- ness from a management standpoint, inclu- ding analyses of research, marketing, taxes, forms of business, capital and venture capi- tal opportunities, and a real-life project or Small Business Institute consultancy. GNC602 Multinational Corporate Management Introduction to the nature of international operations and of the issues of management of multinational activities, with particular reference to cultural, political, economic, and physical dimensions of foreign nations. GNN603 Management of Non-Profit Organizations A study of planning, budgeting, control, and other management activities in the context of the not-for-profit institution. GNR604 Thesis Option Students may substitute six semester hours of thesis credit in lieu of two elective courses in the M.B.A. and M.S./Accounting programs, or one graduate education Graduate School of Business 81 elective course in the M.S./Business Educa- tion program, upon acceptance by a full-time supervising faculty member and with prior approval of the Dean of the Graduate School. A thesis must be completed within nine months of its approval. GNR605 Internship A limited program of internships (for aca- demic credit in substitution for course work) is available for full-time day studentsto en- hance their educational experience through appropriate, supplemental, work-oriented activity in selected environments. Internships, which are administered by the Office of Cooperative Education/Internships/ Placement and supervised by faculty mem- bers, are subject to tuition charges related to the number of hours of credit granted. To qualify, a student must have earned a grade point average of at least 3.0 and have obtained the permission of a sponsor- ing full-time faculty member. Credit for the internship activity will be granted only upon receipt of an oral and written report submitted to and accepted by the faculty sponsor. Students who do not participate in internship work are expected to complete the equivalent number of credits in elective courses. GNR606 Productivity Management Fundamentals of productivity management and measurement, and a study of current strategies for enhancing organizational ef- fectiveness from the perspective of the operating manager. Academic Requirements Level of Achievement Expected To qualify for a graduate degree a stu- dent must complete the courses prescribed and the number of hours of credit required in the program of study with a minimum overall grade point average of 3.0 and no more than two grades of C + or lower. All degree requirements must be completed within eight years from the date of admis- sion. An extension of time requires action of the Scholastic Standing Committee and must be based on go6d cause. English Language Students whose primary language is not English are required to submit scores on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). The American Language and Culture Center, at the south campus, of- fers intensive instruction to students who need to improve their proficiency in speak- ing and writing English. Grades Students are graded upon their perfor- mance according to the traditional system of A (4.00), A - (3.66), B+ (3.33), B (3.0), B - (2.66), C+ (2.33), C (2.00), and F (0). Other grades include: Incomplete* . . . . . . . . . I Incomplete/Failure........ I/F Satisfactory .S Unsatisfactory U Credit .CR Audit . . . . . . . . . . A U Withdrew**. . . . . . W Transfer Credit T *Incomplete Performance The grade of I is assigned when course assignments have not been completed. The grade of F is automatically substituted for the grade of I eight weeks after the start of the following term if the deficient work has not been completed satisfactorily. **Withdrawal from Courses Students may withdraw from courses on presentation of a written request to the in- structor prior to the end of the eighth week of any term; thereafter, express permission of the course instructor is required. Non- attendance at class meetings is not con- strued as withdrawal. An instructor may withdraw any student from a course on the grounds of excessive (three or more) ab- sences, and/or if, in the opinion of the in- structor, the student will be unable to com- plete the course requirements satisfactorily. Courses Repeated Graduate students may be permitted to repeat courses, by petition to and with ap- proval of the dean. The first grade assign- ed, which remains on the student's record, is not used in calculating grade point average; the grade assigned for the course as repeated is also recorded, and is used in computing the student's achieved grade point average. Confidentiality of Records Access to students' records is restricted by federal law and college policy. Grades are provided only in written reports mailed to students promptly following the comple- tion of each course. Transfer Credit Graduate credit earned at another ac- credited institution during the last five years may be accepted in satisfaction of New Hampshire College courses. A max- imum of six semester hours may be 82 New Hampshire College transferred into any of the M.B.A. degree programs or the M.S. program in Account- ing; a maximum of eight semester hours may be transferred into the M.S. program in Business Education. A minimum of thirty semester hours of graduate credit must be earned at New Hampshire College to qua- lify for the basic Administration (M.B.A.) degree; a minimum of forty-two semester hours of graduate credit earned at New Hampshire College is required to qualify for either the Administration (M.B.A.) degree with an Advanced Certificate or the Master of Science degree in Accounting; a minimum of twenty-two semester hours of graduate credit earned at New Hampshire College is required to qualify for the Mas- ter of Science degree in Business Education. Internships Internships are principally eduationally- oriented experiences; in most cases they do not involve monetary compensation for participating students. Although the graduate school maintains relations with business and industry, non-profit organiza- tions, and governmental agencies with which internships can be arranged, the Cooperative Education/Internships/Place- ment Office, in conjunction with the graduate school, is responsible for job development and placement. Limited academic credit in lieu of course work is granted for successful completion of approved internships. Time Needed for Completion of the Degree Programs Full-time day students who have satisfied all requirements for admission may be able to complete the programs on the following schedule: Administration (M.B.A.) Four terms (one year) Administration (M.B.A.) with an Advanced Certificate option Six terms (1 1/2 years) Accounting (M.S.) Six terms (1 1/2 years) Programs offered in the day may be completed on an eighteen-month (1 1/2 year) schedule at no additional charge if at least nine courses have been successfully com- pleted in the first twelve months after in- itial enrollment. Day students who have not satisfied all background preparation requirements will require one or two addi- tional terms to complete their programs. Evening students who have satisfied all requirements for admission may be able to complete the programs on the following schedule: Administration (M.B.A.) Six terms (11/2 years) Administration (M.B.A.) with an Advanced Certificate option Eight terms (two years) Accounting (M.S.) Eight terms (two years) The M.S. program in Business Education requires four to six terms for completion. All degree requirements must be com- pleted within eight years from the date of admission. Graduation The Graduate School of Business awards degrees twice a year. Students who com- plete their degree requirements at the end of Terms I or I I (December or March) are awarded their degrees in March. Students who complete their degree requirements at the end of Terms I I I or IV (June or August) are awarded their degrees in September. Students must complete all degree re- quirements no later than the end of the last full term before graduation (for exam- ple, a potential March graduate must have completed all requirements by the end of Term II). In addition, students must sub- mit a formal graduation petition form no later than the following dates: For March graduation—submit petition before January 1st. For September graduation—submit peti- tion before July 1st. Concluding Remarks Since the first Master of Business Ad- ministration degree was awarded by New Hampshire College in 1975, the number of graduates of the M.B.A. and M.S. programs has grown to more than one thousand men and women, actively engaged in careers in business and industry, public service, and other professional enterprises, both in the United States and in more than a dozen other countries. This substantial breadth of alumni repre- sentation in employment and geography pro- vides the Graduate School of Business with a clearer sense of its responsibility to ensure quality in its response to current educational needs, and to maintain an effective capacity to identify and respond to developing needs. Graduate School of Business 83 School of Human Services From their beginnings, the human and social services have struggled to do more than temporarily relieve the victims of society's injustices. Yet despite this humanitarian intention, and despite a growing professionalism and expertise, programs are generated which maintain or increase the dependency of clients and blunt, rather than resolve, society's injustices. The School of Human Services was created on the belief that we all can have an impact, that through study and action, we can decrease suffering and increase meaningful opportunities for those with whom and for whom we work. Based on these convictions the school offers an ar- ray of programs designed to give creden- tials and help empower those who want to create better relationships with the people whom they serve and work with. We have designed these programs for adults work- ing or desiring to work in human, social, and state services, as well as for people and agencies concerned with human, organizational, political, and economic development. Our diverse programs have a number of common elements: Structure • Programs organized so that students can maintain work and family responsibilities • Day-long classes and workshops • Study groups and independent study • An accelerated schedule permitting students to maintain academic momen- tum and graduate more quickly. Curriculum • Courses and programs that connect students' lives, work, and community experience • Classrooms where knowledge and learn- ing are shared between students and faculty who maintain contact with the field. • An overall concern with the symbiosis of personal and academic growth and development • An emphasis on analysis and an understanding of context and not just the mastery of technique Beyond the Classroom • Unique student/faculty/staff relationships • Workshops, classes, and projects in- tegrating theory and practice • A commitment to social awareness and social justice • Building networks and coalitions • Diversity and mutual support make the school an exciting and vibrant place. In- stead of lecturing, problems, contradic- tions, and prejudices are laid on the table so that teachers and students can together forge hard-won knowledge about the real world into usable solutions to the pro- blems of living and working in a complex multicultural world. 650 serious students, challenging pro- grams, and a sense of mission and community—these define the School of Human Services. The school is not for everyone. The school demands a high degree of honesty, self-awareness, and commitment from students, faculty, and staff. The School of Human Services' commit- ment to academic integrity, professional credibility, and social responsibility are ab- solute; they will always remain so. Our education is not just for ourselves. There can be no compromise of the legitimate needs and aspirations of our communities—that which we are and those which we serve. The Master of Science in Human Services Overview The Master of Science is a 56-credit pro- gram based on the assumption that a human services worker must not only im- prove the conditions of clients, but teach clients to acquire the knowledge, skills, power, and resources to improve condi- tions themselves. People with extensive experience in human services, community development, and organizing who have committed themselves to helping people help themselves will find this program both congenial and challenging. Program Structure and Application Requirements The program runs four semesters, each semester lasting four months. Three courses are offered each semester, and each course has four classes. The classes meet once a month, with a full day for each class. In addition, students may participate in internships and projects arranged in the School of Human Services 85 student's home community. These extend and deepen the sometimes abstract classroom work and fulfill the school's desire to translate academic theory into vital practice. The concentrated schedule, with long gaps between class meetings, permits students to carefully prepare for classes and digest a large amount of material. This learning process works best when students form study groups with friends, co-workers, or neighbors. At present, there are three tracks within the program: Counseling and Community Psychology (CCP) Human Services Administration (HSA) Gerontology (GER) The master's degree program also in- cludes a small program in Community Organizing and Community Development. This program continually monitors present and fUture community needs with an eye towards revising current service programs or creating new programs as necessary. The program can be completed in 16 months of continuous work on a full-time basis. I t can also be taken on a half-time basis. Full-time status in the program is defined as 12 or more credits per semester. Half-time status is defined as six or more credits per semester. The programs are normally open to peo- ple who have a bachelor's degree and five years full-time equivalent experience in human services. We define a broad range of experience as human services, from law enforcement to the ministry to community organizing and development. Occasionally, students may be admitted on probation with less than five years experience. The Counseling and Community Psychology Track Like a pentagon, whose five sides depend upon one another to form a defined whole, the philosophy of the CCP track has five intertwined beliefs which, if studied and followed diligently, lead to constructive and sustained social progress: 1. First, the genesis of all effective human service is the discovery and understand- ing of our own desires, beliefs, and actions. 2. This means the critical examination of how the traditions which have created defective institutions in our society have shaped and directed our own lives. 3. Only when we have achieved this under- standing can we, with any authority and sense of direction, begin our study of the social and economic context of human services. 4. With this blending of inner and outer, of self-knowledge with academic know- ledge, we can then learn strategies for social change that do not violate the needs or dignity of our clients. 5. In this way, self-change precedes all ef- fective social change, and, in turn, social change requires constant and consistent self-change. This focus on the human element of human services helps us keep aware of why we are engaged in the often frustrating business of helping people help themselves. The learning process in this pentagon is on-going; one never simply "achieves" knowledge, but must continually turn over the ground to nourish the soil and plant new seeds. The philosophy of CCP is predicated on the willingness of the teacher and student to commit themselves to struggling with the conflicts that emerge when human beings grapple with their own behavior. Goals of the Program The program is designed to do the following: 1. Train human services workers who know who they are before they feel qualified to help others know who they are. 2. Train human service workers who understand that human service institu- tions frequently do not alter human suf- fering and pain and often add to the misery of the identified needy. 3. Train human service workers who understand that certain elements of society have a vested interest in perpetuating traditions, conventions, and myths that keep humanity separated, unequal, and disinherited. 4. Train professional counselors who understand that counseling is not an apolitical activity and that change must be addressed as a social as well as in- dividual issue. 86 New Hampshire College 5. Train professional counselors who com- mit themselves to life and to humanity with a true desire for liberation. The courses in the Counseling and Com- munity Psychology track are: Course Title Credits CCP 1 Institutional Analysis 4 CCP 2 Institutional Practice 4 CCP 3 Institutional Therapy 4 CCP 4 Social Institution Analysis 4 CCP 5 Social Service Practice 4 CCP 6 Crisis Therapy for Life Stressors 4 CCP 7A Case Management and Consultation for Mental Health 4 CCP 8A Dynamics of the Mental Health System 4 CCP 9A Mental Health Issues 4 CCP 7B Case Management for Developmental Disabilities 4 CCP 8B The Law and the Developmentally Disabled 4 CCP 9B Developmental Disabilities Issues 4 CCP 10 Analysis of Alternative Social Services 4 CCP 11 Law and Ethics 4 CCP 12 Self-Change and Social Change 4 Students take either the Case Manage- ment sequence (CCP 7A, 8A, 9A) or the Developmental Disabilities sequence (CPP 7B, 8B, 9B). In addition to courses, students are re- quired to do two internships/projects. The first is normally an intensive experience in an appropriate work position, and is nor- mally completed by documenting a present or past work experience. The second is normally a project in attempting to change a setting. Students receive four credits for each internship. Counseling and Community Psychology CCP 1 Institutional Analysis (4 credits) The history of institutions and the dynamics behind the creation of prisons, the welfare system, and mental hospitals. CCP 2 Institutional Practice (4 credits) An overview of the use of the DSM I I I and Psychopharmacology. We will examine the politics of the mental health system and its effect on the consumer and the professional care giver. CCP 3 Institutional Therapy (4 credits) Through the use of Reality Therapy, students begin the process of self- examination. Students learn to differen- tiate between coercive therapy and self- change. CCP 4 Social Institution Analysis (4 credits) We will critically explore the socialization process and its impact on the social struc- turing of race, ethnicity, gender, and class; family and socializing institutions; and the legal structuring of these. Students ex- amine their own biases and how those pre- judices interfere with their motivation to help others, CCP 5 Social Service Practice (4 credits) We will analyze the formal and informal social institutions which provide services for people undergoing crisis due to life/work stresses. We will examine the relationship between the professional/ humanitarian and these institutions, seek- ing to discover what happens to the pro- fessional, the client, and the institution. The objective is a critical analysis which helps move toward a more humane and ef- fective synthesis. CCP 6 Crisis Therapy for Life Stressors (4 credits) Pragmatic application of counseling theories (individual, family, and group) to deal with life-socially-induced crises. Students learn to assess the crisis situa- tion and offer short-term intervention to deal only with the particular crisis. CCP 7A Case Management and Consultation for Mental Health (4 credits) The course reviews the role and function of the case manager in the mental health system. I t uses a systems approach, in which the student learns the resources available within the system and the ad- vocacy skills necessary for helping clients obtain what they are eligible for and need. Students will also learn to prepare clinical material and cases for review and presen- tation to the multi-disciplinary team. CCP 8A Dynamics of the Mental Health System (4 credits) We will examine case studies in current at- tempts to change and/or re-structure the mental health system. CCP 9A Mental Health Issues (4 credits) We will discuss how service trends or reformation affects service recipients, School of Human Services 87 such as de-institutionalization and other forms of "community-based" mental health systems. CCP 7B Case Management for Developmental Disabilities (4 credits) This course details the role and function of the case manager in Developmental Disabilities, using the systems approach, in which the student learns the resources available to their clients, advocacy skills needed to access client services, and a definition of various disciplines found in the Interdisciplinary Team. CCP 8B The Law and the Developmental^ Disabled (4 credits) We will investigate how state and federal laws have created the concept of the developmentally-impaired person. CCP 9B Developmental Disabilities Issues (4 credits) Discussion of normalization, PASS, least restrictive alternatives for care, putting PASS into practice within the community to insure a normal environment for the deinstitutionalized client. CCP 10 Analysis of Alternative Social Services (4 credits) A look at alternatives to traditional human service programs including self-help groups, patient alternative systems, mediation pro- grams, and the possibility of changing bureaucracy within the bureaucracy. CCP 11 Law and Ethics: The Practice of Change-Oriented Social Services (4 credits) This course is designed to introduce the student to the ethical problems of influenc- ing others. The outcome of participation in the course will be an increased awareness of the autonomy of our clients. CCP 12 Self-Change and Social Change (4 credits) Through an on-going self-change model, students integrate the total CCP program with the aim of designing an ethical code of service and creating a life-long process leading to personal and professional growth. Human Services Administration Track The philosophy of the Human Services Administration track is based upon the following ideas: 1. Administrative work is not divorced from service work or program goals. Rather, the administrator must coor- dinate and facilitate programs and make sure that service is effectively monitored and periodically changed to make it more responsive to real needs. 2. I t follows that administrative work is not an end in itself, but a means to the better realization of the service goals of the agencies themselves. 3. Effective administration requires enough power to insure that the organization has the long-term stability to do its work effectively. 4. The exercise of power is not an end in itself. The administrator has a moral responsibility for what that power ac- complishes and is morally accountable to clients, the communities from which they come, the communities which grant resources to the agency, and the com- munities to which the agency's staff and board belong. To translate these philosophical ideas into educational actions requires that we look at how the agency, with its own inter- nal dynamics and requirements, meshes with the clients and community it serves. This dissection demands our constant awareness that what an agency is affects what it does, and that we must continually make sure we create agencies that do not violate their humanitarian mandate to help those in need. Students normally take the following se- quence of courses: Course Title Credits First Semester HSA 1 Contradictions of Human Service Administration 4 HSA 5 Fiscal Systems 4 HSA 3 Environmental Assessment and Strategic Planning 4 HSA 19A Internship 1A 2 Second Semester HSA 6 Management Information Systems & Program Evaluation 4 HSA 7 Organizational Behavior, Organizational Develop- ment, and Organizational Change 4 HSA 4 Planning and Implementation 4 HSA 19B Internship IB 2 Third Semester HSA 8 Staffing and Supervising 4 HSA 9 Clinical Concepts and Clinical Language 4 HSA 10 Legal Issues and Background Knowledge 4 88 New Hampshire College HSA 20A Internship 2A 2 Fourth Semester HSA 12 Power and Accountability 4 HSA 11 Advocacy Techniques 4 HSA 13 Human Services Administra- tion: Policies & Alternatives 4 HSA 20B Internship 2B 2 Students may, in their third trimester, opt to substitute the Case Management se- quence (CPP 7A, 8A, 9A) or the Developmental Disability sequence (CPP 7B, 8B, 9B) from the Counseling and Com- munity Psychology track for HSA 8, 9, and 10. Internships and Projects in HSA In addition to coursework, students are required to complete two internships or projects. The first is normally an intensive work experience in an appropriate posi- tion, and is normally completed by documenting and analyzing a present or past work experience. The second is nor- mally a project attempting to make real some of the changes one would like to see in human services. Human Services Administration Courses HSA 1 Contradictions of Human Services Administration (4 credits) This course looks at the development of administrative specialization in the context of the history of human services agencies and the changing nature of the human ser- vices environment. I t also looks at the dif- ferent perspectives of management, leader- ship, and authority; the contradictions bet- ween agency goals and personal careers; and the development of an ethic of humane, effective human services administration. HSA 2 Case Studies in Human Services Administration (4 credits) This course examines the interrelationship of internal structure and external change through case studies of the style and exer- cise of leadership. HSA 3 Environmental Assessment and Strategic Planning (4 credits) This course deals with the skills and knowledge necessary to assess en- vironmental opportunities and constraints, to develop a strategic plan for an agency around these environmental givens, and to effect such a plan, flexibly yet effectively. HSA 4 Planning and Implementation (4 credits) This course examines technical planning procedures, the actualities of planning and implementation, and the problems of creating new programs and agencies. HSA 5 Fiscal Systems (4 credits) Course content includes the technical study of budgeting and accounting in human services agencies, both for outside accountability and for internal control. HSA 6 Management Information Systems and Program Evaluation (4 credits) This course examines how to operate infor- mation systems which effectively monitor and control both fiscal and program infor- mation. Students learn how to make pro- grams more effective. The course also in- cludes an introduction to computers, especially electronic spreadsheets. HSA 7 Organizational Behavior, Organizational Development, and Organizational Change (4 credits) Students examine how the interpersonal dynamics of agencies relate to organiza- tional development, and explore strategies for deliberate organizational change. HSA 8 Staffing and Supervising (4 credits) Students will learn how to deal with staff, including recruiting, training, supervising, motivating, evaluation, promoting, paying, and firing. HSA 9 Clinical Concepts and Clinical Languages (4 credits) This course deals with the languages and concepts used by direct service providers: psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, etc. A mixture of lectures and role-play techniques is used. HSA 10 Legal Issues and Background Knowledge (4 credits) This course examines legal and other background knowledge that administrators need to know, through a mixture of lec- tures and role-play techniques. HSA 11 Advocacy Techniques (4 credits) In addition to providing direct services, agencies need to know how to be effective advocates for individuals and groups (case and class advocacy), and be able to teach these skills to others. HSA 12 Power and Accountability (4 credits) This course examines relationships with boards, funders, politicians, businesses, other agencies, and communities. Course content includes how to develop power as a resource, how to use power to develop other resources, the accumulation of power through coalition building, and the School of Human Services 89 accountability of power. The course ex- plores resisting the deflection of the original mission into organizational maintenance and personal aggrandizement. HSA 13 Human Services Administration: Policies and Alternatives (4 credits) This course examines policies and policy alternatives in current human services programs. HSA 14 New Developments in Human Service Administration (4 credits) This is a course which is devoted to specific new approaches being tried or pro- posed in the area of human services administration. HSA 19A, 19B Internship 1A-1B (4 credits) A supervised administrative internship or equivalent work experience in appropriate setting. HSA 20A, 20B Internship/Project 2A-2B (4 credits) A project to realize a new or changed human service program or structure and/or supervised administrative intern- ship in appropriate setting. Gerontology Track Gerontology at the School of Human Ser- vices is a study of how to become an ar- ticulate, knowledgeable advocate and a humane provider of human services for the elderly. Students in the program will learn both the daily problems confronting the elderly as well as the more general issues of aging in the U.S. and other societies. In addition, students will gain the skills need- ed to work with elders individually as well as in an agency or institutional setting. The thrust of the gerontology track is for balance and commitment: a balance of social and medical approaches; a balance of theory and practice; a balance of science, advocacy, community and practical organization; a balance of direct service and administrative skills. This track views case management as the center of three somewhat connected com- ponents of the "aging network"—services in institutions, services in the community, income maintenance programs—and gives the student knowledge and skills related to all of these. This track emphasizes how the elderly can shape their own world and how the human service worker can help them. As with all programs at the School of Human Services, students are expected to become their own teachers, to turn theory into practice and turn themselves into catalysts for social betterment. Students normally take the following se- quence of courses: Course Title Credits GER 1 Introduction to and Problems of Aging 4 GER 2 Economics of Aging and Services for the Aging 4 GER 3 Government and Agency Policies for the Aging 4 GER 4 Fiscal Management/ Responsibility 4 GER 5 Management 4 GER 6 Case Management 4 GER 7 Senior Power 4 GER 8 Evaluation 4 GER 9 Problems of and Approaches to the Elderly as They Really Are 4 GER 10 Law and the Elderly 4 GER 11 Housing, Transportation, Recreation 4 GER 12 Biomedical Aspects of Aging 4 Additionally, students will be involved in two internships or projects to gain practical skills in case management and/or ad- ministration or community organizing. Each internship or project is awarded 4 credits towards the required fifty-six credits for the Master of Science degree. Internships and projects will be approximately four months in duration. Staff will assist in pro- ject design and implementation. Gerontology Courses GER 1 Introduction To and Problems of Aging (4 credits) This course will explore the difficulties of growing old in America, the myths and realities of aging, the strengths of the elderly, self-help by elders, and advocacy by and for elders. Course content includes the examination of such problems as men- tal and physical ill-health, loneliness, isola- tion, inadequate housing, employment, forced retirement, and nutrition. The course also explores how ethnicity and culture worsen the above problems, as well as the strengths they contribute. GER 2 Economics of Aging and Services for the Aging (4 credits) This course provides an historical perspec- tive on aging: aging and the industrial society; lifetime allocation of income; retirement decisions; the role of pension, medical insurance, and the aged; pension 90 New Hampshire College systems in operation; pension reform; 3rd and 4th career training; Social Security and Medicare. GER 3 Government and Agency Policies lor the Aged (4 credits) This course examines federal, state, and local policies for elders in the U.S. and in the student's own geographical area. The mechanics and priorities of these policies will also be examined. GER 4 Fiscal Management/Responsibility (4 credits) This course examines the skills needed to operate a sound agency funded by multiple sources, including budget, cash flow, finan- cial projects, annual reports, audits, and budgets for programs and for proposals. How does the state and federal govern- ment help and hinder this process? What is the funding process at the state level and at the federal level? GER S Management (4 credits) This course provides practical applications of the basic skills necessary to the opera- tion and management of a human services organization, including program develop- ment, proposal writing, marketing, person- nel techniques, development of a non-profit corporation, development of by-laws, board of directors development for the organiza- tion, and corporate funding and public relations. GER 6 Case Management (4 credits) This course shows workers involved with direct services how to use a comprehen- sive needs assessment plan, how to be an objective case worker, how to deal with confidentiality and with death and dying. Also included are specific counseling skills with the elderly and their families. (Dif- ferent counseling skills are required to work with the elderly than with other groups within our society.) GER 7 Senior Power (4 credits) This course explores the political orienta- tion, political interest and participation, and political leadership of the elderly in our society. This will inlcude looking at the Grey Panthers' AARP, Silver Haired Legislation, lobbying, legislation, now and where they are going in the future, and self-help organizing. GER 8 Evaluation (4 credits) This course examines how service agencies can continuously evaluate whether the right services are being provided and how well they are being provided. Students will master the necessary evaluative techniques. GER 9 Problems of and Approaches to the Elderly as They Really Are (4 credits) A series of workshops focusing on Older Women: The majority of the aging popula- tion are women. What are their problems now and what does the future hold? Is there life after 40? Family Systems: What are the problems faced by households try- ing to raise children, work, and care for an aged relative? Other Countries: Some countries have more enlightened programs for the elderly. Who are they and what are they doing? How are Third World countries preparing to care for their aging population? Mental Health: Aging brings special physical and emotional stresses. What positive approaches can be used to assure a high quality of life for the elderly? GER 10 Law and The Elderly (4 credits) Legal aid has been slow or non-existent for the elderly. Elders often become vic- timized in special ways by their families, friends, and neighbors. Agencies are often reluctant to go into high crime areas with the elderly (and this is where the majority of low-income elderly are forced to live). And the list does not stop there. Crime and the elderly, consumer protection, truth in insurance, ombudsman programs to ad- vocate for elders in nursing homes, protec- tive services, and guardianship—all are vital concerns for the elderly. There will be special focus on the rights of minorities such as Blacks, Hispanics, Native Americans, and the need for sensitivity to cultural differences. GER 11 Housing, Transportation, Recreation (4 credits) This multi-disciplinary workshop series focuses on housing, transportation, recrea- tion, and rehabilitation. Expert faculty ex- plore the special needs that elders face as they age. Workshops explore housing availability, the future of the housing in- dustry, and the nature of long-term care facilities and foster care. Also included are issues of transportation and the special problems of traveling. GER 12 Biomedical Aspect of Aging (4 credits) These workshops provide an overview of the current status of biogerontology. Workshop content examines normal and pathological changes in aging, current theories, and research advances. A technical science background is not re- quired. Topics include: Theories of aging, School of Human Services 91 cell aging, genetics of aging, normal body changes, diseases of aging, and nutrition relevant to aging. International Program The School of Human Services offers a one-year intensive baccalaureate specializa- tion in Human Resource Management and Development to advanced interna- tional undergraduate students. The pro- gram is designed for adult international students who have already completed a minimum of two years of postsecondary education and/or training. Students must also have completed a minimum of five years in social services or community development. Qualified students may com- plete their Bachelor of Science degree in 12 months (3 semesters) of intensive work while obtaining a specialization in human resource management and development. International students study alongside adult American students to take courses from the Business School as well as the School of Human Services. Admissions Requirements Academic: Applicants must be able to document successful completion of at least two years formal postsecondary education and/or technical training equivalent to two years (60 credits) of U.S. College educa- tion. NHC, with acceptable documentation, can award credits for relevant specialized training taken in non-university programs. Work Experience: Applicants must docu- ment at least five years work experience in some field associated with community development, social services, education, ad- ministration, and/or management. Language: Applicants must document English proficiency through a TOEFL score of 500 or better. All credentials will be verified and fully evaluated before admission is granted. Structure The Human Resource Management and Development Specialization is an 18 course, 63 credit program. Students study in residence for 12 months, or three semesters, carrying 21 credit hours of coursework each semester. To qualify for degree candidacy, students must maintain a C average in their coursework and must pass a final comprehensive exam covering the year's curriculum. Students will be admitted into this pro- gram three times a year, at the beginning of each of the school's regular terms in July, November, and March. Students normally take the following se- quence of courses: Courses Title Core Curriculum Education, Oppression, and Social Intervention 4 Mobilizing Resources 4 Individual and Social Change 4 Cross-Cultural Analysis 3 Management/Development Basic Administration 4 Fiscal Administration 4 Organizational Development 4 Group Techniques 4 Community Economic Development 4 Cooperatives or Community Organizing 4 Business Management Principles of Management 3 Personnel Management 3 Introduction to Marketing or Social Environment of Business 3 Computer Literacy 3 Liberal Arts and Business Electives (3) 9 Thesis 3 63 Curriculum: Core Curriculum: This three (3) course se- quence, required of all School of Human Services students, provides an analysis of the political, economic, and social context of human services, develops skills in social analysis, and examines the process of com- munity and social change. Cross-Cultural Analysis: A special course for international students examining cultural, ethnic, and national factors in- volved in developing systems for meeting human needs. Particular focus is given to international economics and to the Third World. Management/Development: Six (6) course sequence in administration/management and human and community development. Business Management: Three (3) courses in business management taken in the Business School. Computer Literacy: Basic introduction to computers and information systems and their application to management. Liberal Arts and Business Electives*: Up to three (3) additional courses may be 92 New Hampshire College selected to suit individual interests or needs. Thesis: Each student completes a research paper analyzing a problem or need in his/her country and proposing solutions. *Basic Competencies: This curriculum assumes that students come equipped with basic competencies in writing and library skills and with basic knowledge of business and political concepts. These com- petencies are assessed upon the student's arrival, and if weaknesses are found, the student will be required to take special remedial coursework either as additional courses or in place of the elective courses. Community Economic Development Overview The Community Economic Development Department at the School of Human Ser- vices has two components: 1. An academic program in Community Economic Development (CED) offering a master's degree and a joint bachelor- master's degree. 2. The Institute for Cooperative Communi- ty Development (ICCD). The degree program was created to pro- vide specific technical skills in finance, management, legal structures, organiza- tional systems, housing development, business development, cooperatives, and land use for people working with commu- nity-based agencies and for organizations representing the interests of low-income neighborhoods in urban and rural settings. Community economic development, as viewed by the school, is a development strategy for the revitalization of low- and moderate-income rural and urban areas. CED includes a wide range of social and economic activities and programs, all with a common goal: community building and community revitalization for community benefits. CED emphasizes total community benefit rather than individual financial gain. The CED program intends to build the capacity and confidence within com- munities to manage and sustain the development process. This goal will be reached through a series of practical courses in CED taught by people throughout New England who are involved in the development process. Courses in the program can be grouped into three broad categories: 1. Basic community economic development and business skills: technical skills in finance, management, business planning, and law are necessary to starting and managing community development projects. 2. "'Alternative" business skills: new skills are often required to manage communi- ty-based enterprises due to their com- mitment to broader community develop- ment goals. Such goals include the use of business to employ local residents and meet local needs, coordination with other development efforts, commitment to community control, etc. These goals often entail new organizational forms (e.g., cooperatives). 3. Community economic organization: CED involves more than developing projects and ventures. I t also entails building and organizing the community to sup- port, sustain, control, and manage this process. A process of community analysis, organization, and education is required to support and sustain the development process. Courses in the program include: CED 1 Community Economics This is the beginning overview course. I t includes an examination of how macro- economic policies have a large impact on people in communities and neighborhoods, and includes an initial examination of basic economic policies and programs that can be pursued at the local level. The course will also deal with how the various CED components (law, finance, cooperatives, housing, land, management, education, organizing and business development) fit into an overall CED strategy. CED 2 Law and Community Development Tax, corporate, and organizing issues of unincorporated associations, for-profit cor- porations and their relationship to sub- sidiaries. Also recent court cases and their effect on community development organi- zations, tax laws and their effects on non- profit development organizations, and legal issues of joint venturing and syndications involving non-profit development organizations. CED 3 Financing Community Development Issues surrounding financial institutions, how they operate, how they should be ap- proached, the alternatives to dealing with School of Human Services 93 traditional financing, financial packaging and basic financial calculations. CED 4 Financial Management Includes generating financial information; understanding financial statements; opera- tions planning; making and understanding investment decisions. CED 5 Business Development How an organization would go about plan- ning and developing small business ven- tures. This includes a business plan; market analysis; funding sources; basic financial statements in business planning; and evaluating the impact of development on community needs. CED 6 Organizational Management Covers issues such as the nature of management, planning, organizing, con- trolling, and standards of performance. CED 7 Development and Organization of Cooperatives Start-up of a cooperative; membership issues; legal issues; tax and security issues; cooperative management systems; and the educational components of cooperative development. CED 8 Housing Development Includes market analysis and deter- mining housing needs; site selection and control; financial feasibility reports; pick- ing a development team; getting approvals from various government entities; identify- ing public and private subsidies; and limited equity cooperatives. CED 9 Land Use Community economic development often involves land. Course includes legal, in- stitutional, economic, political, and en- vironmental factors which affect land use. CED 10 Computers and Community Development Basic elements of word processing, data base management, and financial planning and analysis. Workshops The CED program has a strong relation- ship with many governmental and non- profit agencies; thus we are able to bring in professionals from throughout the coun- try to present monthly work-shops com- plementing the course concentrations for each term. Practical Experiences and Internships Instead of a thesis, students must be in- volved in projects in CED as either par- ticipants or interns in new or on-going CED projects in their communities. Staff will assist in project design and implemen- tation and will be available to provide technical assistance in students' communities. The project in Community Economic Development is a major part of the cur- riculum, accounting for V& of the credits earned in the CED program. Students devote a great deal of time to projects and the school has developed a number of resources to help accomplish the goals of the project. The project developed is a "do-able" CED project. Each student has a project advisor at the school. The project advisor helps in the planning of the project and helps in directing students to additional resources both within and outside of his/her community. The Institute for Cooperative Community Development The Institute for Cooperative Communi- ty Development (ICCD) is the research and action arm of the CED program. ICCD has been involved in providing technical assistance to communities, pro- viding training, doing research, and draft- ing legislation around CED issues. ICCD staff and CED students drafted legislation, passed into law this past year, which created a Community Development Finance Authority in New Hampshire. ICCD staff, with CED staff and students, have been instrumental in the start-up of the New Hampshire Community Loan Fund, a non-profit organization which receives loans from banks, religious organizations, and private individuals and makes loans to community development projects. Staff and students are presently participating in the development of a capital fund which will serve business and housing development in the low-income, minority neighborhoods of Boston. Basic Program Information Cost and Length of Program The master's program is a 16-month pro- gram (no summer break), divided into four 4-month terms, at a cost of $1,100 per term. The total program cost for the master's program is $4,400. The joint bachelor-master's program length depends on how many college credits the student has previously accumulated, and how many credits are needed to complete the bachelor's degree requirements. Tuition 94 New Hampshire College cost for the joint bachelor-master's pro- gram is $1,100 per term. Admission Requirements Admission requirements to the master's program in CED include a bachelor's de- gree and two years of experience in com- munity development or human services. Admission requirements for the joint bachelor-master's program include prior learning (combination of work experience, training, and academic credits) equal to three years advanced standing (which will be determined by a portfolio process con- sistent with CAEL's principles of good practice) and five years of work experience in community development or human ser- vices. Joint students must fulfill all undergraduate requirements as well as master's requirements before being award- ed a master's degree. CED Possible Credits 3 credits per course, 2 courses per term, 4 terms 24 credits 1 credit per workshop, 4 workshops per term, 3 terms 12 credits Project—V& total credits 12 credits 48 credits Application To apply to the program, fill out an ap- plication form, send it with your personal statement and $10.00 application fee to: New Hampshire College, School of Human Services, CED Program, 2500 North River Road, Manchester, New Hampshire 03104. Transcripts should be sent to the same address. If you do not have a bachelor's degree, there is a joint degree process open to persons who have a background in com- munity development. Joint students may take undergraduate courses at the New Hampshire facility or at the satellite cam- pus in New Haven, Connecticut. Ap- plicants to the joint degree program must have five years of work experience in com- munity development or human services in order to be accepted into the joint degree program. Entry Date and Location The CED program begins a new class each September. Joint students are urged to begin their undergraduate program the preceding March or July (although CED has only one entry date per year, the undergraduate program has three). All Master's classes are held at the north campus of New Hampshire College in Hooksett, New Hampshire. Financial Aid Several sources for scholarship and loans are available to students in the CED and joint-degree programs. The college main- tains a fully-staffed financial aid office to assist students applying for scholarships and/or loans. Success of Graduates The school has a number of mechanisms and procedures to link people to jobs. In addition to a placement office at the col- lege, the CED program maintains its own job bank. We actively create networks among agencies, organizations, past students, and current students. Alumni have been an important element in putting students in touch with jobs in community development. The staff also has a wide network of contacts in the region and has been a good source for linking students with potential employers. Our on-going in- tern program provides practical experience in a number of settings. The following is a list of recent graduates and their positions: Susan O'Neil—President of the Barn- stable Community Development Corpora- tion of Hyannis, MA Sharon Hunt—Associate Director of CED at the American Indian House, New York City, NY David Bourgois—Director of Community Development for the City of Clinton, MA Raheem al-Kaleem—Developmental Ad- visor for the Community Scientific, Educa- tional, Research and Development Cor- poration in Boston, MA Mark Winne—Director of the Hartford Food System, Hartford, CT Jose Perez—Executive Director, TAINO Housing Development Corporation, Hart- ford, CT Suzanne Lang—Administrative Analyst, Hartford Police Department, Hartford, CT Bo Yerxa—Director of Planning, Com- munity Health Services, Pasamaquoddy Tribe, Indian Township, ME Chris Page—Executive Director, Economic Development Council of Nor- thern Vermont, Inc., St. Albans, VT School of Human Services 95 The Baccalaureate Degree in Human Services Overview The Baccalaureate Degree Program of the School of Human Services allows people working in human services, labor unions, and/or community economic development to earn a Bachelor of Science degree in Human Services without interrupting their current employment. Persons admitted to the school can complete their under- graduate education in two years or less. The program takes seriously the fact that our students are adults with educa- tionally valid knowledge and that not all college-level learning occurs in a class- room. Consequently, classes are conducted much like those at a graduate level, based on the exchange of knowledge between students, not on the presumption that those "who know" (teachers) will give the "word" to those "who don't know" (students). By encouraging the students' active participation, this unique learning environment directly teaches the student how to deliver services and to improve the quality of life in our communities. Thus graduates of the baccalaureate program are expected to: • Think cricitally • Communicate effectively • Articulate a philosophy of human ser- vices, community development, and social change • Demonstrate fundamental skills in at least one of the following areas: •Administration •Advocacy •Community Organizing •Counseling This admittedly rigorous course of study is achieved within the context of a pro- gram which awards up to two years and eight months (84) credits through an in- novative portfolio process which evaluates both experiential learning and transfer credits. Consistent with the above approach to education, the program allows students to earn a substantial amount of college credits for learning that did not happen in the classroom. The portfolio process by which experien- tial learning credits may be earned is based on guidelines set up by CAEL (Council of Assessment of Experiential Learning). The portfolio process applies most directly to adults who want to gain a college degree without disturbing sources of income and family responsibilities. Unlike many programs which assess ex- periential learning credits, students are not charged for the assessment; credits earned via the portfolio; and faculty guidance. The program operates on a four-month long semester system with students matriculating in July, November, or March. Each semester students enroll in two classes, each of which meets once a month for an entire day. To provide for maximum flexibility, core and elective classes are offered both on weekdays and on weekends. In addition to the core and the elective, all students are required, under faculty supervision, to design, carry out, and evaluate a one-year group project in community development. Furthermore, when applicable, students can participate in directed independent study. Classroom work, group projects, and directed in- dependent study are supplemented by in- dividual and group tutorials (conducted by faculty) and by geographically-based study groups. This bachelor degree program came to life at Franconia College in 1976 and was originally entitled the Franconia External Degree (FRED). Now located within New Hampshire College, the progam spreads across two campuses and in one satellite area: the Hooksett, New Hampshire, cam- pus (a few miles north of the New Hamp- shire College south campus in Man- chester); the New Haven, Connecticut campus; and the LINC (Learning in the North Country) Program in Littleton, New Hampshire. Students are free to at- tend classes at any of these locations and are indeed encouraged to take advantage of all sites if they wish to benefit from the program's broad educational offerings. Despite its various geographical locations, the bachelor's program of the School of Human Services is a single, unified pur- suit dedicated to quality baccalaureate human services education. Because the program is quite elaborate, here is a short table of contents to guide you through its mazes. In this way you can refer to sections without having to read through the entire chapter. 96 New Hampshire College Admission Policy on Transfer Credit and Credit Through Examination Portfolio Assessment and Preparation Requirements for Graduation Core Electives Project in Community Development and Change Directed Independent Study Optional Concentrations Institute for Labor Studies Course Descriptions Admission First, one must get into the program. The School of Human Services bachelor's program is an upper-level (third and fourth year) baccalauareate program for human service workers. Consequently, no one is normally admitted unless he/she can be provisionally awarded a minimum of sixty- two (62) credits toward the four-year degree. Credits can be awarded only for experiences, knowledge, and skills (in- cluding previous college credit) which mesh with the School of Human Services' programs of study. For formal admission each student must submit a portfolio to the School of Human Services. All admissions are provisional until a portfolio has been reviewed and approved by the school. The specific requirements for the bachelor's program of the School of Human Services are: 1. A high school diploma or its equivalent; 2. A completed application form with $10.00 application fee; 3. An Associate's degree (sixty transferable college credits which are congruent with the School of Human Services' program of study) and a minimum of ten months of full-time work experience in human services; or 4. Any combination of volunteer or paid employment, transferred college credits, workshop attendance, certifications, and licensure which add up to five years of experience in human services. These ac- tivities must be rigorously validated to equal sixty transferable college credits; 5. A personal statement which describes your work and any relevant knowledge you have related to human services, your career objectives, your expectations of the school, and your probable con- tributions to the school's program; 6. Letters of reference from three or more persons; and, 7. An interview with a faculty or staff member. Policy on Transfer Credit and Credit through Examination: Advanced stan- ding is assessed by the faculty on the basis of validated documentation offered by the student. The school does not discriminate between the different methods the students may have obtained his or her specific knowledge and skills. Previous college-level academic work (courses with grades of "C" or better which coincide with a human ser- vices program of study) and/or appropriate work experience are equally valid methods. Nor does the school discriminate between how a student demonstrates his or her knowledge and skills: grades in courses, documentation of sources on standardized examinations, simulated demonstrations, or oral or written examinations administered by the school's faculty. Portfolio Preparation and Assessment Students enrolled in their first semester in the program need to complete a port- folio by the end of that first semester. To help in this process, the college provides workshops on "Prior Learning and Port- folio Development,as well as individual consultation, if necessary. The completed portfolio has to indicate levels of knowledge and skills, and include solid documentation of expertise. Substantial portions of the portfolio must be completed before the end of the provisional admissions process. Specifical- ly, the portfolio outines and documents a student's accomplishments so that he/she can be given usable credit for college study. Preparing the portfolio is, therefore, an important opportunity for the student to organize and address the current state of his/her knowledge and skills. The faculty of the School of Human Services assesses the portfolio and awards experiential learning credits on the basis of this assess- ment. In some instances, as with insuffi- cient validation, the faculty may request that documented competencies be demon- strated by methods other than those presented in the portfolio. School of Human Services 97 Each student's portfolio will include some, if not all, of the following: 1. A high school diploma or its equivalent. 2. College application. 3. Resume. 4. Personal Statement. 5. Documentation of the knowledge and skills obtained through human services or community development-related work experience. 6. Letters of support from individuals in the workplace, including supervisors, co-workers, and clients. 7. Licenses. 8. Certificates and diplomas. 9. Official transcripts of previous college- level academic work. 10. Letters of award/commendations. 11. Publications (newspaper articles, etc.) 12. Products, patents. 13. Training/staff development workshops, courses, etc. 14. Documentation of examinations taken in lieu of academic course work. 15. Evidence clearly documenting what the student knows and has learned. 16. Any other relevant information about prior learning. Requirements for Graduation All students must finish four complete terms, forty eight credits, in order to meet the program's residency require- ment. Since terms are four months long, full-time students are in the program at least sixteen months and no longer than two years. Students' course of study includes: Semester I Credits Core class: Education, Oppression, and Social Intervention 4 Core class: Issues in Research 4 Group Project 4 Semester II Core class: Mobilizing Resources 4 Elective 4 Group Project 4 Semester III Core class: Individual and Social Change 4 Elective 4 Group Project 4 Semester IV Elective 4 Elective 4 Elective 4 or Independent Study 4 or Project Continuation 4 Semester V Same as IV (if necessary) Semester VI Same as IV (if necessary) Graduation requirements are met by the above course work and transfer credits and/or experiential learning credits. With this in mind, the graduation requirements are listed below: Area Credits General Education 36 General Electives 36 Project in Community Development and Change 12 Human Services Electives 24 Concentration 24 132 General Education: All students, as part of their matriculation into this bac- calaureate program, will be exposed to ex- periences and education beyond those they bring to the college. These will help fur- ther refine the competencies needed by human service practitioners: • The ability to think critically, which in- cludes a rudimentary understanding of the basic principles and practices of logic, and a sense of the major social, political, economic, and philosophical issues as they affect the delivery of human services. • The ability to communicate effectively. • The ability to articulate a philosophy of human services and community develop- ment for social change, which reflects a broad comprehension of human develop- ment in historical, philosophical, political, and psycho-social terms. General Electives: Students in the School of Human Services bachelor's program have the opportunity to round out their academic education by choosing elective courses, in consultation with faculty, from within and outside the School of Human Services at New Hampshire College. Addi- tionally, the bachelor's program will con- sider transfer credits from other colleges, as well as other appropriately validated knowledge and skills. In order to graduate, students must have at least 36 elective course credits not used for the fulfillment of any other degree requirements. 98 New Hampshire College Human Services Electives: With faculty consultation, each student should choose courses or demonstrate competencies which round out his or her broad educa- tion in the field of human services. Students must have 36 human service elec- tive credits in order to graduate. Project in Community Development and Change: The Project in Community Development and Change revolves on three critical assumptions: first, that students should have the opportunity to work on real problems related to human services; second, that students should have the opportunity to experience, in the most concrete manner possible, the struggles of group process and collaborative work; and third, that students should demonstrate their ability to carry out and evaluate pro- grams of their own design. Directed Independent Study: The Directed Independent Study course gives a student who has been in the program for more than one year the chance to do in- dependent reading for research under the supervision of a faculty member. The stu- dent, in consultation with the faculty member, will write up a contract specify- ing objectives and outcomes. This is a four-credit course per semester. Concentrations: The program offers con- centrations in administration, advocacy, community organizing, and counseling. Twenty four (24) credits are required for the concentration. Courses for these pro- grams of study are: Administration Course Title Credits 301 Administration I 4 302 Administration I I 4 304 Basic Management Skills 4 305 Financial Management 4 306 Public Relations 4 307 Decision Making 4 308 Creating Alternative Settings 4 Advocacy Course Title Credits 319 Advocacy for Institutional Change 4 320 Law and American Jurisprudence I 4 322 An Analysis of Society: Women's Issues 4 323 Process of Practical Politics 4 324 Human Factors in Com- munity Health 4 325 Politics of Education 4 326 Urban Politics and Decision Making 4 Community Organizing Course Title Credits 328 Community Organizing I 4 329 Community Organizing I I 4 330 Political Economy I 4 331 Social Psychology of Networking 4 332 Public Policy 4 333 Commuity Economic Development: Issues & Strategies 4 334 Cultural Change in the African Diaspora 4 335 Racial Perspectives 4 336 Puerto Rico: Analysis and Perspective 4 350 Race: Religion and Culture 4 366 Culture and Political Thoughts of Third World Peoples 4 Counseling Course Title Credits 309 Group Techniques and Analysis 4 310 Counseling: Techniques and Perspectives 4 311 Parent-Child effective Relationships 4 312 Family Therapy 4 313 Counseling within Institu- tional Settings 4 314 Counseling from a Racial Perspective 4 315 Human Development and Life Styles 4 316 Psychology of Women: Theories and Principles 4 317 Substance Abuse Counseling 4 Advanced Group Counseling 4 318 Family Counseling and Understanding Diverse Cultures 4 327 Special Topics in Counseling 4 352 Early Childhood Development 4 338 Theories of Counseling 4 These lists may be modified by the School of Human Services at any time. School of Human Services 99 Institute lor Labor Studies The Program in Labor Studies is part of the school's existing bachelor's degree pro- gram in human services. This program in- volves the following: 1. Duration: Completion of the program within two years (and the earning of an accredited Bachelor of Science degree in Human Services with a concentration in labor studies); 2. Admission and Experiential Learning Credits: Qualified students will be ad- mitted with two years of college credit on the basis of previous educational and documented human services/labor ex- periences as determined by the school's admission criteria, with additional definitional support from labor representatives. Also, students must do this via the portfolio process; and, 3. Curriculum: All full-time students would be expected to take a curriculum (year-round in nature with three, four- credit courses each semester) consisting of: Core Curriculum: A set of courses using the social sciences (e.g., research, sociology, history, psychology, economics, etc.) as a means of understanding and analyzing contemporary society. Elective Curriculum: A set of at least three (3) elective courses oriented to meeting the needs and perspectives of organized labor. This "package" of courses would be required of students coming from the labor movement. The current working titles of these courses are: 1. The Labor Movement and Contem- porary Society (390) 2. Organizing Collective Bargaining and Labor Law (391) 3. Contract Administration and Arbitra- tion (392) 4. Public Sector Unionization (393) 5. Trade Union Administration (394) 6. The Economics and Sociology of Work (395) Project in Community Development and Change: Union-based students will be ex- pected to undertake projects meeting the needs of workers and organized labor. The school, together with organized labor representatives, will work to provide pro- ject groups with appropriate labor- connected technical assistance to support these projects. Course Descriptions Baccalaureate Degree The 300-level courses constitute the up- per level courses among which students can choose credits for their advanced standing. All of the courses listed below are four credit courses. 301 Administration I: Organizing, Motiva- tion, Leadership, and Personnel (4 credits) This course examines the social and political context of administration, especial- ly the dynamics, strategies, and tactics of leadership, personnel work, and motivation. 302 Administration II: Power, Organiza- tional Politics and Change (4 credits) This course examines how power and politics influence organizational life, organizational change, and the implemen- tation of innovation. 303 Administration: Finances (4 credits) An intermediate course focusing on grants- manship, fundraising, fiscal management, and actual agency relations. Students will learn how to write a proposal for funding, identify funding sources, and develop fund- raising strategies for private foundations, corporations, and governmental agencies. 304 Basic Management Skills (4 credits) This course on management skills em- phasizes the improvement of student skills in managing human service programs through a study of management functions, theories, and systems as well as situa- tional leadership, decision-making, and planning. 305 Financial Management of Human Services Agencies (4 credits) This course in the dynamics and elements of financial management deals with the development and assessment of financial plans, budget management financial ac- countability, and fundraising. 306 Public Relations for Community Organizations (4 credits) This course introduces the concepts and skills of PR to human service workers through readings; discussions with speakers from all branches of the media; the writing and submitting of press releases; design, layout, and printing of flyers, posters, and newsletters; and pro- duction techniques for radio and television. 100 New Hampshire College 307 Decision Making (4 credits) This course extends the framework developed in Administration I. Specific issues covered are: the analysis of the organization as an entity with particular emphasis on power, control, and "tokenism" goals; goal displacement and goal succession, actual and stated goals. Course content includes organizational change, with particular emphasis on pressures for internal and external change, the implementation of change, resistance to change, and the evaluation of the change process. 308 The Creation of Alternative Settings (4 credits) This course is for those committed to creating viable alternatives to traditional institutions. Students will study the system's personal costs; the relation of leadership and interpersonal dynamics to the issue of community; the relationship of alternatives to more traditional settings; the problem of scale; and informative evaluation. 309 Group Techniques and Analysis (4 credits) This course does not deal with group counseling. Instead, it teaches students how "human relations groups" can be used as education/personal growth/social change tools, and is intended to give students an opportunity to learn fundamental group skills and the dynamics of task oriented groups. 310 Counseling: Techniques and Perspectives (4 credits) This course has students examine the prin- ciples and practices of counseling through experiential work during class sessions, and combines this knowledge with a heightened awareness of realistic social perspectives so that students can teach clients creative problem solving. 311 Parent-Child Effective Relationships (4 credits) This course enables students to apply their understanding of effective parent- child relationships in a relevant and realistic manner to their own children and to their work with clients. 312 Family Therapy (4 credits) Students will learn how interpersonal systems function and integrate theory and "real-life" activities to analyze situations and plan realistic strategies for change. 313 Counseling within Institutional Settings (4 credits) This course examines "total" institutional settings, their impact on the residents and staff, and the logic and dynamics of ' 'deinstitutionalization." 314 Counseling from a Racial Perspective (4 credits) This course aims to improve the delivery skills of counselors, teachers, and other human service providers who work with non-white and white clients by examining the non-white and white identity develop- ment theories of Bailey Jackson and Rita Hetterman and evaluating how racism af- fects the practice and theory of counseling. 315 Human Development and Life-Styles (4 credits) This course examines the effects of human physical and psychological development on life-styles by looking at the issues of scien- tific investigation, motivation, personality, intelligence psychometrics, behavioral deviation, perception, learning, and human development from pre-natal to death. 316 Psychology of Women: Theories and Practices (4 credits) This course, by centering on developmen- tal issues, assessment techniques, life stress models, treatment approaches, and community resources, analyzes the theories, practices, skills, and techniques of effective work with women. 317 Substance Abuse Counseling (4 credits) This course provides students with addi- tional understanding of empahty, values, attitudes; and problem solving so that students can be more effective with their clients. 318 Family Counseling and Understanding Diverse Cultures (4 credits) This upper division course covers basic principles of family counseling for families of different faiths and cultures so that students can better understand "alien" families and offer more effective counseling. 319 Advocacy for Institutional Change: Case and Class Advocacy (4 credits) This class has four objectives: 1) to teach students how to apply their knowledge of the advocacy process to different situa- tions; 2) to enable students to learn the relationship between social change theories and advocacy; 3) to give students Faculty—School of Human Services 101 the essential tools of advocacy; and 4) to help students decide about their ability and willingness to bear the rules involved in advocacy. 320 Survey of American Jurisprudence I (4 credits) This course will survey the U.S. jurisprudence system with a particular focus on criminal law and procedure and individual rights and liberties. Specific issues include: an overview of the Connec- ticut Judicial System, the doctrines of judicial review and separation of powers, substantive criminal law, criminal pro- cedure and juvenile justice, police and judicial court systems, and individual rights and liberties. 321 Survey of American Jurisprudence II (4 credits) This course will look at such issues of civil contract and tort law as consumer protec- tion, family and parent-child relations, housing law, landlord/tenant relations, in- dividual rights, and civil liberties. 322 An Analysis of Society: Women's Issues (4 credits) This course is designed to show how women's issues are affected by the political, social, and economic realities of different ethnic, class, and cultural variables within our society. The class will identify and understand both the common denominators of women's issues and the very real differences among oppressed women. 323 The Process of Practical Politics (4 credits) This course provides students with an in- troduction to and an overview of state legislative political systems. The course covers the structure of the legislative and executive branches, their internal organiza- tion, the election process, and the legislative process. 324 The Human Factor in Community Health (4 credits) This course is designed to examine how the human factor in community health ser- vices affects cultural diversity in health and illness, the role and rights of con- sumers, and the broad spectrum of human behavior as it relates to meeting human needs. 325 Politics of Education (4 credits) From a framework that is theoretical, practical, historical, and cross-cultural, students will both examine the impact of politics on the education process and institutions and understand how power, politics, and economics affect educational institutions. 326 Urban Politics and Decision Making (4 credits) This course analyzes how communities along with those agencies involved in change struggle to change the relation- ships between the "have nots" and the "have a lots." 327 Special Topics in Counseling (4 credits) This is an advanced course focusing on four areas of counseling: adult develop- ment, career, behavioral, and holistic health. By the end of the course, students perform advanced counseling skills. 328 Community Organizing I (4 credits) This course distinguishes the characteristics of an organizer and the form of his/her social movement, and analyzes the development, structure, transforma- tion, and termination of an organizer. 329 Community Organizing II: Mobilizing vs. Organizing (4 credits) This course examines organizers and their organizing tactics and strategy, and how different styles of leadership are needed for different organizing situations. 330 Political Economy I (4 credits) This course in the political economy of the United States draws connections between the factors driving the human services and the factors driving the economy. The class will develop viable strategies for action. 331 Social Psychology of Networking (4 credits) This course examines the socio- psychological dynamics of building a mutually supportive community by using the students' own experiences, along with social and psychological theories, to il- luminate the processes of developing car- ing communities. 332 Public Policy (4 credits) This course introduces students to the dynamics of public policy. The course looks at the structure and function of state and city governance, the legislative process and methods of influencing it, the relation- ship between the executive and legislative branches of state government, and current issues facing state and national legislatures. 333 Community Development: Issues and Strategies (4 credits) This course develops a basic understanding of how the economy operates at 102 New Hampshire College national and community levels, and ex- amines financial, housing, and land issues. 334 Cultural Change in the African Diaspora (4 credits) A survey of the social and cultural transformation of African peoples from the beginning of humankind unti l the present. This course examines cultural contradic- tions and cultural changes, wi th particular reference to the consequences of assimila- tion into the "melt ing pot" of the United States. 335 Racial Perspectives (4 credits) This course init ially explores what race means and how it intersects wi th sex and class, but also how race works in both the larger political context and the immediate context of particular individuals in a par- ticular community. 336 Puerto Rico: Analysis and Perspectives (4 credits) This course deals wi th both the political, economic, and social history of Puerto Rico and of Puerto Ricans in the United States, and current socio-economic and political realities. 337 Human Sexuality (4 credits) This course intends to help students develop a broader understanding of human sexual functioning by examining a wide range of behaviors from a physiological, psychosocial, and behavioral frame of reference. 338 Introduction to Microcomputers and Data Base Management (4 credits) This course introduces microcomputer systems and their application to human services at the community level through word processing. Because students manipulate text rather than numbers, they wil l learn how to use computers more ef- fectively and with less fear. 339 Preventive Holistic Health (4 credits) This course focuses on how people deal wi th their own health care as i t relates to primary, secondary, and tert iary prevention. 340 Theories of Counseling (4 credits) This course examines the different theories of psychotherapy, and how these theories affect ourselves and our clients. 341 Coping with Disease and Death (4 credits) This course comes in two parts. First, students wil l analyze how the sociological and psychological implications of disease relate to coping mechanisms and the manipulation of others. Second, students wi l l deal wi th how disease connects wi th the spectre of dying and the f inali ty of death. This portion of the course focuses on the patient's and the patient's family's needs, and how these needs effect the in- stitutions involved. 342 Public Health—Health Education (4 credits) This course covers many topics: the nature of our health belief systems; the concept of multiple risks; various r isk reduction strategies; the historical origins of public health; the possibility of formal and infor- mal health education solving health pro- blems; individual, social, and organizational approaches to health education. These issues raise many questions: Who are health educators? Where is health educa- tion taking place? How should health education be most effective? What is the difference between health, health educa- tion, disease prevention, and health promo- tion? What is the role of epidemiology as a tool for the health educator? What and where is the balance between "self- responsibility" and "blaming the vict im"? 343 Cooperatives (4 credits) This course introduces the student to the nature of cooperative organizations and their applicability to issues of community empowerment. 344 The Law, the Agencies, and Developmental Disabilities (4 credits) This course looks at how the court deci- sions and recent laws outlining the rights of the developmentally disabled individuals for care and treatment present a new set of challenges for the human service profes- sions. These challenges include: 1. Who are the developmentally disabled? 2. To what extent are care and services to be provided? 3. Who is financially responsible for the cost of their care and services? 4. In what types of settings should care and services be provided? 5. What are the distinctions between care, service training, and education? 6. How can interfacing cooperation and collaboration enhance the delivery of care and services? 7. What role should the various medical disciplines play in the treatment of the D.D. person? 8. What is the impact of a D.D. person on the family? School of Human Services 103 This course examines all these issues from the perspectives of professional ethics, human rights, and changing social politics. 345 The Politics of Prisons (4 credits) This course examines how the American prisons in the 19th and 20th century reflected external social forces and tests the possibility of a society without prisons. 346 Basic Writing Skills (4 credits) The course attempts to make writing a useful and easy tool of communication in- stead of an often frighteningly difficult task. Work includes reading five novels, writing a journal, and presenting papers. 347 Writer s Workshop (4 credits) This creative writing course aims to im- prove expository writing skills by develop- ing the problem-solving skills we use to analyze life situations. Source material will include both technical sources and major works of American fiction. 348 Action Research: Concepts, Methods, and Applications (4 credits) This course begins by investigating action research with particular reference to the Hartford Puerto Rican/Hispanic communi- ty. The course then focuses on the prin- ciples of sound research in naturalistic field settings. Students will examine usefulness of qualitative research data, how research affects service delivery, and the social, economic, and cultural varia- tions within communities. 349 Juvenile Justice (4 credits) This course familiarizes participants with the operation of the juvenile justice system in the United States, including the social, political, and economic context, its theoretical and ideological underpinnings, and the current thinking about im- provements needed to be made. 350 Race, Religion, and Culture (4 credits) This course examines the interplay bet- ween race, religion, and culture as societies and organizations attempt to move towards positive social change, using the work of such thinkers as De Tocque- ville, Marx, Howard, Thurman, and Martin Luther King, Jr. 351 Grants, Writing, and Fund Raising (4 credits) This course helps students develop skills in grant writing, understand the elements of proposal development, and, through prac- tice in class, write a proposal worth sub- mitting for funding. Students review how grants management processes and techniques apply to public and private funding sources. 352 Early Childhood Development (4 credits) This course's purpose is to study different areas of child behavior, to familiarize students with some of the most important theories of child development, and to enable the student to appreciate the child development process itself. The course em- phasizes that all change can be misinter- preted and that this can cause many dif- ficulties for children in their personal and social adjustment. 353 International Analysis (4 credits) This course uses human development to understand the means and limitations of how sovereign states formulate and ex- ecute policy. Such a perspective will give the student a different understanding of such contemporary events as refugees and hunger, population growth, and the impact of the United Nations and other cultural exchange programs across the world are critically examined. 354 Organizational Development (4 credits) This course examines how human service organizations can deliver quality service without the negative aspets of bureaucratization. With social systems theory as the general framework, the course focuses on such issues as needs assessment, effective long-range and short- range planning, and staff and program evaluation. 355 Accounting I (4 credits) This elementary accounting course in- troduces students to current principles of basic financial statements, composition of asset, liability, equity and income deter- mining accounts, and the fundamental mechanics of accounting for proprietorship, partnership, and corporations. 356 Health and Society (4 credits) This course tries to define what is real health care for people, I t defines the health "forest" of which the professional personal treatment "tree" is a part. The course is organized around four polarities: 1) caring for sickness versus health care; 2) professional care versus self-care; 3) public health care versus personal health care; and 4) public health defined by the state versus public health defined by and for the citizenry. 104 New Hampshire College 357 Health Care and the Aging I: Physical and Mental Aspects (4 credits) This course reviews the physiological etiology of aging, the interrelationship bet- ween physiological change and mental health, self-assessment, needs assessment, status issues, and work in family and total institutional settings. 358 Health Care and the Aging II (4 credits) This course reviews the techniques of working wi th the geriatric patient: the therapeutic community, sensory training, reality orientation, remotivation, and group activies as therapy. 359 Language, Sickness, and Healing (4 credits) This course examines how the lack of clear and open communication between health care seekers and providers often means a lack of adequate health care for the individual. 360 Public Health I (4 credits) This introductory course surveys all the issues in epidemiology and public health, health campaigns, immunizations, health care delivery systems, and the types of professional staffing providing public health services. A major part of the course is devoted to analyzing the roles of local, state, and federal government in regulating, financing, and monitoring health care delivery. 361 Public Health II (4 credits) This course examines legal issues in the delivery of health care and the role of economics and politics in public health. Students review actual contemporary case studies in order to tie theory to practice. The intent is to make students develop their own theory. 362 Gerontology III (4 credits) This course focuses on aging in an in- dustrial society, especially on the class, racial, cultural, and sexual difference of growing old, as well as the right to work, social security, housing, and health care. 363 Health and the Social Order (4 credits) This course presents a picture of the rela- tionship between health, disease, and the social order and illustrates how social and cultural factors mediate biological deter- minants and outcome. 364 Substance Use and Abuse: From Prevention to Treatment (4 credits) This course assists participants to under- stand substance use and abuse. Its goals are: to build a pharmacological knowledge of substances; to explore how society causes an increased use of substances; and to analyze systems designed to offer prevention through treatment. Special em- phasis is placed on the disease concept of alcoholism and counseling techniques cur- rently used in substance abuse treatment. 365 Law and Social Control (4 credits) This course analyzes the legal system and its impact on social justice and social change. The analysis focuses on the role of legal institutions, i.e., courts, professional prison, legislature in protecting the rights of people. The critical questions are whether the legal process can initiate and sustain social change. 366 Culture and Political Thoughts of Third World People (4 credits) This course surveys the social, cultural, and political aspects of several th i rd world leaderships and cultural transformations. An understanding of culture is a major focus of study. The course provides: an understanding of cross-cultural factors which influence people of color l iving in Africa, Latin America, and Nor th America; an understanding of the value and belief systems of Lat in American and Carribbean people; an understanding of the role of culture in the process of social change and liberation struggles; and an ability to apply one's political thought to one's own philosophy and culture. 367 Psycho-Politics of Male-Female Relationships (4 credits) This course provides an opportunity for workers in the field of human services to tie in wi th the most recent efforts to free women of discrimination based upon gender. The objectives of the course are: define psycho-politics as it related to male- female relationships; describe two major characteristics of present male-female power relationships; examine one's own perspectives on male-female relationships through a variety of psychological and political constructs; outline two major dif- ferences and two major similarities of male-female relationships in black culture and white culture. 368 Social Philosophy (4 credits) In this course students compare and con- trast those philosophers who have had a great impact on our social consciousness. The expectations of this course are twofold: 1) to help the student master cer- tain basic philosophical principles in School of Human Services 105 relation to our social activities; and 2) to enable the student to develop a social con- sciousness that adequately define his or her social responsibilities. Prerequisites: Political Economy, Community Organizing, and/or Social Change Core. 390 The Labor Movement and Contem- porary Society (4 credits) This course examines the philosophy, structure, and functions of trade unions in the U.S., the role of unions in the economy, labor's position on important political issues, political activity of unions, labor history, and government's role in labor management relations. 391 Organizing, Collective Bargaining, and Labor Law (4 credits) Issues covered in this course are organiz- ing strategy, collective bargaining theory, scope of bargaining (wages, hours, and the terms and conditions of employment), the balance of power in collective bargaining relationships, and the understanding of bargaining power and U.S. Labor law under the Wagner and Taft-Hartley Acts. 392 Contract Administration and Arbitration (4 credits) This course presents the principles of con- tract interpretation and grievance handl- ing, what matters can be arbitrated, the selection of arbitrators, and the law of arbitration. 393 Public Sector Unionization (4 credits) This course discusses the history of public sector unionization, special problems of public sector unions, right to strike, bind- ing contract arbitration, best-last offer ar- bitration, advisory arbitration, fact fin- ding, mediation, and public relations and political action. 394 Trade Union Administration (4 credits) Issues covered in this course are: manag- ing a local union, handling finances, cor- respondence and record keeping, require- ment of the Landrum-Griffin Act, setting policies and making constructive decisions in the union, increasing membership par- ticipation and leadership competence, and identifying and solving problems in local situations. 395 The Economics and Sociology of Work (4 credits) This course discusses organization of work in the U.S., competing management philo- sophies, response of workers to manage- ment practices, satisfaction of workers with their jobs, trends in worker productivity, alternative work arrangements, and worker participation in management. Core Curriculum: With the exception of the course 406—Independent Study, the 400 courses are mandatory and all students enrolled in the bachelor's pro- gram must register for and successfully complete them. 401 Core I—Education, Oppression and Social Intervention (4 credits) The first semester core course focuses on the nature and logic of education, oppres- sion, and social intervention. Additionally, students will explore the following: 1. The tension between individual effort and competition on the one hand, and group work and group support on the other; 2. Competing Oppression—the role and function of race, sex, class, culture, and geography as controlling and dividing mechanisms; 3. The analysis of the structure and func- tion of human services and their workers' and agencies' ability to pro- vide adequate intervention on behalf of clients; and, 4. The role of New Hampshire College and higher education institutions in meeting the challenges of education needs at all levels of society. This course is a prerequisite for taking courses 402 and 403. 402 Core II—Mobilizing Resources (4 credits) In this core course students will go beyond the analysis of Human Services in Core I. They will begin an investigation of the resources, both human and technical, the structure of human services' agencies, and formal and informal networks that ex- ist at all levels of society for empowering workers, clients, and communities. Students will develop strategies for em- powerment, mobilizing resources, and the improvement of services. Specifically, students will address four broad areas including: family and social networks; health care and human services; professionalism and bureaucracy; and cooperative economic development. 403 Core III—Individual and Social Change (4 credits) This course will focus on change—change in individuals, change in organizations, and change in entire societies. By focusing on these issues we will better understand 106 New Hampshire College ourselves, the people we live and work with, the forces which affect and have af- fected our lives, and our abil ity to improve conditions in work settings and com- munities. Among the issues we wi l l ex- amine are: What is the relationship between the human services and community develop- ment on the one hand, and social change movements on the other? What are the different processes, tactics, and strategies of social change movements? What can we learn from the successes and failures of people struggling for social justice in the U.S. and other countries? What should be the goals of social change movements? 404 Project in Community Development and Change (12 credits) The Project in Community Development and Change is predicated on two critical assumptions: f i rst , that students should have the opportunity to work on real pro- blems related to human services in their communities or areas of professional con- cern; and second, that students should ex- perience, in the most concrete and direct manner possible, the issues surrounding collective effort and collaborative work. The project is a group effort of two to five members, wi th its goals defined by the students, and should be completed within one year of the student's entrance into the program of the group's formation. The project, when finished and deemed ac- ceptable by the Project Advisor (Faculty) and Faculty Review Committee, completes this phase of the student's academic work. 405 Issues in Research (4 credits) Students take this course during their f i rst semester in the baccalaureate pro- gram. The course meets the following lear- ning objectives: Enable students to look critically at how statistics are used; Teach students how to prepare a research report; Enable students to look critically at how research is gathered; and Teach students how to look for and in- terpret information from primary and secondary sources. 406 Independent Study (4 credits) This course is intended for students who have completed their group requirements and want to conduct independent reading and/or research under the supervision of a faculty member. The specific learning ob- jective wi l l be determined by contractual agreement wi th the faculty member. The Associate in Science Degree in Human Services Overview The Associate in Science degree in Human Services is a 16-month 64 credit- hour course of study. The program com- bines theory and practice to provide students wi th an understanding of rela- tionships between institutions, the economy, and social groups. I t also helps develop job-related skills for positions in human services or personnel work in industry. Students in the associate degree pro- gram are adults familiar wi th the social welfare system and other human service organizations either as workers or clients. Our goal is to teach these people how to raise questions so that they can critically analyze human service institutions and their problems. Since returning to school as adults wi th family commitments and/or full-time work responsibilities is a deman- ding task, students can expect to succeed in the program only by working cooperatively wi th one another. The associate degree program provides adults wi th the opportunity to learn basic human service skills. Once a student com- pletes MOVE , advanced standing is possi- ble for those students interested in enroll- ing in the bachelor's degree program. Structure of the Program The program takes seriously the fact that our students are adults wi th ex- perience, skills, and knowledge that are educationally valid. Since people come into the program with many different life ex- periences, the classes are run to allow a sharing and critiquing of knowledge. Everyone is encouraged to participate and people come out of class feeling good about themselves and each other—realizing how they can work wi th others to improve the quality of life in our communities. The Core Curriculum The four-semester core sequence is in many ways the heart of the associate degree program. 1. I t is the place where we examine ourselves and our society and where we relate this information to our contradic- tory experiences in human services, School of Human Services 107 community development and social change; 2. I t is the where we test and relate general issues and the concerns of our skill classes and internship to our com- munity, and our life experience. The core provides the opportunity to go beyond the oppressive and dead-ending tunnel vision which work and life in our society creates; 3. I t is the place where we develop and hopefully maintain support systems which wi l l be of use both during our time in the program and after we graduate; 4. I t is the place where all students, whether they live in Massachusetts or northern New Hampshire, whether their focus is Child Care, Management, Women's Issues, or Health Care, deal wi th the same material and the same issues. Working together requires a common intellectual base. The core is aimed at providing such a base. 5. I t is the place where we analyze, syn- thesize, and integrate our ability to think critically, and communicate effec- tively, and where we develop the ability to articulate a philosophy of human ser- vices and social change. The Skill Curriculum The primary focus of skill courses is on the development of job-related skills for positions in human services or personnel work in industry. Skill courses are generic in nature, allowing students to develop and define skills which may be focused into a specific concentration. The Internship During the third and fourth terms students intern approximately fifteen hours a week in a human service agency. They receive experience in direct service to consumers and learn how agencies func- tion. Under close supervision, students continue to develop work habits and human service skills specific to their chosen concentration. As part of the internship, students are required to participate in monthly, three- hour seminars to discuss the relationship of classwork and their internship. The Elective Curriculum In their fourth term students may select two courses from the electives offered at the bachelor's level of the undergraduate program. This elective curriculum offers a variety of courses, all of which are designed to enable the student to undertake an in- depth study of a particular area she/he determines to be consistent w i th her/his personal and career objectives. Concentrations The associate degree program offers op- tional concentrations in the areas of: Child Care Management Health Care Advocacy Concentrations are achieved through: • Successfully completing the required courses which are common to human ser- vice work; • Performing an internship in an agency specific to the preferred concentration; and • By taking electives at the bachelors degree level which focus on the area of concentration. Although the program offers concentra- tions, students are given the opportunity to select courses in the areas of interest to them. Courses Term I 201 Core I—Education, Work, and Social Welfare (4 credits) This course examines experiences in the eudcational, work, and social service systems of our society. The goal is to understand how the social context affects the way these systems operate. 222 Child Development in the Social Environment (4 credits) This course wi l l present to students an in- troduction to the basic fundamental knowledge of human behavior. Emphasis wi l l be placed on stages of development in the human life cycle from b i r th to adolescence. Theories of Sigmund Freud, Er ik Erikson, and Jean Piaget wi l l be studied. 209 Communications Skills I (4 credits) This course develops students' abilities to wri te essays, term papers, and other for- mal compositions. Wr i t ing in an organized and concise manner and good spelling and grammar are what the course is about. Conceptual analysis and synthesis skills are emphasized throughout the course. 108 New Hampshire College Term II 203 Core II—Health, Professionalism and Social Justice (4 credits) This course examines professionalism and bureaucracy, w i th particular reference to their conflicting meanings, messages, im- plications, and interactions. Concurrently, the class wi l l examine how people gain, maintain, or lose skills; the mechanisms through which people are placed in passive positions or take active control; and the processes through which people learn the roles of "cl ient," ''para-professional,'' and "professional." 231 Computer Literacy (4 credits) This course introduces students to the principles of computing and data manage- ment. These principles are applied through hands-on exercises that use the computer system in a multi-user, multi-task environ- ment (i.e., different students being able to accomplish different tasks while sharing the same computer's resources). 225 Communications Skills II: Introduction to Research Methods (4 credits) The emphasis in the second semester of Communications is on producing a research paper. Preparation, research methods, organization, composition, and final presentation of a research paper are the topics of the course. Term III 228 Core III—Critical Thinking: An Alternative Analysis of Human Services (4 credits) This course is about relationships. I t raises the human questions not often asked in a scientific, technological society. Politics and power in the present structure and possibilities for alternative structures are explored and discussed within the con- text of human rights, human values, and human needs. 211 interviewing Techniques (4 credits) This course wil l teach the student, through role-playing, to acquire interview- ing skills, develop sensitivity to the frustrations experienced by persons seek- ing help through the counseling process, acquire self-knowldge and awareness, and understand the necessity of confidentiality in the counseling relationship. 232 Law and Legal Advocacy (4 credits) This course is designed to familiarize par- ticipants with the history and structure of the United States' legal system on the federal, state, and local levels. Special attention wi l l be given to the legal system's influence on issues of social justice and social change by examining the ways in which laws control the rights, choices, and liberties of individuals. We wi l l attempt to demystify the legal process so that students (as providers of human services) wi l l have a clearer understanding of its effects on people politically, socially, and economically, and be in a better posi- t ion to achieve needed changes through legal processes. Term IV Core IV—Twentieth Century American Literature (4 credits) Students in this course wi l l read l iterature dealing primarily w i th how wri ters have seen the social issues of their day. The syllabus wi l l include such novels as In Dubious Battle by John Steinbeck, Main Street by Sinclair Lewis, and The Man in the Grey Flannel Suit by John Sloan; poetry by Ezra Pound, T.S. Eliot, Ishmael Reed, and Adrienne Rich; essays by E.B. White and Jessica Mitford; and plays by Clifford Odets, David Rabe, and Edward Albee. 234 Internship (15 credits) During the third and fourth terms students intern in a human service agency. Under close supervision they receive ex- perience in providing direct service to con- sumers and learn how agencies function. Elective (4 credits) 300 level course. Elective (4 credits) 300 level course. Basic Program Information—Associates Degree Program Admission Requirements The associate program is open to adults experienced on any level in human service agengies, institutions, and programs. A high school diploma or its equivalent is re- quired. The application process includes a personal interview and a wri t ten personal statement, as well as completion of the application. Tuition Tuition for the associate program is $945 per term: $2,835 per academic year and $3,780 for the 16-month program. The School of Human Services wi l l assist students in applying for tuition money through the P E L L Grant and other forms of financial aid. The school also helps School of Human Services 109 students arrange for low-interest loans. The School of Human Services provides students w i th special scholarships of up to $500 per year, based on P E L L Grant eligibility. Schedule Students may enter the program in July, November, or March. Each semester students enroll in three classes, each of which meets one Saturday a month from 10:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. The following associate degree courses wi l l not be offered during the 1984-85 academic year: 202 Human Services and Health (4 credits) This course explores how various human conditions (e.g., poor housing, economic depression, child abuse, spouse abuse, welfare status) affect the health of the in- dividual. Students examinse the mutual dependency of the health care delivery system and the general human services system. 204 Structural Analysis of American Society (4 credits) This course examines theories of bureaucratic structures at the macro- and micro-levels of society. Students study political, social, educational, economic, and religious organizational structures in America. A t the end of the course students wi l l be able to analyze, review, and understand the way in which American society is structured. 205 Community Organizing and Human Services (4 credits) This course provides an introduction to community organizing concepts and strategies utilized to organize around such issues as food, anti-poverty programs, and other human services needs. Students identify and analyze at least one communi- ty organizing effort which has affected delivery of human services in their respec- tive communities. 206 Community Development (4 credits) Course content wi l l focus on how money and the economy affect community development at the national, regional, state, and local levels. 207 Volunteerism and Human Services (4 credits) This course explores the impact of volunteerism on the delivery of human services. Out of a study of its historical context, students wi l l examine the current applications of volunteerism as an economic, manpower, and critical support mechanism for delivery of human services. Each student analyzes at least one human service agency and the ways in which volunteers contribute to the effective func- tioning of the agency. 208 Oral Skills (4 credits) This course provides students wi th basic skills in pronunciation, speech, public speaking, and effective communication. A crucial goal of this course is: "get t ing your ideas across in an organized and concise manner." 210 Human Behavior in the Social Environment (4 credits) This course presents basic fundamental knowledge about human behavior and the stages and stresses of development in the human life cycle from b i r th to old age, using, but not l imited to, theories of Sigmund Freud, Er ik Erikson, and Jean Piaget. 212 Introduction to Basic Counseling Techniques (4 credits) Wi th a particular emphasis on empathy techniques, the course explores issues of assessment; listening-responding; transference-counter-transference; the con- ceptualization and organization of interven- tion; and effective, cognitive and behavioral strategies. 214 Human Services Organizations (4 credits) This course introduces students to the local and national service organizations in their respective communities, where they can study how these organizations deal wi th people and with one another. Also in- cluded are the examination of the legal and tax status, and responsibilities of non- profit organizations. 215 Dynamics of Case Management (4 credits) This course offers to the beginning human service worker practical information about brokering, consumer advocacy, and mobilization of services, wi th special atten- tion on the effective delivery of consumer services. 216 Social Service Network (4 credits) This course looks at how people are refer- red to various agencies, how information about them is used, the obligations that the agencies have to follow-up on referrals, and whether or not the agencies work cooperatively to solve human service 110 New Hampshire College problems. By the end of the course students have a good theoretical understanding of networking. 217 Intake and Referral (4 credits) This course provides students wi th prac- tical skills for client intake, assessment, in- terviewing, case recording, case prepara- tion, and referral. The course wi l l address issues of contractual relationships w i th other agencies, privacy and confidentiality, and sharing of information wi th referral sources. 218 Introduction to Human Services Administration (4 credits) This course provides students wi th the history and application of such fundamen- tal management processes as funding, supervision, and staffing in the administra- tion of human services. 219 Elementary Supervision Skills (4 credits) This course examines through case studies of sexual harrassment, racism, nepotism, and other forms of arbi trary decisions, the principles of employer supervision, in- cluding professionalism and interpersonal relations, evaluation and motivation of employees, personnel policies and practice, occupational psychology, and the decision- making process. 220 Community Organizing Skills (4 credits) This course provides students wi th the ability to translate theory into such prac- tical strategies as: why organize; who is an organizer; when to organize; when to begin; how to execute one's plans effec- tively; how to build coalitions and support groups; and how to develop the art of negotiating. 221 Community Development Skills (4 credits) This course explores how economic policies and decisions affect legitimate community development projects. Students are responsible for applying community development theories and practices in the area of cooperatives, land trusts, and other programs. 223 Communications (4 credits) The focus of this course is on the strong command of both wri t ten and verbal skills. 224 Health and Professionalism (4 credits) Students examine health care in our socie- ty and explore issues surrounding the labeling, controlling, and treatment of those who are seen as deviant, as well as issues of institutionalization and deinstitutionalization. 226 Human Development: An On-Going Process (4 credits) This course deals wi th the on-going pro- cess of development wi thin a social con- text. The students examine the stages of early adulthood, middle years, and old age. Each of these states is accompanied by ex- pectations and stress in our society. 227 Confronted by Violence (4 credits) This course consists of a series of workshops on issues prevalent in our society, including domestic, violence, child abuse, substance abuse, and rape. These subjects are explored within the context of United States history, social welfare and the law. 229 Relationships in Human Service Practice (4 credits) This course wi l l help the students unders- tand the social and economic origins of problems that people experience, wi th em- phasis on the roots of racism and sexism in social relationships. 230 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology (4 credits) This course is designed to acquaint the student wi th growth disturbances of human behavior, disburbances which are an exaggerated or unbalanced expression of an individual's normal personality. School of Human Services 111 T h e Division of S tudent Affa i rs Student Affairs Philosophy The Division of Student Affairs is com- mitted to a developmental model of stu- dent growth. Since students are growing beings whose needs, objectives and goals vary individually, i t is encumbent upon the college to assist each student w i th the maximum opportunity for growth within the mission of the college. I t is a respon- sibility of the department to aid students in becoming whole and complex persons. Areas of development about which the staff is especially concerned include courtesy, respect for others, appropriate behavior, leadership, career planning, values, responsible drinking, academic achievement, critical thinking, good health, preventive medicine, competitive sports, lifetime recreation, the ability to deal w i th anxiety, and social and cultural awareness. The Division of Student Affairs seeks to assist all students at New Hampshire Col- lege in solving both academic and nonaca- demic problems. I ts programs are geared towards a successful experience for each student. Student Affairs at NHC includes athletic facilities management, health ser- vices, residence life, domestic and foreign internships, career planning and placement, intercollegiate athletics, recreational and intramural sports, public safety, center for international exchange, counseling, student activities, and campus ministry. Orientation During the summer prior to admission all new students are required to attend a two-day orientation program which intro- duces them to the academic and social life of the college. During this period students have the assistance of the Division of Stu- dent Affairs, members of the faculty and administration, and upperclassmen to guide them through registration, course selection, and social activities. Athletics New Hampshire College supports an ac- tive athletic program as an integral part of the education process. Both inter- collegiate and intramural competition is of- fered to men and women of the college community. On the intercollegiate level, men's teams are fielded in baseball, basketball, ice hockey, lacrosse, soccer and tennis. Women's teams offerings are basketball, soccer, softball, tennis and volleyball. The athletic department also sponsors the cheerleading squad. New Hampshire College is a member of the Na- tional Collegiate Athletic Association, the Eastern College Athletic Conference, and the New England Collegiate Conference. The college sponsors a varied intramural program aimed at active student involve- ment in sports. Men's intramural sports are flag football, basketball, ice hockey, broom hockey, and racquetball. Women's intramurals are indoor soccer, indoor foot- ball, basketball, racquetball, and broom hockey. Badminton, softball, swimming, tennis, volleyball, water basketball, and water polo are coeducational offerings. Recreational courses available at New Hampshire College include aerobic exer- cise/dance, ballet/jazz dance, figure skating, power skating, scuba diving, self- defense for women, swimming classes, ad- vanced life saving, synchronized swimm- ing, tae kwon do, weight l i f t ing, and yoga. The college also sponsors recreational ac- tivit ies including cross-country skiing, snow-shoeing, cross-country running, and swimming meets. Athletic Facilities The college has two gymnasiums (one has a wooden floor wi th a seating capacity of 2,500; one has a synthetic surface wi th a seating capacity of 1,000 and a stage to accommodate a variety of college ac- tivities), a 25-meter six-lane competition swimming pool wi th a 200-seat viewing gallery, two racquetball courts, a weight room equipped with a Universal Gym and a Nautilus system, a mirrored exer- cise/dance room, a training room, an equip- ment room, an Outing Club room, several locker rooms, team rooms and meeting rooms. Outdoor athletic facilities include a 200' x 85 ' lighted artificially-refrigerated ice hockey rink, four lighted tennis courts, two baseball diamonds, a softball diamond, a varsity game field and several practice fields. In addition, cross-country ski trails and nature trails are cut throughout the two campuses. Cooperative Education/ Internships/Placement The Office of Cooperative Education/In- temships/Placement is responsible for pro- moting services aimed at assisting Student Affairs 113 students in personal growth and career planning throughout their college career. Workshops and individual advising, as well as assistance in resume wr i t ing and place- ment preparation, are available to all students. Internships integrating classroom study wi th related on-the-job experience offer opportunities to gain experience in the business community while earning credits toward a degree. Internships bridge the gap between textbook theory and the ac- tual practices of the working society and allow students to apply classroom knowledge to real employment situations, thus gaining confidence for future employ- ment. Career choices can be tested early and realistically through the cooperative education program. Internship Recognizing that learning and education do not take place in the classroom alone, the internship program at New Hampshire College incorporates what the student learns in the classroom wi th practical work experience. Through participation in this program, students work in the business community, receive credit for the experience and in most cases are provided with a short term income. Some excellent internships are unpaid. Domestic internships: Most majors offer an opportunity for an internship ex- perience. Depending on the program of study, a student may receive from three to twelve credits for a work place learning experience. Participants must be in good academic standing and receive approval from the department chairperson and the Office of Cooperative Education before ac- ceptance into the program. A l l candidates are also interviewed and screened by the prospective employer who makes the ac- tual selection of the intern. The college maintains a working relationship with cur- rent and potential intern employers, both within New Hampshire and the United States. Students are also encouraged to develop business contacts that wil l assist them and the college in developing new opportunities. As with regular classroom credits, students wil l be assessed the standard tui- tion charge for credits received during internships. Foreign Internships: The foreign intern- ship option offers students in the following disciplines—management, economics/finance, marketing, retailing, and hotel/restaurant management—the op- portunity to spend either a full semester or the summer term working for 12 credits in Canada or England. Canadian or English internships may also be available in CIS/MAS, accounting and fashion mer- chandising. Limited work stations also ex- ist in other European countries. Career Planning and Placement Career planning and placement activities promote programs and services aimed at assisting students in all phases of career planning, such as interviewing, evaluation of choices, professional attitudes, and career awareness. Traditional job-seeking assistance is offered, and contacts are made wi th representatives of business, government, and industry to recruit on and off campus. Career objectives and values as related to personal goals and lifestyles are challenged. Counseling Services Personal and emotional problems often interfere with effective learning and living. Moreover, a student wi th many strengths and abilities may still experience serious difficulties in some area that aften can be effectively resolved through some form of counseling. Some examples of such difficulties might be problems in interpersonal relationships, depression, loneliness, sexual concerns, poor grades, drugs, conflicts wi th one's family and others. Personal concerns of any type may be discussed frankly and privately wi th a pro- fessional counselor. Counseling sessions are confidential. Center for International Exchange The Center for International Exchange has been established to serve the social and cultural needs of a culturally diverse population and to take advantage of the presence of these groups to enlarge the scope of experiences for all students. As a department of student affairs, the center addresses several areas peculiar to international students; i.e., immigration re- quirements, social and academic ad- justments, as well as consular and foreign exchange matters. 114 New Hampshire College The Center for International Exchange provides such special services as orienta- tion program, visa administration and in- formation, study/travel/work abroad l ibrary, international publications, newslet- ter, host programs, international presenta- tions to schools, international student I .D. cards, vacation and travel information. The center works wi th faculty and staff of all three schools, w i th external agen- cies, and wi th the Organization of Interna- tional Students, to develop internatinal and intereultural opportunities. The center is located on the south cam- pus in the Belknap House. Student-to-Student Advising Students can often be extremely effec- tive peer helpers. In order to take advan- tage of this the student affairs division has established a student-to-student advising program. Upperclass students are trained to assist new students and students in academic difficulty wi th the transition to New Hampshire College, particularly wi th study skills. Meetings are held at orientation and followed up by small groups and individual meetings. In addition to study skills, these peer advisors are sensitive to a number of other issues and wil l either provide the needed assistance or make the appropriate referral. Office of Residence Life College housing is available both on the south and north campuses. On the south campus, facilities include dormitories, townhouses, and apartments. Dormitories consist mainly of double rooms in suite ar- rangements with capacities of 12-24 students. Students in dormitories share common bath and lounge facilities. Townhouses consist of four- and six-person accommodations; students share a common kitchen, l iving room and bath. Al l dormitory rooms are furnished with desks, chairs, beds, drapes and wardrobes. Townhouses and apartments are furnished with desks, chairs, beds, drapes, ward- robes, living room and kitchen furniture, as well as a stove and refrigerator. Students must provide their own pots, pans, and glasses; the college provides plates, cereal and dessert dishes, cups and saucers, knives, forks, and spoons. Juniors and seniors usually reside in the apart- ments and townhouses; freshmen and sophomores are usually assigned to dormitories. Housing at the north campus consists of dormitory accomodations. Students reside in single and double rooms that are fur- nished wi th a desk, chair, bed and dresser for each student. The residents share a common lounge and bath facilities. All undergraduate students, with the ex- ception of married students or students living urith a parent or legal guardian, are required to live in college housing as long as accomodations are available. The college requires each undergraduate student to reside in college housing for a minimum of two semesters, exclusive of summer session. Being admitted to the college offers housing to a student; i t does so for one academic year—not unt i l the student graduates. I f accomodations are not available and students are granted permission to live off campus, this permission is only temporary, as students may be recalled to campus the following semester if space is available. Recalls wi l l be based upon relative senior standing on a lottery basis in the following order: (1) freshman, (2) sophomores, (3) juniors, and (4) seniors. Because of this recall system, students are warned not to make long-term commitments for off- campus accomodations. Al l freshmen resident students and any other students l iving in dormitories are re- quired to be on the college's meal plan. Specific regarding the meal plan should be directed to the Director of Food Services. Questions relating to the residence pro- gram should be directed to the Director of Residence Life. Resident Assistants Adjusting to college l iving is not always an easy experience. Realizing this, the col- lege has staffed its l iving centers with resident assistants. They are upperclass students who are selected and trained to be of assistance to resident students, j T h e i r responsibility is to promote the well- being of students by providing a positive living experience. They do this by advis- ing, referrals, and assisting students in various other ways. Students are en- couraged to acquaint themselves with their resident assistant and to ask them any questions they may have. Questions concerning the resident assistant program Student Affairs 115 should be directed to the Assistant Direc- tor of Residence Life. Health Center During the academic year, the south campus Health Center is open 8 a.m.-5 p.m., Monday through Friday. Office hours are scheduled at the north campus as determined by student needs. The staff in- cludes a nurse practitioner, a registered nurse, and a licensed practical nurse. The college physician is available by appointment. Outpatient services available to students include treatment of common and acute health problems, diet counseling, pregnan- cy counseling, first-aid treatment, as well as management of common controlled chronic problems. Students may stay at the Health Center, on the south campus, for limited nursing care. I f further care is needed, they may be admitted to a local hospital at the physician's recommendation. Public Safety The Office of Public Safety is responsi- ble for the safety of the New Hampshire College community—students, staff and bona fide visitors—as well as the security of college property. A complex dual role results—one of service as well as one of enforcing college regulations. Safety and security are everyone's resonsibility. A college community is made far safer when its residents are wil l ing to cooperate wi th one another and wi th the public safety office. Campus Ministry The Campus Ministry Program at New Hampshire College strives on contribute to the college's goal of fostering the per- sonal growth and development of students; however, i t does so in a special way by ad- dressing and responding to their religious needs and concerns. By providing various programs, socials, retreats, and religious services throughout the year, campus ministry offers students many opportunities to come together, to share and to experience God in their lives. The campus ministry office is a place where students can meet and rap, share their life experiences, beliefs, values, doubts and questions concerning God and life in general. Also in areas of personal, spiritual, and religious concerns, the campus ministry office provides students wi th an opportunity for personal, confiden- tial counseling and spiritual direction. Student Activities Student programs from Bach to Rock Fraternities and sororities Special interest clubs Religious organizations Humanities series Fi lm series Ar ts and crafts Entertainment series Tr ip series Pub series Student Organizations Student Government Association Student government at the college is the responsibility of the Student Government Association (SGA) which is comprised of elected congresspersons. Representatives from the various clubs and organizations and the officers are elected at large. The SGA administers the student activities fund, sponsors the major social activities on campus, involves students in the affairs of the college and generally looks after the interest of all students. Through appointments to various deci- sion making committees at the college such as Student Life Council and the Judicial Appeals board, students are given a voice in the running of New Hampshire College. Graduate Student Association The Graduate Student Association, organized in 1982, serves as a focus for social functions and other activities of special interest to graduate students, especially those enrolled in the full-time day programs. Student Publications The Student Handbook in published an- nually by the Office of Student Affairs and distributed to all students at the beginning of each academic year. I t should be retain- ed by each student for reference throughout the year. The Observer is a bi-weekly student newspaper, published entirely by the students through SGA funding. The newspaper offers experience for writers, editors, photographers, artists and adver- tising sales people on campus. The New Hampshire College yearbook is published annually through the efforts of the student body. I t serves to chronicle 116 New Hampshire College the college years as a remembrance for all students. Cheerleaders I n September, t ryouts for the varsity cheerleading squad are open to all undergraduates of the college. The cheerleaders provide vocal and moral sup- port for varsity athletic teams at both home and away games. Fraternities and Sororities Through membership in social frater- nities and sororities, students often make life-long friendships based upon mutuality of interest and experience. Chartered and listed in the order of their establishment at New Hampshire College are Phi Delta Psi fraternity; Kappa Delta Phi fraternity, Chi Chapter; Kappa Chi sorority; Phi Omega Psi sorority; Kappa Sigma fraterni- ty, Lambda-Mu Chapter; Alpha Phi sorori- ty, Zeta Lambda Chapter; and Phi Delta Theta. Special Interest Fraternities New Hampshire College has chapters of various special interest and honorary fraternities. The college honor society is Delta Mu Delta, the National Academic Honor Fraternity. Pi Omega Pi, the Na- tional Business Education Honorary Fraternity also has a chapter on the New Hampshire College campus. The Interfratemal Council IFC is a coordinating board for the fraternal system at New Hampshire Col- lege. I ts purpose is to establish pledging procedures, to review applications of new fraternities and sororities, and to discuss any problems which may exist among the various fraternal groups. Catholic Student Association The goals of CSA are to build and foster a community of people dedicated to Chris- tian l iving and fellowship based on the "Good News" and life of Jesus Christ. As a student organization, CSA offers in- dividuals an opportunity to come together to share and experience God's presence in a meaningful and dynamic way whereby students can give witness to Christian values, love, workship, and service in a prayerful, caring, concerned way. Membership is CSA is open to any New Hampshire College student who supports and promotes the purpose and goals of CSA. Future Secretaries Association The objectives of the FSA are to stimulate interest in the secretarial profes- sion, develop a better understanding of secretarial responsibilities, and provide the basics necessary for the preparation of future professional secretaries. To be eligible for membership, a student should be enrolled in the secretarial course of study and must maintain a 2.00 average. The FSA is sponsored by the Profile Chapter of the National Secretaries Association (International). Bowling League Candlepin bowling is offered during the week through the school year. Participants compete for both team and individual trophies. Chess Club The Chess Club provides activity and of- fers relaxing competition for its members. The club sends representatives to various inter-collegiate tournaments. Special Events Committee This group plans and facilitates the Fall, Winter, and Spring Weekend festivals and concerts. These weekends are the blockbuster events of every semester. Careful planning and hard work by the members have delighted students wi th a multitude of varied, large scale produc- tions and events. Membership is open to all. Marketing Club The New Hampshire College Collegiate Chapter is an affiliate of the American Marketing Association. One of its many purposes is to encourage and uphold sound, honest practices, and to keep marketing work on a high ethical plane. Humanities Committee The Humanities Committee is sponsored by the college. The purpose of the commit- tee is to introduce educational and cultural speakers, films, and programs to the stu- dent body and the community. Membership is open to all members of the college. Arts and Crafts The college houses a multi-purpose arts and crafts facility, the Hobby Shop, which allows for the full expression of one's related artistic endeavors. Student Affairs 117 WNHC Radio Station WNHC, the college radio station, is owned and funded by the Student Government Association. I t is completely student- operated. Its purposes are to help bridge the communication gap on campus and to provide students with a variety of music as well as reports on the news. Hillel Club The Hillel Club was founded to unite the Jewish students on campus, to establish relations with the surrounding community, and to provide for discussion on current problems facing the Jewish people. Organization of International Students (O.I.S.) This organization brings together the special needs of international exchange students within our campus community. They host numerous activities, among which are international discussion groups, parties, and food-cultural festivals. Outing Club The Outing Club is one of our fastest growing organizations. They promote many trips and functions such as canoeing, mountain clubing, camping, skiing, and an entire array of nature-oriented activities. Programming Board The Programming Board is a student organization that provides the New Hamp- shire College community with quality educational, cultural and just plain fun ac- tivities and programs. Over the past year, the Programming Board sponsored such diverse events as the Spring Weekend Carnival, a Rock Video Dance party and brought Saturday Night Live's Father Guido Sarducci to campus. Each September the board selects new members through an informal interview process of all the interested students. 118 New Hampshire College Admiss ions School of Bus iness Candidates for admission to New Hamp- shire College (undergraduate day division) wi l l be evaluated on an individual basis and are encouraged to apply as far in ad- vance of their intended start ing date as is practical. There is no application fee. The admission decision wi l l be based on the quality of the applicant's overall credentials w i th regard to their potential for success in the curriculum at New Hampshire College Among the factors considered in the ad- mission decision wi l l be the candidates academic success in high school, rank in class, SAT scores, high school recommen- dations and impressions formed during personal interviews when conducted. Rolling Admission The roll ing admissions process wi l l begin after the Early Decision Admissions response date and candidates can expect notification of an admissions decision within one month of receipt of academic credentials. Early Decision Admissions Program The Early Decision Admissions Program at New Hampshire College is restricted to students of exceptional ability who are seriously considering New Hampshire Col- lege as their first choice institution. Candidates for admission under the Ear- ly Decision Admissions Program should have a 3.00 high school grade point average, on a 4.00 scale, at the end of their junior year and should complete the admission application process by December 1st Students should submit a formal ap- plication, high school transcript, standar- dized test results (Jr. SAT's wi l l be ac- cepted), and recommendations. Successful candidates wil l be notified by December 15th and wil l have f irst choice of available housing upon payment of re- quired deposits. Students who qualify academically for the Early Decision Admissions Program but have financial need should apply for admission under the college's Early Finan- cial Aid Option and not the Early Decision Admissions Program. Early Financial Aid Option Academically sound students wi th demonstrated financial need may obtain special consideration by applying for admission under the college's Ear ly Finan- cial A id Option. Successful applicants under this program wi l l receive early and preferential treatment; but must be will- ing to make an early commitment to the college by payment of a deposit. The Ear ly Financial A id Option is for students wi th financial need who have a three year high school grade point average of at least 2.75 on a 4.0 scale, and who have selected New Hampshire College as their first choice institution. Students re- questing consideration under this special program must complete both the financial aid and the admission process by December 15th. This program is only available to students entering in September. Candidates must submit a formal ap- plication for admission along wi th the following credentials by December 15th: • High school transcript • Standardized test results (Jr. SAT's wi l l be accepted) • Recommendations Candidates must also submit the following to the New Hampshire College Financial A id Office: • New Hampshire College Financial A id Form • Early version of the Financial A id Form (FAF) Both forms can be obtained through our financial aid or admission office. The deadline for receipt of both forms is December 15th. Applicants must also com- plete a regular version of the F A F after January 1st. Qualified applicants wil l be notified of a decision on financial aid or scholarship by January 15th. Those applicants offered assistance must accept their award by February 1st and submit a $200 non- refundable deposit. Applicants who are not offered admis- sion or financial aid through the Early Financial Aid Option wi l l be re-evaluated during the regular application cycle and processed on a roll ing basis. Freshman Entrance Program A select group of students who lack some of the basic preparation necessary for college level work are offered the Freshman Entrance Program. This program is an intense six-week summer program designed to help Admissions—School of Business 119 students develop and strengthen the basic skills necessary for a four year business college. Successful completion of the pro- gram wi l l lead to acceptance into the freshman class. Accelerated Admission The accelerated admission plan is design- ed for those students who are socially and academically ready to enter college at the end of the junior year of high school whether or not they have completed re- quirements for their high school diploma. Students admitted to New Hampshire College under the accelerated admission plan enter directly into the freshman year. Applicants should apply in the spring semester of the junior year, and the regular admission procedures should be followed. In addition, the applicants must submit specific recommendations for ad- mission from their principal or guidance counselor. Deferred Admission New Hampshire College acknowledges deferred admission status for up to one year. The applicant should submit the re- quired application, transcript and recom- mendations for regular admission. The ap- plication wil l be processed and remain ac- tive unti l that time. This policy allows students the opportunity to work or travel for a year wi th the knowledge that a place is being held for them at New Hampshire College. Personal Interviews Although personal interviews are not re- quired, they are strongly recommended. You may make an appointment for an in- terview by calling 603/668-2211, ext. 135. Transfer Admissions Transfer students are accepted at New Hampshire College for both the semesters starting in September and January in the day school. New Hampshire College recognizes the work completed at any other accredited in- stitution, and in particular, encourages transfer applications from students already holding associate's degrees. The college's Techni-Business major has been specifically designed to meet the needs of students having a technical-vocational preparation. Transfer applicants wi th an associate's degree from an accredited institution wil l be granted upper division status in most cases. Transfer Application Procedures: Com- plete and forward a formal application for admission directly to: Director of Admissions New Hampshire College 2500 River Road Manchester, N H 03104 Forms are available from your transfer counselor or directly from the college. There is no application fee. High School Transcript, Test Results and Recommendations: Complete the release form on the application for admis- sion and New Hampshire College wi l l ob- tain your high school records on your behalf. I f you prefer, you may ask your high school to forward the transcript and records directly to us. Transfer applicants need not present SAT scores. The admis- sion decision wi l l be based on the quality of the work completed in college. College Transcript: Official transcripts of all previous college work must be presented. You should request your col- lege to forward your transcript directly to the Director of Admissions. Supplemental Transfer Form: The Sup- plemental Transfer Form wil l be forward- ed to you upon request of an application for admission. You should list all courses in progress or those which do not appear on your transcript, and forward i t to the Director of Admissions. Advanced Placement Acceptable test results of the Advanced Placement Program (APP), the College Level Examination Program (CLEP), DANDES, institutional examinations, the Proficiency Examination Program (PEP), and through educational programs taken in noncollegiate organizations (ACE), as well as applicable mil i tary schooling wi l l be ac- cepted by New Hampshire College for ad- vanced credit. SAT Scores New Hampshire College requires the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores of all ap- plicants to the undergraduate day division of the School of Business. SAT scores may be reported to us on your high school transcript or you may ask the College Board to send them directly to: Code #3649, New Hampshire College, 2500 North River Road, Manchester, N H 03104. 120 New Hampshire College Application Procedures for International Students To apply for admission to New Hamp- shire College, international candidates must submit the following: • A completed New Hampshire College In- ternational Student Application for admission. • An official, notarized transcript of secon- dary school (and any post-secondary) academic grades (translated into English). • Certif ied certificates and diplomas. • Proof of English proficiency. Since profi- ciency in the English language is re- quired of all students at New Hampshire College, international students whose native language is not English are re- quired to take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) given by Educational Testing Service. Information regarding the test can be obtained from the Educational Testing Service, Princeton, NJ 08549, USA. When re- questing ETS to forward test scores to New Hampshire College, use NHC's TOEFL #3649. • Notarized Aff idavit of Support. Each student coming to the United States must satisfy the college and immigration officials that sufficient finances to pay for round-trip passage, tuit ion and l iving expenses are available. The application for admission contains the required affidavit. Students from foreign countries may enter under visa. Authorization permitt ing such entrance, dated December 29, 1960, states that pursuant to the provision of Ti- tle 8 Code of Federal Regulations, ap- proval as a school for non-immigrant students under the Immigration and Na- tionality Act has been granted to New Hampshire College. For additional information, contact the Director of International Admissions, New Hampshire College, 2500 Nor th River Road, Manchester, N H 01304, or Telex 7102200616, answer back: N H COLLEGE MAN. Admissions—School of Business 121 Admiss ions Graduate School of Business Unconditional Admission Unconditional admission to any of the MBA programs or the MS program in Ac- counting requires that the applicant have earned a bachelor's degree from an ac- credited institution of higher learning, w i th an academic record of 2.5 or better, or 2.7 in the latter half of a completed academic program. In addition, the appli- cant must have completed specific background preparation in the areas of ac- counting, economics, mathematics, statistics, business organization, data pro- cessing, marketing, and business law. I f any of the above requirements have not been met, the applicant may stil l be eligible for limited admission, in which case the student wi l l be required to satisfy the deficiency in addition to meeting the requirements of his/her chosen graduate program. Unconditional admission to the MS pro- gram in Business Education requires that the applicant have earned a bachelor's degree in a business discipline or in business education, or have at least one year of business teaching experience; and that the applicant present scores of either the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or the Graduate Record Examina- tion (GRE). No minimum score is specified. Advanced Certificate Only Admission Applicants for the advanced certificate only programs are required to have earned a bachelor's degree from an accredited in- stitution of higher learning, and must satisfy the specific background preparation requirements and/or other prerequisites for the courses in the certificate program. Unclassif ied Admission Persons wishing to be admitted in unclassified status (i.e., to enroll in one or two courses as a special student) must also satisfy any specified background prepara- tion requirements and/or prerequisites, in addition to possessing a bachelor's degree or higher from an accredited institution, GMAT Students admitted to the MBA aprogram and to the MS program in Ac- counting are required to submit scores on the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) at the time of their admission or within six months of their admission to the graduate school. No minimum score is specified. Financial Aid Students enrolled or accepted for enroll- ment in either day or evening graduate programs may be considered for several forms of institution and federal financial aid. Additional details are available in the ap- plicable section of this catalog, or from the college's Director of Financial A i d at the south campus. 122 New Hampshire College Scholarships and Student Assistance The financial aid program at New Hamp- shire College is designed to assist deserv- ing, needy students who, without such assistance, would be unable to pursue a program of study at the college. In selec- ting aid recipients the college places primary emphasis on demonstrated finan- cial need. Consideration is also given to academic performance. The comprehensive, fully coordinated scholarship and assistance programs in- clude three basic types of aid: gift assistance, loan assistance and work assistance. The types of assistance may be awarded singly; but it is usually the col- lege's policy to award them in various combinations called financial aid packages. The student aid programs administered by the college include federal, state and institutional funds as well as private dollars. New Hampshire College participates in, or is an eligible institution under the following programs: • Pell Grant Program (PELL) • Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Program (SEOG) • State Student Incentive Grant Program (SSIG) (including funds from the states of New Hampshire, Maine, Vermont, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island, and Pennsylvania.) • National Direct Student Loan (NDSL) • Guaranteed and/or Federally Insured Student Loan Program (GSL/FISL) • College Work-Study Program (CWS) No person at New Hampshire College shall, on the ground of age, race, color, or national origin, be excluded from participa- tion in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any pro- gram or activity receiving federal financial assistance, or be so treated on the basis of sex under most education programs or ac- tivities receiving federal assistance. All scholarship assistance programs are subject to prevailing federal and state laws, or regulations. Compliance is the resonsibility of both the student and the aid administrators, and is a condition of the student's eligibility to receive assistance. Student Assistance 123 Demonstrated Need and Selection Criteria New Hampshire College makes its ad- mission decision without reference to the economic status of its applicants, but con- siders the primary financial responsibility for the education of a dependent student to rest wi th the student and the family. The college wi l l make every effort to ad- dress the needs of an accepted and enroll- ed student, but views its efforts as sup- plemental to the efforts of the student, the student's family and other agencies. I n addition to making application for scholarship and assistance through the col- lege, New Hampshire College students are expected to vigorously pursue avenues of support from outside agencies. New Hampshire College is a member of the College Scholarship Service Assembly (CSSA) of the College Board, and utilizes the CSS method of need analysis to deter- mine student and/or parental support levels. The CSS system and all other ma- jor need analysis systems use rationales and tables which are generally referred to as the Uniform Methodology. A l l produce similar estimated family contribution. For dependent applicants, the Uniform Methodology estimates the parents' con- tr ibution towards education on the basis of the amount of the parents' income and assets as well as a consideration of taxes, medical expenses, and other liabilities of the family. The student applicants' income (generally from summer employment prior to the academic year for which assistance is sought) and assets are also considered in estimating the total family resources which may be utilized to meet the stu- dent's cost of education. For independent applicants, the Uniform Methodology estimates the student or family contribution toward education on the basis of the amount of student (and spouse's) income and assets. Taxes and other liabilities of the student (and his/her family) are taken into consideration in the formula. The difference between a student's cost of education and the estimated family con- tribution, as well as support received from sources outside the college, is the stu- dent's demonstrated financial need. I t is generally the college's policy to award scholarships and other student aid within the l imits of a student's demonstrated financial need. Priorities and entitlements under the federal and state programs are recognized and honored, as are institutional programs which carry commitments to specifically identified students. Students not entitled to special con- sideration compete for available funds on an academic basis within the limits of their demonstrated financial need. Where a student ranks within the applicant group may well have a bearing on the student's selection for participation, the percentage of need met and the make-up of the finan- cial aid package, that is, the balance bet- ween gi f t assistance and self-help (work assistance and loan assistance). I t therefore benefits each student to recognize and diligently pursue academic responsibilities. The Application Process Students who wish to apply for financial aid should submit 1) a New Hampshire College Financial Aid Application Form and 2) the College Scholarship Service's Financial A id Form (FAF). New Hamp- shire College usually makes its determina- tions on an annual basis. Awards are for the academic year which includes terms start ing on or after the next July 1st. Early Financial Aid Option Early Financial A id Option applicants must submit to the New Hampshire Col- lege Financial Aid Office the Early Ver- sion of the Financial A id Form (FAF) and the New Hampshire College Financial A id Application. Both forms can be obtained through our financial aid or admissions of- fice. The deadline for receipt of both forms is December 15. Applicants must also com- plete a regular version of the F A F after January 1. Qualified applicants wil l be notified of a decision on financial aid or scholarship by January 15. Those applicants offered assis- tance must accept their award by Febru- ary 1. Applicants who are not offered ad- missions or financial aid through the Early Financial A id Option program wil l be re- evaluated during the regular financial aid cycle and processed on a roll ing basis. Regular Financial Aid Process In the regular financial aid process, priori ty wil l be given to completed applica- tions received by: 124 New Hampshire College March 15, 1985 Freshmen, Transfers, and Readmitted students (Undergraduate School of Business—Day) April 15, 1985 Returning upperclass students (Undergraduate School of Business—Day) May 15, 1985 Culinary A r t s students. Students from the Graduate School of Business and the School of Human Ser- vices should submit a completed applica- tion at least 30 days preceding the start of the applicant's f i rst term during the 1985-86 academic year. Graduate students are to submit a Graduate and Professional Student's Financial A id Services (GAPSFAS) form instead of the FAF. A l l applications received after the above dates wi l l be considered when available funds permit. I t is important to remember that stu- dent aid awards are not automatically renewed. You must apply each year. The NHC Financial A id Application form may be obtained from either the ad- missions office or the financial aid office at New Hampshire College The form should be completed in its en- t i re ty and returned directly to the atten- tion to the Director of Financial Aid, New Hampshire College, 2500 River Road, Manchester, N H 03104. The Financial Aid Form (FAF) may be obtained from either the admissions or financial aid offices at the college, from your high school or college guidance office or from CSS by wr i t ing the College Scholarship Service, Box 2700, Princeton, N J 08540. I t is in your best interest that the FAF be completed carefully and accurately. A l l items must be answered. In the items re- questing a dollar ($) amount, if no figure is to be entered, please do not leave the space blank—enter a zero (0). In those items requesting non-financial information, if the information requested does not per- tain to your situation, please do not leave the space blank—draw a line through the space. A properly completed form must be submitted through the College Scholarship Service. You should indicate that you want a copy of your FAF and need analysis report forwarded to New Hamp- shire College code #3649. Normal processing time for your FAF at CSS is about four (4) weeks. You should keep this time frame in mind in relationship to the pr ior i ty dates. Applicants who have attended another postsecondary institution must have a Financial A id Transcript (FAT) completed by the Financial A id Of- fice at each school he or she previously at- tended. The completed FAT must be sent directly to the NHC Financial A id Office from the other school. Federal financial aid cannot be disbursed to a student unti l appropriate FAT's have been received. Information submitted in support of an applicant's scholarship and assistance re- quest is held in strict confidence by the college. The data, however, is subject to verification through the Internal Revenue Service. The college reserves the r ight and recognizes the responsibility to cancel awards and rebil l the student and/or parents in cases where awards were authorized on the basis on incorrect information. Satisfactory Academic Progress for Financial Aid Eligibility 1. A student must successfully complete at least 75% of all credits attempted at New Hampshire College during the stu- dent's cumulative period of enrollment. (Credits attempted are those for which the student is enrolled as of the end of the add/drop registration period.) 2. A student must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale. Satisfactory progress wil l be determined at least once each year using the academic record of the student for all terms com- pleted prior to July 1 of that year. Failure to meet the standards (1 and 2) wi l l result in the student being placed on probation. The probationary periods wil l be as follows: • Undergraduate School of Business (Day)—One semester • Undergraduate School of Business (EveningWeekend)—Three eight-week terms • Undergraduate School of Business (Culinary Institute)—One term • Graduate School of Business (Day)—Two three-month terms • Graduate School of Business (Evening)— Two three-month terms • School of Human Services (Undergraduate)—One four-month term • School of Human Services (Graduate)— One four-month term Student Assistance 125 A student may be reinstated if, upon recalculation by the financial aid office at the end of the probationary t ime period, the student meets the above standards (1 and 2). I f the student does not meet the above standards after recalculation by the finan- cial aid office at the end of the proba- tionary time period, then the student's financial aid wi l l be terminated. The decision of the financial aid office to terminate the student's financial aid may be appealed to the Financial A id Advisory Committee. Information concerning the ap- peal procedure is available from the Finan- cial A id Office. Student Assistance Programs There are many, many programs design- ed to assist students wi th their post- secondary educational expenses. The solu- tion to dealing wi th rapidly rising educa- tional expenses often revolves around your ability to discover just who administers each program and exactly how and when you should apply. For further information regarding federally funded financial assistance, we recommend that you read " A Student's Guide to Five Federal Financial Aid Programs/' H E W publica- tion No. OE 78-17914. You should be able to obtain a copy through your guidance of- fice or you may request a copy from the New Hampshire College Financial A id Office. NOTE: New Hampshire College operates its own scholarship and work pro- gram and acts as administrator for the National Direct Student Loan Program (NDSL), Supplemental Educational Oppor- tunity Grant Program (SEOG), and the federal College Work-Study Program (CWS). You wil l be given consideration for these programs when you submit your NHC Financial Aid Application Form and an appropriate need analysis document (FAF, GAPSFAS, or AFSA). New Hampshire College Programs H.A.B. Shapiro Memorial Scholarships: A limited number of partial tuition scholarships are awarded each year, for a single year, in honor of the late founder of New Hampshire College. A l l high school seniors entering the college from secon- dary schools in the State of New Hamp- shire are eligible for consideration. Awards are made on the basis of demonstrated need and academic ex- cellence or promise. Applicants may re- quest consideration for an H .A.B. Shapiro Scholarship by attaching a note to their N H C Financial A id Application. Robert E. Plourde Scholarships: A limited number of partial tuit ion scholar- ships are awarded each year, for a single year, in honor of Robert E. Plourde, an alumnus, in recognition of his outstanding contributions to the college. These scholar- ships, awarded on the basis on demonstrated need, academic excellence or promise, are available to high school graduates of the Suncook, New Hampshire area. You may request consideration for one of these scholarships by attaching a note to your NHC Financial A id Application. Hoyle, Tanner & Associates Minority Scholarship Program: Hoyle, Tanner and Associates, Inc., of Londonderry, New Hampshire has established a minority scholarship program at New Hampshire College for the express purpose of en- couraging excellence in the fields of management or accounting. The Hoyle, Tanner Scholarship wi l l be awarded to minority students on the basis of demonstrated financial need and academic performance or promise. Applicants for these scholarships wi l l utilize the usual financial aid forms in- cluding the College Scholarship Service's F A F and NHC Financial A id Application. Minority students should indicate their in- terest in the Hoyle-Tanner Scholarship on the college's Financial A id Application form. Hoyle, Tanner Scholarship recipients wil l be selected by a panel representing the donor, the college, and the Manchester area minority community. Award renewals wil l be restricted to recipients who main- tain a 2.5 cumulative grade point average on a 4.0 basis. New Hampshire College Alumni Scholar- ships: A limited number of partial tuit ion scholarships are awarded each year, for a single year, to New Hampshire College students from the New Hampshire College Alumni Association. Awards are made on the basis of demonstrated need and academic excellence or promise. Special at- tention may be given to sons and daughters of New Hampshire College 126 New Hampshire College alumni. Applicants may request considera- tion for an alumni scholarship by attaching a note to their NHC Financial Aid Applica- tion form. Institutional Scholarships New Hampshire College scholarships, for the most part, are awarded on the basis of academic achievement, usually within the limits of demonstrated financial need. You will be automatically considered for scholarship assistance, including the special designated scholarships previously indicated, upon receipt of your NHC Financial Aid Application form and your FAF. Students seeking consideration for athletic scholarships should also contact the athletic department in addition to the financial aid office. During the 1983-84 college year, New Hampshire College awarded nearly $800,000 in scholarships to over 700 students. The awards ranged from $100 to several thousand dollars and averaged about $1,000. Part Time On-Campus Employment There are always a number of tasks which must be performed every day within a college community and it is not always possible to fill positions with students eligible under the federal College Work-Study Program. The college, therefore, maintains a relatively large part time employment program where your willingness and availability play larger roles than your demonstrated financial need in determining your employment pro- spects. Most of these jobs are in the maintenance and food service areas and students interested in such opportunities should contact the Vice President of Finance and Administration. The Financial Aid Office can and will provide counsel concerning the areas in which such employment may be available at any given time. Preference for all on-eampus employ- ment is given to students eligible under the College Work-Study Program and those who have demonstrated financial need. Campus-Based Federal Programs National Direct Student Loan Program (NDSL): You may borrow, subject to avail- able funds and your demonstrated need, up to $3,000 if you have completed less than two (2) years of a program leading to a bachelor's degree, and up to $6,000 if you have completed two or more years of a four year program. You will be con- sidered for an NDSL loan when you sub- mit your NHC Financial Aid Application form and FAF to New Hampshire College. Funds for National Direct Student Loans come from the federal government, the college and from previous borrowers. While there is no interest on such loans while you are in college, the loans must be repaid when you leave. Repayment begins six (6) months after you graduate or leave college for other reasons. You may be allowed up to ten (10) years to repay your loan; but New Hampshire College repay- ment schedule usually require payment at the minimum rate of $30 per month or $90 per quarter, principal and interest. During the repayment period you will be charged 5% interest per year on the unpaid balance of the loan. You may defer repayments on your loan during periods when you are enrolled full- time for further education, and for up to three (3) years while you serve in the arm- ed forces, Peace Corps or VISTA. Cancellation or forgiveness of the loan, at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per year, is available if you teach the handi- capped or teach in a school designated by the U.S. Secretary of Education as eligible for such consideration. Last year New Hampshire College loan- ed over $500,000 in National Direct Stu- dent Loans to more than 500 students; an average of $1,000 per student. The loans ranged from $200 to $2,000. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG): The Supplemental Educa- tional Opportunity Grant program is for students of exceptional financial need, who, without the grant, would be unable to pursue their programs of study. At New Hampshire College, you will receive consideration for an SEOG award when you submit your NHC Financial Aid Ap- plication form and FAF. Federal College Work-Study Program (CWS): Federal and college money fund the College Work-Study (CWS) Program which is designed to create part time employment opportunities for students in need of the earnings to begin or continue their programs of study. Your eligibility for the program will be determined when Student Assistance 127 you submit your NHC Financial Aid Ap- plication form and FAF. In arranging employment under the CWS program the college's financial aid officers will take into consideration your demonstrated financial need, class schedule, health and academic progress. Employment under the College Work- Study program may be on-campus or off- campus with a public or private non-profit agency. At New Hampshire College, the majority of such opportunities are on- campus. Pay rates range from the minimum wage and up, and are related to the type of work you do and the proficien- cy required of you. During the 1983-84 college year, New Hampshire College provided CWS employ- ment to more than 350 students, amoun- ting to more than $400,000, Earnings rang- ed from $200 to more than $2,000; averag- ed more than $900. Other Federal Programs Pell Grant (formerly Basic Education Op- portuity Grant): Pell Grants for the 1984-85 academic year are expected to range between $250 and $1900 based on your cost of education and your eligibility index. You may apply for a Pell Grant by using the Financial Aid Form (FAF) being sure to complete item #45. The form will be available from your guidance office or from the Financial Aid Office at the college. Students who have recent dramatic changes in family financial circumstances may wish to apply for a Pell Grant con- sideration by utilizing a Special Condition Form which is available from the Financial Aid Office at the college. The Pell Grant is considerably different from the other financial aid programs operated under the United States Depart- ment of Education, in that it has an en- titlement feature which means that all students who are eligible will be funded. New Hampshire College acts as a disburs- ing agent for this program. Under the Pell Grant Program, demonstrated financial need is determined by a formula approved annually by the Congress of the United States. The for- mula is applied to the information submit- ted on your application to produce an eligibility which is forwarded to you via a Student Aid Report (SAR). All three original copies of the SAR must be submitted to the financial aid of- fice of the school you will be attending before any funds can be disbursed to the student under the Pell Grant program. Guaranteed Student Loan Program (GSL): The Guaranteed Student Loan pro- gram enables you to borrow directly from a bank, credit union, savings and loan association or other participating lenders (such as fraternal benefit society) which is willing to make the loan. The loan is guaranteed by a state or private, non- profit agency or insured by the federal government. Students who desire a Guaranteed Stu- dent Loan should contact the lender directly. This contact should be made in person and in the company of your parents if you are dependent on them. You will find it most helpful if the lender you con- tact has had a prior business relationship with you or your family. The maximum a student may borrow as an undergraduate is $2,500 per year to a cumulative total of $12,500. You may bor- row up to $5,000 per year for graduate study to a cumulative total of $25,000 which includes the loans made at the undergraduate level. An insurance premium of up to one per- cent of the loan may be collected in ad- vance under a state or private guarantee agency program. Usually this premium is collected, for your in-school and grace periods of time, by the lender at the time of loans disbursement. An origination fee of five percent of the loan principle will be collected in advance of the loan disbursement. A $2,500 loan will carry an origination fee of $125 which may be deudcted directly from the appli- cant's disbursement check. Repayment of such loans normally begins six months after you graduate or leave school, and you may be allowed to take up to ten years to repay the loan. The amount of your payments depends upon the size of your debt and your ability to pay; but in most cases you must pay at least $600 per year unless the lender agrees to a lesser amount. You do not have to make repayments for up to three years while you serve in the armed forces, Peace Corps, or in full-time volunteer programs conducted by AC- TION. In addition, deferments are 128 New Hampshire College available any time you return to full-time study and for a period of not more than one year for students who are unable to f ind ful l time employment. New Hampshire College urges all i ts financial aid applicants to seek aid from the Guaranteed Student Loan Program operating in their home states. New Hampshire Incentive Program (NHIP): The New Hampshire Incentive Program (NHIP) is designed to provide in- creased, equal access and choice for deser- ving, needy New Hampshire residents seeking the benefit of post-secondary education training within the state. N H I P awards provide gif t assistance ranging from $100 to $1,500 based on your need, academic qualifications, the tuit ion charges at the institution you select wi thin the state, and your willingness to help yourself. To be eligible, incoming freshmen students must have graduated in the up- per three-fifths of their high school graduating class or have had a high school grade point average of 2.40 on a 4.00 scale. I f a non-graduate, you may qualify academically if you have a G.E.D. Cer- tificate and scored on the average of the 50th percentile or higher based on national averages. Upper classmen and renewal ap- plicants are judged on the basis of their post-secondary work. To apply for N H I P Grant, students must complete a New Hampshire Financial A id Form (NHFAF) which may be obtained from the local high school guidance officer or directly from the college. Be certain to read all the instructions accompanying the NHFAF. The schedule of awards under N H I P is approved annually by the administering agency, the New Hampshire Post Secon- dary Education Commission, on the basis of appropriated federal and state funds, the qualifications and needs of the appli- cant group, and the institutional choices of the successful applicants. During the 1983-84 academic year, freshman awards ranged as high as $700. For the 1984-85 academic year, the deadline is May 1, 1984. Awards under the New Hampshire In- centive Program are not automatically renewed. I t is important to remember that you must apply annually. State Grants/Scholarship Programs: Most, i f not all, of the 50 states havescholarship or grant programs for the benefit of their students. Many of these programs have portable features; that is, students may take their awards out of the state. New Hampshire College expects all scholarship and assistance applicants to vigorously pursue all reasonable avenues of support and suggests that you check wi th your guidance counselor concerning the application deadlines and procedures in your local area. Off-Campus Employment: Manchester is New Hampshire's Queen City and the population center of the state. Part time employment opportunities do exist in the local area and although not part of the col- lege's aid program, earnings from such sources can contribute significantly towards meeting college costs. The col- lege's placement director, who works under the Vice President of Student Af- fairs, coordinates information concerning these opportunities and acts as liaison wi th local employers. Outside Assistance: New Hampshire Col- lege does urge its students to seek assistance from every source outside the college in addition to making application through the financial aid office. You should consider local programs such as Dollars For Scholars, service clubs and trust programs which may be known to the trust officer at your local bank. Your director of guidance should be able to pro- vide you with information concerning available reference material. You are re- quired to report awards of $100 or more to the Director of Financial Aid. Your success in obtaining support from sources outside the college does not automatically reduce assistance for you through the financial aid office. Laws and rules governing such matters are extreme- ly complex and New Hampshire College can best serve you and all its students by having the most accurate and up to date information available concerning your situation. Student Assistance 129 Tuition and Expenses 1984-1985 (All New Hampshire College tuition and fees are subject to change by action of the board of trustees.) Payment of College Bills All bills are due and payable upon presentation. I t is usually the college's i policy to bill in advance of a term and to insist on payment in full prior to the first day of class. Exceptions require the ex- pressed prior approval of the business office. Installment Payment Programs: Educa tional loans are probably available through your local lenders and other organizations such as The Tuition Plan, Inc., or National Shawmut Bank of Boston. The college will be pleased to see that information is for- warded to you concerning such options. Veterans Payment Plan: The college has available a special installment payment plan for students receiving education assistance from the Veterans Administra- tion. Inquiries regarding the Veterans Payment Plan should be directed to the business office. New Hampshire College does have veterans specialists on its staff and a VA representative on campus. Deposit Policies New Students: Upon receipt of acceptance by the college, a new student is required to submit a tuition deposit of $100 and, if applicable, a room reservation deposit of $100. These deposits are billed by the ad- missions office, payable to the business office, and are credited to the student's account. These payments are subject to the Refund/Withdrawal policy explained in this catalog. Returning Students: In the spring, students scheduled to return to the college in the fall are billed a tuition deposit of $100 and, if applicable, a room deposit of $100. These payments are credited to the student's account and are subject to the indicated Refund/Withdrawal policy. Early Decision Candidates: Incoming freshmen applicants who are offered ad- mission under the Early Decision Program must submit a $200 non-refundable deposit by February 1. 130 New Hampshire College Refund/Withdrawal Policy (Undergraduate Programs) An accepted student, not yet enrolled in the college, may withdraw, after payment of deposit(s), by wr i t ten notification to the director of admissions. The official date of withdrawal and the date from which re- funds wi l l be determined wi l l be the date on which notice of withdrawal is received by the director of admissions. September Undergraduate Admissions: Deposits are fully refundable unti l May 1. After May 1, $100 wi l l be forfeited and any payments in excess of $100 wi l l be refundable. Ear ly decision candidates are not entit led to any refund. January Undergraduate Admissions: Deposits are fully refundable unti l December 1. Af ter December 1, $100 wi l l be forfeited and any payments in excess of $100 wi l l be refundable. Enrolled Students: An enrolled student who withdraws from the college must notify the vice president of student affairs in wr i t ing at the time of withdrawal. Merely ceasing to attend classes does not constitute official withdrawal. The official date of withdrawal, and the date from which refunds wi l l be determined, wi l l be the date on which wr i t ten notice of with- drawal is received by the vice president of student affairs. Students who withdraw wi l l be entitled to a refund of tuit ion on the following semester basis: • I f withdrawn prior to the f i rst scheduled day of class: 100% minus $100 • I f withdrawn within two weeks of the f irst day of class: 80% • I f withdrawn within three weeks of the f i rst day of class: 60% • I f withdrawn within four weeks of the f irst day of class: 40% • I f withdrawn within five weeks of the f irst day of class: 20% • I f withdrawn after five weeks of the f irst day of class: no refund Students on the board program wil l receive refunds in direct proportion to the number of chits utilized to the day of withdrawal. See the current student hand- book for explanation of the "chit system" which is designed to provide maximum flexibility for all students on the board program. There wi l l be no refund of room charges for the term during which a student withdraws. Refund/Withdrawal Policy (Graduate Programs) An accepted full-time student not yet enrolled in the Graduate School may withdraw after payment of deposit(s) by wr i t ten notification to the dean of the graduate school. The official date of withdrawal and the date from which refunds wi l l be determined wi l l be the date on which the wr i t ten notice of withdrawal is received by the dean. Enrolled day students who withdraw wi l l be entitled to a refund of tuit ion on the following basis: • I f withdrawn prior to the f i rst scheduled class meeting: 100% minus $100 refunded • I f withdrawn within two weeks of the f i rst class meeting: 80% refunded • I f withdrawn within four weeks of the f i rst class meeting: 60% refunded • I f withdrawn within six weeks of the f i rst class meeting: 40% refunded • I f withdrawn within eight weeks of the f i rst class meeting: 20% refunded • I f withdrawn after eight weeks of the f i rst class meeting: no refund Students on the college meal plan who withdraw wil l be entitled to a propor- tionate refund of dining hall charges upon surrender of unused "chits." Housing deposits and damage deposits are not refundable. Enrolled students in the evening pro- gram who withdraw must also do so in writ ing. The refund of tuit ion wi l l be based on the last date of attendance, ac- cording to the following schedule: • Withdrawal before the f i rst class: 100% refunded • Withdrawal after the f i rst class: 80% refunded • Withdrawal after the second class: 50% refunded • Withdrawal after the th i rd class: no refund Tuition & Expenses 131 1984-1985 Costs School of Business (Day) Per Semester Annually Tuit ion (includes activity and athletic fee) $3,133 $6,266 Room and Board (double dormitory) 1,728 3,456 Room and Board (single dormitory) 1,897 3,794 Apartment —Room Only 928 1,856 - R o o m and Board 1,728 3,456 Townhouse - R o o m Only 1,097 2,194 - R o o m and Board 1,897 3,794 Pine Valley - R o o m Only 928 1,856 - R o o m and Board 1,728 3,456 Houses - R o o m Only 928 1,856 - R o o m and Board 1,728 3,456 Board Only 800 1,600 More than 19 credits per semester $210 per credit Less than 12 credits or 4 courses per semester $285 per credit Health Insurance (payable wi th f i rst semester charges) $ 65 per year Hotel/Restaurant laboratory fees (charges when applicable) $ 50 Late registration fee $ 50 Auto registration fee $ 5 per year Transcript fee $ 2 each Graduation fee $ 40 Textbooks and Supplies: Each student is responsible for the purchase of textbooks and supplies which are available in the Campus Store. Estimated costs average $250 per year. Damage Deposit: A $100 damage deposit is required of all students residing in col- lege housing. The deposit is refunded, less any charges for damage or breakage, when the student no longer resides on campus. 1984-1985 Costs Culinary Institute Tuit ion and Fees $2575 per term 5150 per year Room and Board $1429 per te rm 2858 per year 1984-1985 Costs Graduate School of Business Full-Time Day Program Students enrolled in the day programs may expect their programs to cost: Tuit ion $7980 Fees approx. $ 100 Housing on campus $1851-$2520 per year On-Campus Meal Plan $1800-$2400 per year Books and Supplies $ 600-$ 700 per year The full-time tuit ion and fees entitle the student complete: • Background courses plus the 12-course M.B.A. program in Administration OR • Any 16-course program An additional charge of $200 is assessed for each background course taken in con- junction wi th a 16-course degree program. The tuit ion and fees entitle a full-time day graduate student to take up to eigh- teen months from the date of init ial enroll- ment to complete his/her degree require- ments; if the student needs additional time for program completion, additional tuit ion and fees wi l l be assessed for all courses taken after the eighteen-month period. Evening Programs Students enrolled in the evening program may expect to pay: Tuition $440 per course Fees $40 total Books and supplies are sold separately. 1984-1985 Costs School of Human Services Master's degree $1100 per term 4400 full four terms Joint masters-bachelor program $1100 per term International program $4000 per year Baccalaureate degree in $ 945 per term Human Services 2835 per year Associates degree in $ 945 per term Human Services 2835 per year 132 New Hampshire College T r u s t e e s o f t h e C o l l e g e Raymond Truncellito, C.L.U. Chairman of the Board of Trustees Mutual Benefit Life Insurance Company Manchester, NH Lillian Crockett Treasurer New Hampshire College Manchester, NH Kimon S. Zachos Secretary of the Board of Trustees Attorney at Law Sheehan, Phinney, Bass & Green Manchester, NH Bradford E. Cook Assistant Secretary of the Board of Trustees Attorney at Law Sheehan, Phinney, Bass & Green Frances Abbott Retired Educator Manchester, NH Joan Corcoran Retired Businessperson Waterville Valley, NH Richard Courtemanche* Marketing Manager International Business Machines Corporation Bedford, NH Ralph W. Farmer President (Ret.) Merchants Savings Bank Manchester, NH Timothy J. Fletcher* Timothy J. Fletcher & Company Manchester, NH William S. Green Attorney at Law Sheehan, Phinney, Bass & Green Manchester, NH Robert K. Morine, C.P.A * Comptroller Harvey Construction Co. Manchester, NH David D. Myler* Principal Productive Systems, Inc. Bedford, NH Charles G. Palm, C.P.A.* Exeter Cooperative Bank Exeter, NH Samuel J. Phillips President & Chairman of the Board Acton Corporation Acton, MA Maurice A. Raymond, C.P.A.* Principal Raymond & Paradis Pinardville, NH Rev. Placidus H. Riley, O.S.B. Theologian Educator St. Anselm College Manchester, NH Kenneth J. Rowley Retired Businessperson Woifeboro, NH Edward M. Shapiro President New Hampshire College Manchester, NH Albert B. Wight President & Chief Operating Officer Sanders Associates Nashua, NH *New Hampshire College Alumnus Trustee Emeritus Gertrude C. Shapiro President Emeritus New Hampshire College Manchester, NH A d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f t h e C o l l e g e Edward M. Shapiro President B.S., University of New Hampshire; Ed.D., (Hon.), Notre Dame College Francisco E. Aguilera Vice President for Marketing and Development B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Lillian G. Crockett Treasurer Benjamin J. Donatelli Vice President for Finance and Administration A.B., St. Anselm College; M.B.A., New Hampshire College I. Ira Goldenberg Vice President for Academic Affairs B.A., The City College of New York; M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut John M. Hamernick Comptroller A.B., Mount St. Mary's College; M.B.A., New Hampshire College George J. Larkin, Jr. Vice President for Student Affairs B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., Boston College James M. Reynolds Vice President for Admissions and Financial Aid A.B., St. Anselm College Gertrude C. Shapiro President Emeritus D.P.S., (Hon.), University of New Hampshire S c h o o l o f B u s i n e s s Charles C. Ehl Dean, School of Business/ Continuing and Community Education B.S., Tufts University; M.Ed., Boston University; Ph.D., Boston College C. Richard Erskine Associate Dean B.A., M.A.T., University of New Hampshire Faculty Eleanor H. Barnes Chairman, Department of Computer Information Systems Associate Professor of Computer Information Systems B.S.I.E., Northeastern University; M.B.A., University of New Hampshire Frank J. Barnes Assistant Professor of Computer Information Systems B.S.E.E., Arizona State University; M.B.A., University of New Hampshire William E. Beane Assistant Professor of Management/Humanities B.Ed., Keene State College; M.A., Middlebury College Robert Begiebing Professor of English B.A., Norwich University; M.A., Boston College; Ph.D., University of New Hampshire Trustees & Administration 133 David R. Bradt Associate Professor of English B.A., State University of New York at Binghamton; M.S., Iona College; Ph.D., Washington State University Mary P. Brown Professor of English B.A., Smith College; M.Ed., Harvard University Robert L. Coralline Assistant Professor of Accounting B.S., M.B.A., West Virginia University; C.P.A. George W. Coutris Associate Professor of History B.A., M.A., University of New Hampshire Robert Craven Professor of English B.A., M.A., City College of New York; Ph.D., University of Rhode Island Mary J. Dionne Associate Professor of Secretarial Sciences B.S., Boston University Julia M. DiStefano Associate Professor of English B.A., Queens College; M.A., Hunter College; M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony Brook Paul R. Dittmer Associate Professor of Hotel/ Restaurant Management B.A., Michigan State University; B.A., Colorado College; M.B.A., University of Massachusetts John K. Evans Assistant Professor of Business Management B.A., St. Anselm College; M.A., University of New Hampshire Robert H. Fleeson Associate Professor of English B.A., Yale University; M.A., University of New Hampshire John P. Fleming Assistant Professor of English A.B., Merrimack College; M.A., Southern Illinois University; M.S., Boston University, School of Public Communication; Ph.D., Bowling Green State University Philip H. Funk, Jr. Instructor in Computer Information Systems B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology Lynda R. Gamans Chairman, Department of Marketing Assistant Professor of Fashion Merchandising B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.Ed., Notre Dame College Roger M. Goodson Assistant Professor of Organizational Behavior B.S., University of Southern Maine; M.A., University of Connecticut; Ed.D., Harvard University James L. Grace, Jr. Professor of Business Law B.S., St. Joseph's College; Ed.M., Temple University; J.D., Franklin Pierce Law Center; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania Yvonne C. Hall Assistant Professor of Economics/Finance B.S.B.A., Florida Technological University; M.S., Ph.D., Colorado State University John J. Harrington Associate Professor of Business Management B.S.B.A., Boston College; M.S., Southern Illinois University; Ed.D., George Washington University John F. Hinckley Associate Professor of Computer Information Systems B.S., M.Ed., Worcester State College Carolyn Hollman Chairman, Humanities Department Assistant Professor of English A.B., University of Michigan; M.A., University of New Hampshire; Ed.D., Vanderbilt University Ernest H. S. Holm Associate Professor of Government A.B., Dartmouth College; M.A., Boston University; M.A.T., University of New Hampshire; Ph.D., Tufts University Alec Ingraham Chairman, Department of Mathematics Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., M.A., University of Massachusetts-Boston R. Larry Johnson Chairman, Department of Economics/Finance Associate Professor of Management B.S.M.E., Northeastern University; M.S., D.B.A., George Washington University Burton S. Kaliski Chairman, Department of Business Education/Office Administration Professor of Business Education B.B.A., City College of New York, Baruch School; M.S., State University of New York at Albany; Ed.D., New York University James H. Kan- Associate Professor of Accounting B.B.A., Iona College; M.B.A., University of New Hampshire; C.P.A. Wallace Kartsen Associate Professor of Accounting B.S., M.B.A., New York University; C.P.A. Kent A. Klitgaard Instructor in Economics B.A., San Diego State University; M.S., University of New Hampshire Ausra M. Kubilius Associate Professor of English B.S., Boston University; M.A., California State University; Ed.D., Boston University Louis B. Lanzillotti Associate Professor of Accounting B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern University; C.P.A. Joseph M. Missaghi Instructor in Computer Information Systems B.S., State University of New York; M.S., Northeastern University Anthony T. Moses, Jr. Assistant Professor of Accounting B.B.A., M.B.A., University of Massachusetts; C.P.A. 134 New Hampshire College William J. F. Murphy Associate Professor of Accounting B.S., Merrimack College; M.A., University of Rhode Island; C.P.A. C. Erik Nieuwejaar Assistant Professor of Management B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., Northeastern University William Peacock Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Loyola University; M.A.T., Emory University Norton R. Phelps, Jr. Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., Springfield College; M.S., University of Utah Jeanette A. Ritzenthaler Associate Professor of English B.A., Mary Manse College; M.A., New York University; Ed.D., Rutgers University Irving E. Rothman Chairman, Department of Management Professor of Business Management B.S., Boston College David St. Cyr Instructor in Accounting B.S., Husson College; M.S., New Hampshire College Don Sieker Associate Professor of English A.B., M.A., San Francisco State University; Ph.D., University of California Jean F. Silver Associate Professor of Secretarial Science B.S., M.Ed., University of New Hampshire Karen C. Stone Instructor in Marketing B.A., Wake Forest University; M.A., University of Kentucky George Teloian Chairman, Department of Accounting Professor of Accounting B.S., Boston University; M.B.A., Northeastern, C P.A. Vernon T. Tetley Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.Ed., Plymouth State College; M.S.T., University of New Hampshire Christopher J. Toy Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A., M.A., San Francisco State University William Trueheart Instructor in Computer Information Systems B.S., Northeastern University; M.S., Georgia Southern College Beverly J. Van Cor Associate Professor of Mathematics M.Ed., Plymouth State College; M.S.T., University of New Hampshire John Van Santvoord Instructor in Accounting B.S., New Hampshire College; M.B.A., University of New Hampshire H. Fred Walter Assistant Professor of Hotel/ Restaurant Management B.S., Empire State College; M.S., State University of New York at Albany James D. Walter Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Kent State University; M.A., Indiana State University; Ph.D., Ohio State University Charles V. A. White Assistant Professor of Economics B.A., M.S., University of Connecticut; Ph.D., Ohio State University Charles L. Wilbert Associate Professor of English B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ohio University Walter L. Zimmerman Associate Professor of Psychology B.S., M.Ed., Springfield College Continuing and Community Education Ernest M. Greenberg Associate Dean for Continuing Education B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.H.S., New Hampshire College Doris M. Buckley Administrative Assistant to Associate Dean for Continuing Education Eda Del Pilar Acevedo Vila Assistant to the Director (San Juan Center) B.A. in Humanities, Sacred Heart College, Santuree, Puerto Rico Roberta Banfield Assistant Director, Manchester B.M., Notre Dame College; M.Ed., Rivier College John Karakostas Director of Continuing Education (Nashua Center) B.A., St. Anselm College; M.Ed,, Rivier College Jane Kilcoyne Director of Continuing Education (Portsmouth Center) B.A., St. John's University; M.S., University of Southern Maine Robert C. Losik Staff Advisor for Academic Support Services B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.A., University of North Carolina; Ed.D., Vanderbilt University Robert C. McChesney Coordinator of Roosevelt Roads Center B.S., M.B.A., New Hampshire College Wescott Merrow Pease AFB Coordinator/ Industry Liaison B.S., Boston University; M.B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.A., University of New Hampshire Elaine Tahmizian Meuse Director of Continuing Education (Salem Center) B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.A., George Washington University Vincent A. Mulligan Director of Continuing Education (Laconia Center) B.A., M.A., Seton Hall University George T. Perraudin Director of Continuing Education (Manchester Center) B.S., Siena College; M.A., University of Arizona Faculty—School of Business 135 Charles S. Pettigrew Director of Continuing Education (Brunswick Center) B.S., New Hampshire College; M.S.A.D., University of Southern Maine Providencia Vales Mendez Director of Continuing Education (San Juan and Roosevelt Roads Centers) B.A., Inter-American University; M.A., University of Puerto Rico Graduate School of Business Administration Jacqueline F. Mara Dean B.S., Mount Saint Mary College; Ed.M., Ed.D., Boston University Thomas P. McGrevey Assistant Dean B.S., United States Military Academy; M.B.A., New Hampshire College Thomas N. Besaw Director—North Campus B.S., University of Bridgeport; M.Ed., University of New Hampshire; M.B.A., New Hampshire College Anne Burke Lannin Academic Coordinator A.B., Merrimack College; M.A., University of Nebraska Laurence J. Pelletier, Jr. Assistant Registrar B.S., M.B.A., New Hampshire College Gerald S. Reilly Director—Nashua/Salem B.S., M.Ed., Boston College John B. Tanzer Director—Portsmouth B.S., United States Military Academy; M.B.A., Long Island University Dwight S. Wilder Staff Assistant B.A., The Johns Hopkins University; M.B.A., New Hampshire College Visiting Professor John A. Beckett B.S., University of Oregon; M.B.A., Harvard University; L.L.D., (Hon.), New Hampshire College; C.P.A. Faculty Terry F. Allen Assistant Professor A.B., Wesleyan University, M.B.A., Harvard University, D.B.A., University of Virginia Richard 0 . Hanson Assistant Professor A.S., Burdett College, B.S., Bellarmine College, M.B.A., New Hampshire College, C.P.A. Hassa Jadvani Professor B.B.A., University of Miami, M.B.A., Columbia University, D.B.A., Harvard University Gerald E. Karush Assistant Professor B.A., University of Pennsylvania, M.A., Brown University, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Patricia E. Khani Assistant Professor B.S., Suffolk University, M.S., Northeastern University, C.P.A. Marc A. Rubin Instructor B.A., Boston University, M.B.A., Northeastern University Paul Schneiderman Associate Professor B.B.A., M.B.A., University of Massachusetts, M.A., Ph.D., Clark University Robert H. Seidman Associate Professor B.S., Rutgers University M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University Other Faculty Teaching Graduate Courses 1983-84 Bernardino Alessandrini Officer, Merchants Savings Bank B.S., Plymouth State College, M.B.A., New Hampshire College Eleanor H. Barnes* Associate Professor of Computer Information Systems B.S.I.E., Northeastern University, M.B.A., University of New Hampshire John E. Berger Director of Quality Assurance, Bath Iron Works Corporation B.S., University of Wisconsin/ Madison, M.A., Pepperdine University, M.B.A., New Hampshire College Stephen D. Berger** Director, Master's Degree Program, School of Human Services B.S., City College of New York, M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University Leon J. Bien Vice President, Canal Bank and Trust Company A.B., Boston College, M.A., Michigan State University Stephen Boucher President, Airmar Technology Corporation B.S., M.M.E., Cornell University, M.B.A. Harvard University John Bourassa Internal Revenue Service B.S., M.B.A., University of Maine Robin B.S. Brooks Lecturer B.A., Columbia University, M.A., Yale University, Ph.D., University of California Roger W. Brown, Sr. Vice President, Industrial Relations, Sanders Associates, Inc. B.S., University of Illinois, M.B.A., New Hampshire College John Burpee Director of Training, L.L. Bean & Company B.A., M.A., University of New Hampshire Richard Castrucci Senior Associate, Program Control Corporation B.A., Nasson College, M.A., George Washington University Robert L. Corallino* Assistant Professor of Accounting B.S., M.B.A., West Virginia University, C.P.A. James Dempsey Manager of Personnel Administration, Raytheon Service Company B.S., Northeastern University, M.B.A., Suffolk University 136 Neu: Hampshire College Gerrit B. DeVos Lecturer B.Sc., Hogere Textiel School, M.Sc., Southern Methodist University, M.B.A., American University, A.L.M., Harvard University, Ph.D., City University of London Beryamin N. Donatelli*** Vice President for Finance and Administration A.B., St. Anselm College, M.B.A., New Hampshire College Euclid Dupuis Accounting Practitioner B.S., New Hampshire College, M.S., Bentley College, C.P.A. Ronald Francoeur Investment Consultant B.S., Lowell Technological Institute, B.S., Texas Technological Institute, M.B.A., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Roger M. Goodson* Assistant Professor of Organizational Behavior B.S., University of Southern Maine, M.A., University of Connecticut, Ed.D., Harvard University James L. Grace, Jr.* Professor of Business Law B.S., St. Joseph's College, Ed.M., Temple University, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania, J.D., Franklin Pierce Law Center J. Neville Haggerty Development Manager, Wang Laboratories, Inc. B.A., Harvard University, M.B.A., Clark University Yvonne C. Hall* Chairman, Department of Economics/Finance B.S.B.A., Florida Technological University, M.S., PhD., Colorado State University John M. Hamernick*** Comptroller B.S., Mount St. Mary's College, M.B.A., New Hampshire College Mark E. Hammond Software Training Consultant, Software International B.S., Norwich University, M.B.A., New Hampshire College John J. Harrington* Associate Professor of Business Management B.S.B.A., Boston College, M.S., Southern Illinois University, Ed.D., George Washington University John F. Hinckley* Associate Professor of Computer Information Systems B.S., M.Ed., Worcester State College Ernest H. S. Holm* Associate Professor of Government A.B., Dartmouth College, M.A., Boston University, M.A.T., University of New Hampshire, Ph.D., Tufts University Christine Jackson Lecturer B.A., M.A., University of New Hampshire, Ph.D., State University of New York at Albany Thomas Juenemann Vice President, Maine Savings Bank B.S., United States Naval Academy, M.B.A., University of Maine Burton S. Kaliski* Professor of Business Education B.B.A., City College of New York, Baruch School, M.S., State University of New York at Albany, Ed.D., New York University Wallace Kartsen* Associate Professor of Accounting B.S., M.B.A., New York University, C.P.A. Norman E. Koehler District Representative, Lockheed Aircraft Corporation B.A., Grove City College, M.S., University of Southern California, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Louis B. Lanzillotti* Assistant Professor of Accounting B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern University, C.P.A. Charles Leach Lecturer B.S., Principia College, M.R.P, University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University Miller C. Lovett Lecturer B.S., S.T.B., Ph.D., Boston University Thomas P McGrevey, Jr.*** Director of Computer Services, Continuing Education B.S., University of New Hampshire, M.B.A., New Hampshire College Errol McGuire Assistant Manager, Merchandise Control, L.L. Bean & Company B.A., M.A., Abilene Christian College, M.Div., Harvard University, Ph.D., University of Chicago Robert D. Morrow Manager of Productivity, Federal Systems Group, Sanders Associates, Inc. B.A., University of Pennsylvania, M.B.A., Babson College, Ph.D., Georgia State University William J. F. Murphy* Associate Professor of Accounting B.S., Merrimack College, M.A., University of Rhode Island, C.P.A. Grace Napolitan Plant Manager, TRW/Fasteners Division B.A., Siena Heights College, J.D., South Texas College of Law C. Erik Nieuwejaar* Assistant Professor of Management B.A., Concordia College, M.S., University of Minnesota, M.S., Northeastern University Clement G. O'Brien Field Service Manager, VAX Stations Group, Digital Equipment Corporation A.E., Wentworth Institute, B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern University Robert W. O'Brien International Field Operations Manager, Digital Equipment Corporation B.A., University of Massachusetts, M.B.A., Western New England College John Parker Treasurer, Maine Surgical Supply, Inc. A.B., Dartmouth College, M.B.A., Columbia University Faculty—Graduate School of Business 137 Jonathan Posner Senior Benefits Administrator, Honeywell Electro-Optics Division B.A., Boston University, J.D., Suffolk University Thomas Reichheld Counselor, Charlotte House Center B.A., M.A., Tufts University Burton C. Reynolds Senior Management Development Specialist, Honeywell Electro-Optics Division B.S., University of Vermont, M.B.A., Golden Gate University Jeanette A. Ritzenthaler* Associate Professor of English B.A., Mary Manse College, M.A., New York University, Ed.D., Rutgers University Gordon D. Smith Vice President for Manufacturing, Eastern Air Systems Devices, Inc. B.A., University of Connecticut, M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University Richard F. Snow Lecturer A.B., Bowdoin College, M.S., Florida State University Howard P. Snyder Senior Product Manager, Digital Equipment Corporation B.E.E., M.B.A., City College of New York Alexander Stromski Investment Counselor, Livada Securities B.S., M.B.A., New Hampshire College Robert R. Tawney Director, Personnel Services, New Hampshire Municipal Association B.S., University of Kansas, M.B.A., Boston University John VanSantvoord* Instructor in Accounting B.S., New Hampshire College, M.B.A., University of New Hampshire James D. Walter* Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Kent State University, M.A., Indiana State University, Ph.D., Ohio State University William Weatherbie Director of Quality Assurance, Supervisor of Shipbuilding, United States Navy B.S., University of Maine, M.B.A., University of New Hampshire Charles V. A. White* Assistant Professor of Economics B.A., M.S., University of Connecticut, Ph.D., Ohio State University Walter L. Zimmermann* Associate Professor of Psychology B.S., M.Ed., Springfield College Full-time faculty member, New Hampshire College Undergraduate School of Business Full-time faculty member, New Hampshire College School of Human Services Full-time administrator, New Hampshire College T h e Cul inary Institute of New Hampshi re Col lege Edward P. Doherty Director of Culinary Institute B.S., M.B.A., University of Massachusetts Scott Albee Instructor B.S., University of New Hampshire Eleanor Freiburger English Instructor B.A., Emmanuel College, M.A., University of San Francisco Harold 0. Huckaby Chef Instructor Susan A. McLacken Chef Instructor A.D.S., The Culinary Institute of America; B.S., Johnson and Wales Peter Romein* Instructor B.S., New Hampshire College; M.Ed., Rivier College H. Fred Walter* Chef Instructor B.S., Empire State College; M.S., State University of New York in Albany * Adjunct Faculty Member Schoo l o f H u m a n Serv ices Administration Gladys Almodovar Assistant Director Bachelor's Degree Program B.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Pat Andersen Program Assistant B.S.H.S., M.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Stephen D. Berger Director, Graduate Program (EMMA) B.S., The City College of New York; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University Gracia Berry Program Assistant B.S.H.S., M.S.H.S, New Hampshire College Helen Black Secretary Ricardo Catala Program Assistant B.A., Inter-American University; B.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Janet Clark Outreach/Recruitment B.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Kathy Dunnigan Program Assistant Sandra Gould Program Assistant B.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Ellen Hewett-Morris Director, Bachelor's Degree Program B.A., McGill University; M.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Nancy Kaufman Program Assistant B.S., New England College Dorothy G. Krasner Program Assistant B.S., University of New Hampshire; M.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Sharon Krause Program Assistant B.S.H.S., New Hampshire College 138 New Hampshire College Ada Lopez Coordinator, Administrative Services B.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Verne McArthur Coordinator, International Student Program B.A., Oberlin College; Ph.D., Yale University David M. Osher Dean B.A., M.A., Columbia University Lois Palmer Coordinator, Operations A.S.H.S., B.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Nancy Pena Program Assistant Elizabeth Russell Coordinator, Outreach & Recruitment B.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Elinor Silveira Program Assistant A.S.H.S., B.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Elaine St. Pierre Records Coordinator I I Marlene Urban Records Coordinator I Linda VanEssendelft Director, Associate Degree Program B.A., Adelphi University; M.S.W., New York University Faculty Michael Aaronson* B.S., University of Rhode Island; M.P.P., Harvard University Kwame Botwe-Asamoah B.A., University of Ghana, West Africa; M.A., Southern Connecticut State College; M.F.A., Ohio University Randall Benthien* B.A., Harvard University; M.Ed., Ohio University Steve Bing* B.A., Wesleyan College; L.L.B., Harvard University Barney Brawer* B.A., Yale University; Ed.M., Harvard University Larry Brown* B.A., Anderson College; M.A., University of California at Los Angeles; Ph.D., Brandeis University Raymond Burton* B.Ed., Plymouth State College Clifton Bush B.A., University of New Haven; M.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Maigaret Cerami B.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Christina Clamp B.S., Friends World College; M.A., Boston College Patrick Coggins B.S., Springfield College; L.L.B., Blackston School of Law; M.S., Southern Connecticut State College; J.D., University of Connecticut School of Law Roger Cohen* M.A., A.B., Ph.D., Syracuse University Willie Colemen* B.A., Yale College; M.S., M.Pil., Ph.D., Yale University Richard Colfer B.A., M.A., Glassboro State College; M.H.S., New Hampshire College Dorothy Cormier* B.A., Mt. St. Mary College; M.A., St. Bonaventure University Steve Dawson* B.A., M.A., University of Notre Dame; M.C.P., Massachusetts Institute of Technology Denise Devlin* B.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst Ronald Esposito* B.A., Georgetown University; M.A., Ph.D., Fordham University Belle Fine* B.S., Mercy College; M.S., University of Bridgeport Donna Finn* B.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Suzanne Foye* B.A., Notre Dame College; M.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Joe Gannon B.A., University of California, Berkeley Roger Goodson* B.S., University of Southern Maine; M.A., University of Connecticut; Ed.D., Harvard University Genelle Grant B.A., Simmons College; M.Ed., Plymouth State College; Ed.D., Boston University Cindy Hagen* B.A., New England College; M.A.T., University of New Hampshire David Hartson* B.S., M.S., University of North Dakota; Ph.D., University of Missouri-Columbia Elaina Hatsis* B.A., M.Ed., University of New Hampshire Phyllis Hersch* B.A., Barnard College; M.S.S.S., Boston University; Ph.D., Brandeis University Susan Horn-Moo* B.A., Wellesley College; L.L.B., Harvard Law School Judith Johnson* B.S., M.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Rosetta Ashley Johnson* A.A., Braward Community College; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University James Jone* B.S., Hampton Institute; M.A.R., Yale University Rahim al-Kaleem B.S.H.S., M.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Juan LaBoy* B.A., University of Puerto Rico; M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo Frederick Leafe* B.B.A., Niagara University; J.D., Boston College Law School Jackie Lessard B.S.H.S., M.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Maijorie Levinson* B.A., University of Massachusetts; M.A., Columbia University, New York Donald Mason* B.A., University of South Florida; J.D., University of Miami Faculty—School of Human Services 139 Joycelee McAteer* B.S.H.S., M.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Anita Mendes-Lopes* L.P.N., Pondville State Hospital; B.A., Goddard College Eleanor Mullaley* B.A., Mt. St. Mary College; M.A., University of New Hampshire Margo Okazawa-Rey* B.A., Capitol University; M.S.W., Boston University Freeric Osborne* B.S., Delaware State College; M.A., University of New Haven Judith Osborne B.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Cap Frank* B.S., M.A., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., Cornell University Susan Redlich* B.A., University of Michigan; M.R.P., Cornell University; M.A., Harvard University Richard Schramm* B.A., Dartmouth College; Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University Ann Shapiro* B.S., Simmons College; M.S., Columbia University; Ph.D., New York University Richard Shine* B.S.H.S., M.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Sondra Stein* B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., Ph.D., Washington University; M.A., University Lancaster, Lancaster, England Nolan Thompson B.A., Clark University; M.S.W., Washington University Realand Uddyback* B.S., Virginia University; M.S., University of Bridgeport Marta Vallin* B.A., University of Panama; M.S., University of Bridgeport; Ed.D., Nova University Linda J. Walton B.S.H.S., M.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Daniel Willis* B.A., Ed.D., University of Massachusetts; M.Ed., Boston University Helen Wilson* A.S., Quinnipiac College; B.A., Southern Connecticut State College; M.B.A., Boston University Bo Yerxa* B.S., University of Maine at Orono; M.R.P., University of Massachusetts-Amherst *Denotes adjunct faculty A m e r i c a n L a n g u a g e a n d C u l t u r e C e n t e r Steven Harvey Director B.A., University of Maine; M.A., Ph.D., Boston University Lyra Bentsman ESL Trainer B.A., M.A., Volgograd University Gary Carkin ESL Trainer B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.A., University of New Mexico; Ph.D., Michigan State University Katherine A. Day ESL Trainer B.A., Mount St. Mary College; M.A., Middlebury College Diane Dugan Curriculum Coordinator B.A., Nazareth College Denis A. Hall ESL Trainer B.A., M.A., University of New Hampshire T h e L e a r n i n g C e n t e r Francis G. Doucette Director of Learning Center B.A., Holy Apostle Seminary; M.Ed., Northeastern University; Ed.d., Vanderbilt University Jeanne H. Kenison Mathematics Coordinator/ Learning Center B.A., Mount St. Mary College; M.A.T., M.B.A., Rollins College David St. Cyr Coordinator of the Learning Center B.S., Husson College; M.S. New Hampshire College Adrienne Stevens Counselor/Learning Center B.Ed., Plymouth State College; M.Ed., Rivier College Christine Zimmerman English Coordinator/ Learning Center B.S., Springfield College L i b r a r y Richard Pantano Library Director B.A., St. Anselm College; M.L.S., University of Rhode Island Camille Ahern Reference Librarian B.A., Rivier College; M.S.L.S., Simmons College Patricia A. Beaton Reference Librarian B.A., Salem State College M.S.L.S., Simmons College Karin L. Caruso Director of Audio-Visual Center B.A., Syracuse University; M.S., State University of New York at Albany; M.B.A., New Hampshire College John Measell Assistant Audio-Visual Director B.S., Ithaca College Carol West Circulation Librarian A.A., Library Science; B.S., Human Services Deborah E. Wilcox Technical Services Librarian B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.L.S., University of Rhode Island O f f i c e o f S t u d e n t A f f a i r s George J. Larkin, Jr. Vice President for Student Affairs B.S., M.Ed., Ph.D., Boston College Edith V. Antunes Director of Career Planning and Placement B.S., Simmons College; M.A., Siena College Martin J. Bradley Director of Student Activities B.S., Lyndon State College 140 New Hampshire College Margaret Cahow Head Nurse/Director of Health Center A.R.N.P., University of Massachusetts; B.S.H.S., M.S.H.S., New Hampshire College George E. Commenator Co-coordinator of the Center for International and Intercultural Studies A.B., Rockhurst College; Ph.D., Boston College Robert Grabill Head Soccer Coach, Head Hockey Coach B.A., Oberlin College Lorraine C. Kummins Co-coordinator of the Center for International and Intercultural Studies B.S.H.S., M.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Pauline Larkin Nurse R.N., Catherine Laboure School of Nursing; B.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Charles J. Mitchell Director of Counseling Services B.Ed., Keene State College; M.A., University of Connecticut Joseph R. Polak Assistant Director of Athletics/ Director of Intramural and Recreational Programs Assistant Basketball Coach B.A., Fordham University Raymond Prouty Athletic Business Manager B.S., New Hampshire College Dorothy S. Rogers Director of Cooperative Education/Internships/ Placement B.S., Simmons College Peter Romein Director of VCIP, Coordinator Student Affairs, North Campus B.S., New Hampshire College; M.Ed., Rivier College Nancy Anne Rowe Coordinator of Women's Athletics Women's Basketball Coach B.S., Plymouth State College Pauline Y. St. Hilaire Assistant Director of Residence Life B.S., M.S., New Hampshire College Robert P. Schiavoni Director of Residence Life B.S., New Hampshire College; M.Ed., Springfield College Dorothy C. Sheehan Assistant Director Cooperative Education/Internships/ Placement B.A., University of New Hampshire Rabbi Arthur Starr Rabbi B.A., University of Cincinnati; B.H.L., M.A.H.L., Rabbi, Hebrew Union College Thomas R. Sullivan Director of Athletics Head Basketball Coach B.S., Fordham University Fr. Gerard W. Timmerman, S.M. Catholic Chaplain B.A., Boston College; M.A., University of Detroit; M.D., Weston College of Theology ; M.P.S., Loyola University of Chicago Rev. Marie Tolander Protestant Chaplain B.S., Bridgewater State College; M.E., Boston University; M.Div., Andover Newton Theological School John Vallett Director of Public Safety B.S.H.S., New Hampshire College Nancy White Nurse/Secretary L.P.N., Moore General Hospital School of Practical Nursing; B.S.H.S., New Hampshire College O f f i c e o f F i n a n c e a n d A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Benjamin N. Donatelli Vice President for Finance and Administration A.B., St. Anselm College; M.B.A., New Hampshire College Patrick Aurora Director of Food Service B.S., New Hampshire College John Bermudez Unit Supervisor (Food Service) Michael Boroskas North Campus Unit Manager (Food Service) A.S., Bryant and Stratton College William Brodeur Technical Specialist (Computer Center) B.S., New Hampshire College Lillian G. Crockett Treasurer Peter Daigle Technical Specialist (Computer Center) Peter J. Dietz Director of Administrative Services B.A., Hofstra University; M.A., Southern Illinois University Daryl Dreffs Associate Director of Administrative Systems (Computer Center) B.S., Michigan State University; M.B.A., Eastern Michigan University Barry Emmert Assistant Director for Systems & Operations (Computer Center) Richard W. France Registrar A.B., M.S., Indiana University Laurence Franco Director of Copy Center and Post Office B.S., New Hampshire College Louis Green stein Director of Auxiliary Services B.S., University of Massachusetts-Amherst Frank L. Hall Assistant Registrar B.S., M.S., Colorado State University John Hamernick Comptroller A.B., Mount St. Mary College; M.B.A., New Hampshire College William Hancock Programmer/Analyst (Computer Center) A.S., Institute of Computer Science John Hollinger Programmer (Computer Center) B.S., New Hampshire College Chris Morris Director of Facilities B.S., Nasson College Administration 141 Laurence J. Pelletier, Jr. Assistant Registrar Graduate School of Business B.S., M.B.A., New Hampshire College Peter Perich Coordinator of Administative Services Pamela D. Perkins Personnel Officer AS., B.S., New Hampshire College Harry Reif Director of Computer Center dB.S., M.B.A., Michigan State University Ron Richards Director of Maintenance Stanley Warren Associate Director for Academic Computing (Computer Center) B.A., Hofstra University; M.A., City University of New York O f f i c e o f A d m i s s i o n s a n d F i n a n c i a l A i d James M. Reynolds Vice President for Admissions and Financial Aid A.B., St. Anselm College Davis H. Burbank Assistant Director of Admissions B.S., Syracuse University; M.Ed., Keene State College Michael DeBlasi Director of Admissions B.S., New Hampshire College; M.A., Rider College Lori DeConinck Associate Director of Financial Aid A.S., Notre Dame College; B.S., New Hampshire College Maureen J. Desmond Assistant Director of Admissions Assistant Diector of Admissions B.S., Fitchburg State Clinton A. Hanson, Jr. Director of Financial Aid A.B., Assumption College; M.Ed., Worcester State College Steven Harvey Director of International Admissions B.A., University of Maine; M.A., Ph.D., Boston University Dianne Louis Office Manager B.Ed., Keene State College Kathleen J. Parker Assistant Director of Admissions B.S., Ohio State University Joseph Rolka Associate Director of Admissions/Coordinator of Alumni Admissions B.S., New Hampshire College Paul M. Rounds Assistant Director of Admissions B.S., New Hampshire College O f f i c e o f M a r k e t i n g a n d D e v e l o p m e n t Francisco E. Aguilera Vice President for Marketing and Development B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania David J. Long Director of Public Relations B.S., Plymouth State College N. Parker Prescott Graphic Designer B.S., University of New Haven Kenneth Preve Director of Alumni Relations B.S., New Hampshire College Martin Haley Director of Development Lelija Bird Dierctor of Corporate and Government Relations B.F.A., M.B.A., University of Bridgeport 142 New Hampshire College New Hampsh i re Col lege A lumni Associat ion The New Hampshire College Alumni Association is a service organization designed to meet the needs of both former and current students of New Hampshire College. Members of the association serve the college in many ways, one of which is through the Alumni Admissions program. Selected alumni work closely wi th the college's admissions staff in assisting prospective students and their parents in answering questions relative to New Hampshire College. The value of the education that the alumnus received is often discussed, which makes these dedicated alumni a much-respected extension of the college and the admissions office. Alumni also serve the college at the highest level of institutional leadership. Several members of our alumni family have been selected to serve on the association's board of directors and have the distinction of being named to the college's board of trustees. These are just two examples that reflect the high level of involvement and dedication shown by the alumni of New Hampshire College and its Alumni Association. Alumni Association 143 Please print or type Soc. Sec. No. Full Legal Name First Middle Last Home Address — _ — — — Box, Apt. or Street name and number City State Zip Home Telephone Birth Date — Area Code Number Month Day Year Sex: • Male • Female Marital Status: • Single • Married Secondary School Name • • • • • • High School Code No. Address __ . . Street number and name City State Zip Year of Graduation (Actual or Anticipated) Notification Address (if different from above): In order to insure proper mailing of the decision on your application, please use the following lines to PRINT your name and the entire address to which you wish us to send your mail. Name Address . Until what date will you receive mail at this address? _ _ _ _ _ — — After the date indicated, all correspondence will be sent to your home address. Release form • Check the box above and complete this section if you wish us to obtain your high school transcript and records for you. All college transcripts must be obtained by the applicant. Dear Guidance Director: I , have applied for admission to New Hampshire College, and authorize you to forward my transcript and records including recommendations, directly to: Director of Admissions, New Hampshire College, 2500 River Road, Manchester, N H 03104 About Your Appl icat ion When do you wish to begin your studies at New Hampshire College? Semester beginning: (month) (year) Have you previously applied to New Hampshire College? • Yes • No Do you plan to • Reside in College Housing • Commute from your home Upon entry wi l l l you be • A full-time freshman • Transfer • Re-admission Wi l l you pursue your studies on a • Full-time basis • Part-time basis Do you intend to apply for Financial Aid? • Yes • No How did you learn about New Hampshire College? Degree Selection Selection of a desired major wi l l assist us in evaulating your credentials for admission* PLEASE CHECK O N L Y ONE. Bachelor o f Science Degree Associate i n Science Degree (Four Year Programs) (Two Year Programs) • Accounting • Accounting • Applied Business Studies (transfer • Administrative Assistant—Word students only) Processing Specialist • Business Communication • Electronic Data Processing • Business/Distributive Teacher • Executive Secretarial Education • Fashion Merchandising • Business Studies • General Studies • Computer Information Systems (CIS) • Legal Secretarial • Economics/Finance • Management • Hotel/Restaurant Management 0 n e Year Cert i f icate Program • Management • Management Advisory Systems (MAS) • Office Technology* • Management Information Systems (MIS) *Please see viewbook for start ing dates • Marketing • Office Administration • Retailing • Techni-Business (Technical transfers only) Transfer Applicants 1, Transfer applicants are responsible for having official college transcripts forwarded to New Hampshire College 2. A l l incoming transfer students are required to submit to the New Hampshire College Financial A id Office a Financial A id TVanscript from every college or university attended. College or other post-secondary institution attended, i f any. Name • • • • • • Code Number Address Street City State Zip Dates Attended Degree Citizenship Are you a citizen or permanent resident of the United States? • Yes • No I f no, what is the country of your citizenship? Visa No. School of Business—Day Division Family Father's Full Name First Middle Title Father's Occupation Title Father's Employer Mother's Full Name First Middle Last Mother's Occupation r Title Mother's Employer I f either or both parents are deceased, please indicate which Are your parents divorced or separated? • Yes • No With which do you live? • Father • Mother Brothers _ List names and ages Sisters List names and ages Do you have any relatives or friends attending or who have attended New Hampshire Col- lege? Please give names, relationships and dates of graduation or attendance, if possible. Is there any information about yourself which you think might be helpful and which you wish us to have in evaluating your qualifications for admission (honors, clubs, sports, employment or other activities)? School of Business—Day Division Applications are processed under three different Admission Programs. The Viewbook and Catalog discuss these programs in detail. Please read about these options before you select one. CHECK ONLY ONE: Early Decision Admissions The Early Decision Admissions Program is restricted to students wi th a 3.0 or better high school grade point average. Students should be considering New Hampshire College as their F IRST CHOICE institution. The application process must be completed by December 1st Successful candidates wi l l be notified by December 15th and wi l l have first choice of available housing. Students who qualify aademically for this program but have financial need should apply under the E A R L Y F I N A N C I A L A I D OPTION and not the E A R L Y DECISION PROGRAM. • Early Financial Aid Option Candidates wi th a 2.75 or better grade point average who have demonstrated financial need may obtain special consideration under this program. Students must complete BOTH the financial aid and admission process by December 15th. This program is only available to Freshmen entering in September. Candidates must submit: • High School Transcript • SAT's and Recommendations • New Hampshire College Financial A id Form • Early Version of the Financial A id Form (FAF) Qualified applicants wi l l be notified on financial aid or scholarship by January 15th. • Rolling Admission The Rolling Admissions Process wi l l begin after the Early Admissions response date and candidates can expect notification of an admissions decision within one month of receipt of academic credentials. Deposit/Withdrawal Following acceptance you wi l l be bailed for the required deposits. Deposit policy wi l l vary depending on your status (resident or commuter) A N D also on the particular admission pro- gram selected. Space in the entering class A N D college housing are reserved only upon receipt of such deposits. Our refund policy is detailed in this catalog and on our deposit bill. Certification I f accepted, I agree to abide by the rules and regulations of New Hampshire College and to pay all expenses incurred by me there. In consideration of the undertaking by New Hampshire College to process this application for admission, the undersigned agree that any information furnished to New Hampshire College, at any time and regardless of whether or not the candidate is accepted as a stu- dent at New Hampshire College, including all information and materials of any kind receiv- ed by New Hampshire College from any source, or prepared by anyone at its request, shall be completely confidential and shall not be disclosed to anyone, including the undersigned except that an authorized official of New Hampshire College may, in his discretion, for of- ficial purposes, disclose all or any part thereof to such person as he may deem advisable. Applicant's Signature Parent or Guardian's Signature , The college gives all students, regardless of sex, race, color, creed or national origin, equal opportunity for admission and quality education. Complete and Return to: The Director of Admissions, New Hampshire College, 2500 River Road, Manchester, N H 03104, 603/668-2211 School of Business—Day Division Please print or type Soc. Sec. No. Full Legal Name First Middle Last Home Address Box, Apt. or Street name and number City State Zip Home Telephone _ Birth Date Area Code Number Month Day Year Sex: • Male • Female Marital Status: • Single • Married Citizenship: • U.S. • Other • Veteran Educational Record • • • • • • High School Code No. High School — — ^ r School Name Address Date of Graduation Trade School or Other _ — — College _ Food Service Courses/Experience • — — —- Notification Address (if different from above): In order to insure proper mailing of the decision on your application, please use the following lines to PRINT your name and the entire address to which you wish us to send your mail. Name — Address - — — — Until what date will you receive mail at this address? — _ After the date indicated, all correspondence will be sent to your home address. Release form O Check the box above and complete this section if you wish us to obtain your high school transcript and records for you. All college transcripts must be obtained by the applicant. Dear Guidance Director: I , have applied for admission to New Hampshire College, and authorize you to forward my transcript and records including recommendations, directly to: Director of Admissions, New Hampshire College, 2500 River Road, Manchester, N H 03104 About Your Application When do you wish to begin your studies at New Hampshire College? Semester beginning: • September 19 • January 19 • June 19 • AM schedule • PM schedule Have you previously applied to New Hampshire College? • Yes • No Do you plan to • Reside in College Housing • Commute from your home Upon entry will you be • A full-time freshman • Transfer • Re-admission Will you pursue your studies on a • Full-time basis • Part-time basis Do you intend to apply for Financial Aid? • Yes • No How did you learn about The Culinary Institute of New Hampshire College? Family Father's Full Name First Middle Title Father's Occupation Title Father's Employer Mother's Full Name First Middle Last Mother's Occupation Title Mother's Employer If either or both parents are deceased, please indicate which Are your parents divorced or separated? • Yes • No With which do you live? • Father • Mother Employment Name of Employer Address Dates of Employment Position Hours/Week Additional Information Is there any information about yourself which you think might be helpful and which you wish us to have in evaluating your qualifications for admission (honors, clubs, sports, employment or other activities)? Culinary Institute Certification I f accepted, I agree to abide by the rules and regulations of New Hampshire College and to pay all expenses incurred by me there. In consideration of the undertaking by New Hampshire College to process this application for admission, the undersigned agree that any information furnished to New Hampshire College, at any t ime and regardless of whether or not the candidate is accepted as a stu- dent at New Hampshire College, including all information and materials of any kind receiv- ed by New Hampshire College from any source, or prepared by anyone at its request, shall be completely confidential and shall not be disclosed to anyone, including the undersigned except that an authorized official of New Hampshire College may, in his discretion, for of- ficial purposes, disclose all or any part thereof to such person as he may deem advisable. Applicant's Signature Date Parent or Guardian's Signature Date The college gives all students, regardless of sex, race, color, creed or national origin, equal opportunity for admission and quality education. Complete and Return to: Culinary Institute Admissions Office, New Hampshire Col- lege, 2500 River Road, Manchester, N H 03104, 603/485-8415 Culinary Institute • Day (full-time) • Evening Please print or type Soc. Sec. No. Full Legal Name First Middle Last Home Address , Box, Apt. or Street name and number City State Zip Home Telephone Birth Date Area Code Number Month Day Year Employer Business Telephone Address Sex: • Male • Female Are you a veteran? • Yes • No Are you entitled to Veteran's Benefits? • Yes • No Colleges previously attended: College Address. . Dates Attended: From to . Degree earned or number of credits College Address Dates Attended: From to . Degree earned or number of credits When do you wish to enter New Hampshire College: • September • December • March • June Please Indicate the program in which you wish to enroll: • MBA Program • MBA Program • Marketing with Advanced • Finance Certificate in: • Decision Support Systems • International Business • Accounting • MS • Accounting • Personnel Administration/Industrial • Business Education Relations Have you taken the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT)? • Yes • No If so, have you requested a copy of your scores be forwarded to us? _ Will you require college housing • Yes • No (Please note that there is no housing available for married students.) How did you learn about New Hampshire College's MBA Program? Radio (Station) Advertisement Other — Appl icat ion Procedure 1. Complete and return this application as soon as possible. 2. Request the eollege(s) you attended to forward an O F F I C I A L transcript of all your previous college work. 3. Take the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or plan to take the GMAT with in your f i rst two terms. DAY OR E V E N I N G : Please ma i l th is appl icat ion and have a l l necessary in format ion sent to: Mr . Thomas Besaw, Director New Hampshire College Graduate School of Business 2500 River Road Manchester, N H 03104 E V E N I N G O N L Y : Ma i l in format ion to the center you plan to attend most regular ly: Concord Center Nashua Center Bishop Brady High School 4 Townsend West, Uni t 12 25 Columbus Avenue Nashua, N H 03063 Concord, N H 03301 603-881-8393 603-224-8430 Portsmouth Center Keene Center U.S. Route 1 By-Pass South Keene High School Greenleaf Avenue Arch Street Portsmouth, N H 03301 Keene, N H 03431 603-436-2831 603-357-5538 g a l e m C e n t e r Laconia Center PO Box 871 McGrath Street Salem, N H 03079 Laconia, N H 03246 603-893-3598/893-9600 603-524-3527 Applicant's Signature _____ .— Date Graduate School of Business • Master's Degree Program in Human Services • Community Economic Development Program Please print or type Soc. Sec. No. Full Legal Name Date First Middle Last Home Address Box, Apt. or Street name and number City State Zip Home Telephone Birth Date Area Code Number Month Day Year Current Employer Date started Address _ Phone _ Street, city, state, zip Current job description and title Previous involvement in human services, community development or organizing: Please fill out this section to show month and year started and ended and indicate full/part- time, paid/volunteer. Complete this section even if you are a FRED graduate. Date Agency/Institution From To Address Function Part-time, Full-time, Paid or Volunteer From To Address- _ _ _ _ _ _ Function Part-time, Full-time, Paid or Volunteer From To Address _ _ Function Part-time, Full-time, Paid or Volunteer F r o m . _ _ _ _ To Address Function Part-time, Full-time, Paid or Volunteer Previous College Education* College Address Dates Attended: From to Degree earned or number of credits College Address Dates Attended: From to Degree earned or number of credits College _ Address Dates Attended: From to _. Degree earned or number of credits *If you are a graduate of the F R E D program of NHC, please f i l l out this section to show which campus you attended and what year you graduated. MASTER'S DEGREE STUDENTS ONLY: I am applying for the program on a • full-time basis • half-time basis. I am applying for the program in the following area of concentration: Counseling and Community P s y c h o l o g y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start Date: Human Services Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start Date: Community Organizing and Development . Start Date: Geronto logy. . . . Start Date: JOINT DEGREE STUDENTS IN COMMUNITY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ONLY: I f you do not have a bachelor's degree and wish to apply for joint-student admission in- dicate your anticipated undergraduate entry date: • March • July • November Have you attended a Portfolio Workshop? • Yes (Date ) • No THE FOLLOWING MUST BE SUBMITTED ALONG WITH THIS APPLICATION FORM: (All programs) 1. A 2-5 page typewri t ten personal statement which describes a) human services or com- munity development as you would like to see i t ; b) your own present and future work in community development and/or human services; c) the beliefs and expectations you bring to this program; and d) your strengths and weaknesses. 2. An example of your wr i t ing which you feel best represents you. (A paper, letter, memo, pamphlet, report, etc. Something already written—NOT something wri t ten especially for this application.) I f you do not wri te on the job, a short paper wri t ten as an undergraduate may be submitted. 3. A $10.00 non-refundable application fee. CHECKS SHOULD BE MADE OUT TO N E W HAMPSHIRE COLLEGE. TO COMPLETE MASTER'S DEGREE APPLICATION: 4. Third party documentation of at least five years of your human services experience. 5. Official, sealed, transcript from your undergraduate college. DEADLINES: Applications are due not later than two weeks before classes start. Students planning on using financial or scholarship aid should submit their applications at least six weeks before classes begin. Items 1, 2, and 3 should be submitted with this application. Items 4 and 5 may be submit- ted after the start of classes. IMPORTANT: I f you are applying for financial aid, please submit the financial aid forms W I T H this application form and items 1 through 3. Financial aid cannot be processed unti l your academic application has been accepted. I hereby wish to apply for the School of Human Services Master's Program in _ _ _ _ _ Signature Date SHS—Master's Program, Community Economic Development Program TO COMPLETE COMMUNITY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT APPLICATION: 4. You must have a personal interview with an admissions representative. If you cannot come to the college we will make other arrangements for your interview. 5. Have official transcripts sent to: Community Economic Development, School of Human Services, New Hampshire College, 2500 North River Road, Manchester, NH 03104 Interviewer's Signature Dale By my signature below, I certify that the information contained in this application is true and complete, to the best of my knowledge, and I ask the Admissions Committee to pro- cess my application for admission to New Hampshire College's School of Human Services program in Community Economic Development. Applicant's Signature Date New Hampshire College accepts students without regard to race, color, creed, sex, national origin, handicap or sexual orientation. SHS—Master's Program, Community Economic Development Program • Bachelor of Science • Associate in Science ENTRANCE SEMESTER BEGINNING: • July • November • March Please print or type Soc. Sec. No. Full Legal Name First Middle Last Home Address — Box, Apt. or Street name and number City State Zip Home Telephone Business Telephone Area Code Number Area Code Number Sex*: • Male • Female Race* Native Language *For statistical purposes only (Optional) U.S. Citizenship • Yes • No If no, country of origin _ Visa Number _ _ Employment History Current Employment Date Agency/Institution From To — — Address Function — — :—————— Part-time, Full-time, Paid or Volunteer Previous Employment (Use attachments as necessary) From To — Address — — — Function Part-time, Full-time, Paid or Volunteer From To — Address Function —-———-—=—— Part-time, Full-time, Paid or Volunteer Prior College/University Education College Address _ Dates Attended: From to . Degree earned or number of credits College Address Dates Attended: From _ _ _ . to _ _ _ _ . Degree earned or number of credits Note: Your original high school diploma or certificate must be sent to us. We wi l l make a copy and return the original to you. Please request that official copies of your transcript(s) be sent to Admissions, School of Human Services, New Hampshire College, 2500 North River Road, Manchester, N H 03104 or 254 College Street, 2nd Floor, New Haven, CT 06510. Student copies of transcripts are unof- ficial and are not acceptable as academic documentation. About Your Applicat ion Have you previously applied to the School of Human Services? • Yes • No Upon entry you wi l l be (check one) • First-t ime student • Transfer student • Readmission How did you learn about the School of Human Services? BACHELOR'S DEGREE APPLICANTS—Please note the following admission/advanced standing process: 1. Pre-admission, a) Application plus $10 fee submitted b) Interview wi th faculty or staff person* 2. Provisional Acceptance a) Student receives provisional acceptance letter, b) Student at- tends portfolio workshop. 3. Portfolio Completion 4. Prior Learning Assessment 5. Additional Advanced Standing *Applicants are required to submit a personal statement as part of the admission process. Instructions for this statement wi l l be given to applicants during the interview. ASSOCIATE'S DEGREE APPLICANTS—Please note the following application process. 1. Application plus $5.00 fee submitted. 2. Interview wi th faculty or staff person. 3. Applicants are required to submit a personal statement as part of the admissions pro- cess. The personal statement should address a) how your life experiences have influenced your decision to pursue a career in human services, and b) why you seek an Associate in Science in Human Services degree. OFFICE USE O N L Y Interviewer Date _ _ Certification By my signature below, I certify that the information contained in this application is true and complete, to the best of my knowledge, and I ask the Admission Office to process my application to New Hampshire College's School of Human Services. Applicant's Signature Date Return application and fee (non-refiindable) to: Admissions, School of Human Services, New Hampshire College, 2500 North River Road, Manchester, N H 03104, (603) 485-8415 (Connecticut Campus: 254 College Street, 2nd Floor, New Haven, CT 06510, (203) 785-1212) SHS—Bachelor or Associate Degree Program Please print or type Soc. Sec. No. Full Legal Name First Middle Last Home Address Box, Apt. or Street name and number City State Zip Home Telephone Business Telephone Area Code Number Area Code Number Sex: • Male • Female Birthdate Current Employer _ _ _ Date of Employment Employment Address — Street Number and Name City State Zip Current Labor/Union Activities: _ _ _ Brief Description of Duties Secondary School — * Year Graduated Street Number and Name City State Zip Previous formal college education, if any-/ College Address Dates Attended: From to . Degree earned or number of credits — College Address_ Dates Attended: From _ to . Degree earned or number of credits *Please request Official Copies of your transcript(s) be sent to the Institute for Labor Studies. Student copies are unofficial, and not acceptable as academic documentation. Labor and/or Human Service Background, If any: Date Agency/ Inst i tu t ion From To Address Function Part-time, Full-time, Paid or Volunteer From T o _ Address. _ Function Part-time, Full-time, Paid or Volunteer From To Address Function Part-time, Full-time, Paid or Volunteer Previous participation in in-service training, if any: T ra in ing Area No. Weeks (Type of training) T ra in ing Agency Attended Year 1. 2. 3. _ _ 4. _ _ 5. 6.. CERTIFICATION: By my signature below, I certify that the information contained in this application is true and complete, to the best of my knowledge, and I ask the Admissions Office to process my application for admission to New Hampshire College's School of Human Services, Institute for Labor Studies. Applicant's Signature Date NO APPL ICAT ION W I L L BE CONSIDERED UNLESS ACCOMPANIED BY T H E AP- P L I C A T I O N F E E . Send appl icat ion and $10.00 fee (non-refiindable) to: New Hampshire College, School of Human Services, 2500 North River Road, Manchester, N H 03104, (603) 485-8415 (Connecticut Campus: 254 College Street, New Haven, CT 06511, (203) 785-1212) SHS—Institute for Labor Studies